Каталог светильников для наружного освещения, часть 1 by Anton Ahramovich

Enhancing peopleâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s lives with lighting Outdoor Luminaires Catalogue 2009 - 2011

1.1

Introduction

Philips outdoor luminaires

Enhancing people’s lives with Lighting Light is a fundamental part of life. It gives us the natural rhythm of day and night, determines how we see things and brings the world to life. Accordingly, light has a major impact on our well-being, mood and emotions. It inspires, attracts, communicates, sets the scene and enhances our experience of architectural spaces. Each year, we at Philips invest heavily in research to gather end-user insights, further deepening our understanding of people’s needs, desires and aspirations. Combining these insights with our technological leadership, we are able to deliver meaningful innovations – advanced, energy-efﬁcient products and systems that are designed around people and are easy to experience – solutions that will help us create a sustainable future. www.philips.com/lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Introduction

1.1

Contents

Page 1.1 Introduction

Page 2.1 Urban lighting

Page 2.151 Customized solutions

Page 2.158 Project luminaires

Page 3.1 Road and tunnel lighting

Page 3.99 Lighting management

1.2

Introduction

Philips outdoor luminaires

Page 4.1 Architectural lighting

Page 4.69 Scene setting lighting controls

Page 5.1 Sports and area lighting

Page 6.1 Amenity lighting

Page 7.1 Petrol station lighting

Page 8.1 Technical data

Philips outdoor luminaires

Introduction

1.3

Product overview Urban lighting

UrbanScene

2.16

UrbanLine

2.26

CityWing

2.32

Lightcolumn

2.36

Milewide

2.112

CitySoul

2.118

CityVision

2.132

Nightwatch

2.138

VikingVision

2.168

Arken

2.172

Helios

2.174

Triangel

2.176

Modena

3.10

Iridium

3.16

Koffer2

3.32

FGS103/104/105

3.78

SRS201

3.82

Tunlite

3.90

LEDline²

4.14

ColorBlast

4.26

LEDﬂood

4.36

Road and tunnel lighting

TrafﬁcVision

3.44

Beamer LED

4.42

Architectural lighting

1.4

Introduction

Philips outdoor luminaires

Metronomis

2.40

CitySpirit

2.68

CitySpirit Street &

2.92

CPS200

2.98

CityZen

2.102

Urbana

2.104

2.146

Asklepios

2.160

Aether

2.164

Lightshell

2.166

3.72

Street Color

Verona

2.140

VivaraZON

2.144

CitySwan

2.180

Pivot

2.184

Vivara

Manta

3.50

Selenium

3.54

SGS203/403

3.58

AluRoad

3.62

Malaga

3.68

Residium

ColorBurst 6

4.46

iColor Accent

4.50

C-Splash 2

4.54

PROﬂood

4.76

Decoﬂood

4.84

DecoScene

4.112

Powercore

Philips outdoor luminaires

Introduction

1.5

Product overview Architectural lighting

Amazon

4.126

EFix

4.130

Amazon LED

4.138

Marker LED

4.142

Sports and area lighting

ArenaVision

MVF415

5.8

5.72

PowerVision

5.22

OptiVision

5.26

QKF102

5.76

QVF415/416/417

5.80

6.4

FWC110/120/121

6.6

ComfortVision

5.32

Amenity lighting

Obstivision

6.2

FGC/SGS/XGC113

MINI 300 Cube

7.6

MPF111/112

FCC110/120

6.6

Petrol station lighting

7.14

6.184

1.6

Introduction

6.188

Philips outdoor luminaires

Underwater LED

4.148

Contour Batten

4.156

Flex LED NG

4.160

LattisLED

4.162

LED

MVF480

5.36

Geartrays ZVF320 5.40

FGC100

6.12

FGC111

6.194

Philips outdoor luminaires

6.14

OptiFlood

5.44

NyteWatch

6.16

MINI 300 Stealth

5.52

SNF100/300

5.60

Tempo

5.66

6.196

Introduction

1.7

Quality of life â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the challenge of unparalleled urbanization A century ago less than 10% of the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s population lived in cities. By the start of the 21st century this ďŹ gure had risen to over 50%, and by the middle of the century it will be over 75%. Faced with this unparalleled expansion, city authorities worldwide recognize the need to re-humanize the urban environment by tackling crime and vandalism, promoting tourism, developing local business and fostering local identity and pride.

1.8

Introduction

Philips outdoor luminaires

Cologne, Germany. Winner city.people.light award 2005

city.people.light Over the past decade, Philips has been engaged in a process â&#x20AC;&#x201C; called city.people.light â&#x20AC;&#x201C; to explore how light can be applied to enrich and simplify the human experience of the urban setting. city.people.light aims to stretch creative and intellectual boundaries towards more innovative and relevant solutions. To do this, we enrich our own thinking through extensive dialog. We share ideas and network with partners such as the Professional Lighting Designers Association (PLDA), and we have established an annual city.people.light award in conjunction with LUCI (Lighting Urban Community International) Association.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Introduction

1.9

1.10

Introduction

Philips outdoor luminaires

Lighting a greener urban future Lighting a greener urban future The landscape of the lighting industry is changing fast, driven by the energy-efﬁciency imperative and the world of possibilities opened up by the LED revolution, not to mention legislative pressures such as Kyoto and the Energy-using Products directive. To help municipal decision makers keep up to date with the latest developments and the best solutions for creating a sustainable city, we are spreading the word under the theme of Sustainable Cities. In this way we want to help urban authorities reduce energy consumption, thereby helping to lower CO2 emissions, and improve the quality of life in their towns and cities. Sustainability – simple changes, major impact Philips Lighting has a long-standing commitment to providing lighting solutions that improve people’s lives and are environmentally sound. This is one of the cornerstones of our sustainability policy, whereby we strive to balance our social, economic and environmental responsibilities. Proactively addressing environmental issues in pursuit of a sustainable, ‘brighter’ future, we are constantly exploring ways to maximize energy efﬁciency, minimize the use of hazardous substances and reduce waste. The four key themes at the heart of our sustainability drive for urban lighting are white light, energy management, night preservation and solid-state lighting. Thanks to Philips’ sustainable outdoor lighting solutions, it has never been easier to use light in a responsible way.

Best environmental choice Our top EcoDesigned products carry the Green Product Logo. An independent external consultant has validated these products and conﬁrmed that they are at least 10% better than comparable products in terms of energy efﬁciency, lifetime reliability and / or hazardous substances, and offer a better overall environmental performance.

“I helped my city save costs and protect the environment.” Mr Bouchet, Director of Public Lighting, City of Lyon, France Philips outdoor luminaires

Introduction

1.11

1.12

Introduction

Philips outdoor luminaires

Transforming your urban nightscape Today, outdoor lighting solutions no longer have to rely only on yellow light. There is an alternative which is much more successful in combining the qualities of daylight with the energy efficiency associated with high- pressure sodium. This alternative is high-quality white light. High-quality white light can transform urban streets at night – and not just aesthetically, but also in terms of safety, security and energy efficiency. Research has demonstrated that high-quality white light offers many clear advantages over yellow light. For example, the ambience is perceived as brighter, colors appear more natural and it is easier for pedestrians and cyclists to recognize the faces of other people and obstacles on the street. This greater clarity improves the general feeling of security. Because it improves visibility, especially in the periphery, which can be very important for motorists, white light can make the roads safer as well. And that’s not all. Modern white light sources offer comparable or even better energy efficiency than high-pressure sodium lamps. High-quality white light is the ‘green switch’ solution for outdoor installations, allowing you to realize significant savings in a variety of ways. For instance, it is possible to specify a greater distance between luminaires in new installations, to reduce the mounting height in refurbishment projects, or to install lower wattage lamps in upgrades. This means lower running costs – and CO2 emissions that are lower than was ever thought possible – as well as superior light quality.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Introduction

1.13

Energy management – Lighting only when it is needed Energy management is a top priority. Many of the city.people.light concepts focus on energy management, possible ways of ‘recycling’ energy and different types of energy source (e.g. solar, gas, electricity). They also acknowledge the potential conﬂict between energy management and the increasing use of light for identity and communication. Against this background, the research indicates that issues of lighting design and energy management will become increasingly interlinked and convergent over the coming decade.

1.14

Introduction

Philips outdoor luminaires

A 16, The Netherlands

Several options for energy management are proposed, from intelligent lighting, where the lighting is triggered by activity, to alternative energy sources and stand-alone solutions as well as flexible lighting installations that adapt to the rhythm of the day. This will help to fulfill people’s needs and patterns of use throughout the entire 24 hours, simply by adjusting the source, intensity and direction. We can manage – and reduce – our energy consumption by managing our lighting effectively. A good lighting application is characterized, among other things, by having precisely the right level of lighting in the right place at the right time. The required lighting level often depends on external parameters such as traffic volume, ambient brightness and weather conditions. When there is very little traffic on the roads, drivers do not require the same level of lighting as when traffic is at its heaviest. Similarly, why illuminate monuments in the middle of the night when there are few people out and about to see them? Dimming is an ideal means of saving energy without adversely affecting either light uniformity or safety.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Introduction

1.15

1.16

Introduction

Vlissingen, Philips The outdoor Netherlands luminaires

Night preservation – Light only where it is needed There is growing public concern about a number of lighting-related issues such as night preservation and light nuisance on facades. Night preservation means reducing ‘wasted light’ at night while maintaining a safe level of visibility. At Philips, we design sustainable solutions to minimize obtrusive and stray light, thus reducing light pollution and saving energy. Light nuisance includes ‘light trespass’, for example light that enters our bedrooms and prevents us from sleeping. There is also ‘direct upward light’, i.e. light that is wasted and can disturb the biorhythm of wildlife. ‘Sky glow’ prevents astronomers from seeing the stars, but also prevents the general public from enjoying the wonderful night-time atmosphere. Finally, ‘glare’ has a direct impact on our visual comfort, but also on our safety because it reduces our ability to see. We need to ﬁnd a healthy compromise, a rational medium, between the darkness of the night sky and the bright glare of light pollution. A good place to start would be to minimize the intensity of urban lighting. Lighting is therefore managed as a functional asset for people’s guidance and comfort in the city. The lighting solution would take the form of minimal light dots distributed precisely and integrated into the streets around us. Such an approach would enable us all to experience the night in a more natural way. Philips has a wide range of outdoor lighting solutions designed to deliver the required quality and quantity of light while also reducing light pollution and saving energy.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Introduction

1.17

Solid-state lighting â&#x20AC;&#x201C; solid progress Solid-state or LED lighting represents the most signiďŹ cant development in lighting since the invention of electric light well over a century ago. Offering excellent light quality and unprecedented design freedom in terms of color, dynamics, miniaturization and architectural integration, it is opening up exciting new possibilities, e.g. for scene setting and ambience creation.

1.18

Introduction

Philips outdoor luminaires

Suzhou science and culture art center, china Architect: Paul Andreu; Paris, France Lighting design: Mr. Y. Nakamura; Tokyo Shomei Consultant Co., Ltd., Tokyo Japan

LEDs provide a completely new form of lighting. Linear LED light sources and the rise of grazing lighting applications are changing the way we use light. The light output of LEDs is increasing rapidly, making them suitable for general lighting applications. LEDs are more energy efficient than most existing light sources, especially if we take into account their optical efficiency. And things will only get better, with their level of efficiency more or less doubling every two years. From theater sets and television studios to renowned architectural structures, interiors and artworks, Philips’ customers are pushing the boundaries in their forward-looking use of light to enhance spaces, build brands and appeal to the imagination.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Introduction

1.19

1.20

Introduction

Philips outdoor luminaires

Your partner in lighting design Professional lighting design requires consideration of the amount of functional light provided, the energy consumed, as well as the aesthetic impact of the lighting system. Philips offers calculation software and plug-ins for commercial software to assist you in the development of your technical and architectural lighting designs. Calculux This lighting-calculation software allows you to select and evaluate your lighting design in a variety of simulated environments (e.g. sport ﬁelds, parking places, industrial areas, streets, highways) Software-plug-ins for commercial software With the Philips Product Selector plug-in you can easily select your required luminaire conﬁguration in your favorite software and incorporate the unique data this provides into your design. The plug-in includes all photometrical data and a large collection of 3D models suitable for most visualization programs. The plug-in is available for DIALux, RELUX, Autodesk’s 3D Viz, 3DS MAX and others. For more information and downloads please visit: www.lightingsoftware.philips.com

Philips outdoor luminaires

Introduction

1.21

Urban lighting

Place Jean Jaures, Castres, France Lighting design: ETI Stinville, RenĂŠ Stinville photography: Ville de Castres

A vibrant future Philips believes that cities, towns and villages should be warm, inviting places that people enjoy living in and visiting. Urban development and regeneration programs are increasingly focused on rehumanizing the urban environment, and we believe lighting has a vital role to play in this regard, creating an appealing, inclusive ambience. This belief has led Philips Lighting to create a range of lighting solutions in which state-of-theart technology in light sources, optics and materials is combined with clear, elegant design that strikes a balance between contemporary and traditional style.

2.2

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Lighting streets and pedestrian areas Lighting plays a central role in how people feel about their city, town or village. That’s why the illumination of streets and pedestrian areas has evolved from simple functional lighting into a more demanding and creative discipline. It should not only provide light in which people can drive, cycle and walk safely, but must be pleasing and inviting as well. It should promote communication and well-being, encouraging night-time socializing and complementing the city’s night life. Luminaires for street and pedestrian lighting also have an architectural role. During the day they become an integral part of the street scene. Philips Lighting’s range of architectural street luminaires has been designed with this is mind, offering a winning blend of performance and style. Lighting residential areas For many years residential lighting was purely functional. And although safety, security and orientation remain essential requirements, there is now a drive to improve the residents’ quality of life, creating a pleasing identity for these often-overlooked parts of the city. Tailor-made solutions In addition to our standard range of products, we can provide custom lighting products to create architectural signatures that match the desired vision or identity of the city, town, area or village. In many cases we can also apply standard products in original and imaginative ways, enabling cost efﬁciencies. To optimize the beneﬁts of lighting and achieve a cohesive result, the creation of a ‘masterplan’ by a lighting expert is strongly recommended.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.3

Breskens, The Netherlands

Complete solutions These days, cities are looking for solutions that are not just made up of light points but actually contribute to the identity of the city. For our key ranges, we have designed several ranges of masts and brackets to ďŹ t every style in an elegant way. Modern or classical, single or twin bracket, with an optional mini pedestrian luminaire, there is a complete solution available for your project.

2.4

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Visualisation service Not everyone is a technical expert â&#x20AC;&#x201C; many people ďŹ nd a visual presentation of the end result helpful when weighing up options. We can integrate a large variety of luminaires and masts on a snapshot of your location. Contact your local Philips representative for more information.

Current situation

Philips outdoor luminaires

Proposed situation

Urban lighting

2.5

Urban lighting product review

UrbanScene page

2.6

2.24

Urban lighting

UrbanLine 2.28

CityWing 2.34

Lightcolumn 2.36

Metronomis Metronomis

Metronomis

Torino

Bilbao

Malmรถ

Annecy

2.46

2.48

2.50

2.52

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Urban lighting - product review

Metronomis Metronomis Metronomis

Metronomis

Berlin

Cambridge

Bordeaux

Brussels

Porto

Oslo

2.54

2.56

2.58

2.60

2.62

2.64

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.7

Urban lighting product review

page

2.8

CitySpirit

Torch

Classic lantern

Modern lantern

Cone

Street

Street Color

2.76

2.78

2.82

2.86

2.94

2.95

Urban lighting

CPS200

CityZen

2.99

2.103

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Urban lighting - product review

Urbana

Mega

Milewide

Milewide 2.108

2.116

Philips outdoor luminaires

2.116

Mini

CitySoul

CityVision

Milewide

CGP431

CGP430

CSP431

CPS403

CPS400

CPS500

2.116

2.128

2.130

2.131

2.133

2.136

Urban lighting

2.9

Urban lighting product review

Nightwatch page

2.10

2.139

Urban lighting

Verona

VivaraZON

Vivara

HGP141/142/143

HCP170/171

HWC138/HGC136/137

2.141

2.145

2.147

Multipole

Bellevue

LightTube

Asklepios HGP425/424

2.153

2.155

2.157

2.161

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Urban lighting - product review

Aether

Lightshell VikingVision

Arken

Helios

Triangel

CitySwan

Pivot

2.173

2.175

2.177

2.182

2.185

HGP429/428 2.165

Philips outdoor luminaires

2.167

2.169

Urban lighting

2.11

Selection guide – Urban lighting Luminaire

Type

Page

Ingress

Insulation

protection

class

(IP value)

Lateral

Axial

Suitable

Available

entry

for

for wall

dedicated

(mm)

suspended

mounting

brackets /

mounting

columns

UrbanScene CGP700

2.24

I/II

76-90

77-90

CGP705

2.25

I/II

76-90

77-90

• •

BPP406

2.28

I/II

120

•

BPS741/742

2.34

66/43

I/III

HGP441/442/443

2.37

65/55

•

Torino

CDS530/531

2.46

42-60

60-76

Bilbao

CDS540/541

2.48

42-60

60-76

• •

Malmö

CDS550

2.50

42-60

60-76

Annecy

CDS560

2,52

42-60

60-76

Berlin

CDS570

2.54

42-60

60-76

Cambridge

CDS580

2.56

42-60

60-76

Bordeaux

CDS592/594

2.58

42-60

Brussels

CDS501/502

2.60

I/II

42-60

60-76

Porto

CDS503/504

2.62

I/II

42-60

60-76

Oslo

CDS505/506

2.64

I/II

42-60

60-76

• • • •

• • • • • • • • • •

UrbanLine

CityWing

Lightcolumn

Metronomis

CitySpirit

Cone

CDS470

2.86

I/II

60-76

Wall mounted

CWS464

2.90

I/II

60-76

•

Street

CDS480

2.94

I/II

60-76

Street Color

CDS482

2.95

I/II

60-76

• • • • • • •

CPS200

2.99

60-76

HPS100

2.103

EPS300

2.108

6.5

Mega Milewide

SRS427

2.116

I/II

Milewide

SRS421

2.116

I/II

Mini Milewide

SRS419

2.116

I/II

•

• • •

CGP431

2.128

I/II

42-60

60-76

CGP430

2.130

I/II

42-60

60-76

CSP431

2.131

I/II

•

• • •

CPS400/401/

2.133

42-60

60-76

2.136

42-60

60-76

Torch

CDS450

2.76

I/II

60-76

Classic lantern

CDS460

2.78

I/II

60-76

Modern lantern

CDS462

2.82

I/II

60-76

CPS200

CityZen

Urbana

Milewide

CitySoul

CityVision

402/403 CPS500

2.12

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Selection guide – Urban lighting CDM

CPO-

CDO-

(-T/TT/

PL-H

HPI-

PL-L

PL-T

Polar

PL-C

SDW-T

SON

SON-I

SON-T

(-E)

SOX

High

E-27

(-E)

power

(incand)

BU(S)

LEDs

Urban lighting

(ET)

HPI-T

• •

SDW-TG

• •

•

• • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • •

• • •

• • • • • • • • • •

• • • • •

• • • • • • •

• • • • • •

• • • • • • •

• • • • • -

• • • • • • •

•

• • •

•

• • •

•

• • •

•

• •

•

• •

• • •

•

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.13

Selection guide – Urban lighting

Luminaire

Type

Page

Ingress

Insulation

Lateral

Axial

Suitable

Available

protection

class

entry

for

for wall

dedicated

(mm)

suspended

mounting

brackets /

(IP value)

mounting Ø

columns

Nightwatch HGP433

2.139

HGP141/142/143

2.141

65/44

HCP170/171

2.145

HGC136/137

2.147

•

MPO

2.153

I/II

BEL

2.155

65/23

I/III

•

NLC

2.157

I/II

HGP424/425

2.161

HGP428/429

2.165

HGP432

2.167

SRS420

2.169

I/II

HPS930

2.173

114

•

HPS900

2.175

156

•

2TR480

2.177

I/II

60/76

•

CRS439/CWS439

2.182

60-76

CGS435

2.185

Verona

VivaraZON

Vivara

HWC138 Multipole

Bellevue

Lighttube

Asklepios

Aether

Lightshell

VikingVision

Arken

Helios

Triangel

CitySwan

Pivot

2.14

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Selection guide – Urban lighting

CPO-

CDO-

HPI-T

HPI-

(ET)

PL-H

PL-L

PL-T

Polar

PL-C

SDW-T

SON

SON-I

SON-T

(-E)

SOX

High

E-27

(-E)

power

(incand)

BU(S)

LEDs

Urban lighting

CDM (-T/TT/

•

CDM-R

•

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.15

UrbanScene

2.16

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

UrbanScene – truly a complete solution UrbanScene offers a range of complete lighting solutions – luminaires, masts and brackets – for illumination applications and street lighting. Its modern, integrated family design and energy-saving features (high-efﬁciency lamps, electronic gear) enable an innovative and sustainable approach to urban lighting. Designed to be unobtrusive, night-preserving and fully recyclable, UrbanScene has an elegant day-time appearance while offering night-time application diversity through decorative as well as functional area and illumination lighting. Smart brackets, including a cardanic construction, allow total ﬂexibility in aiming, while preserving the overall appearance of the light point. www.philips.com/lighting

One CGP700 and one tilted CGP705 UrbanScene CGP700, small version

Philips outdoor luminaires

UrbanScene CGP705, medium version

Two CGP705 luminaires on mast

luminaire on mast

Urban lighting

2.17

UrbanScene

Initially, the UrbanScene range will consist of two luminaires. Offering a choice of beams and accessories, the small CGP700 is ideal for low-power street lighting and illuminations. The medium-size CGP705 – designed to accommodate CosmoPolis or MASTERColour CDM-T lamps – has been optimized for street and area lighting

CGP705 with Open optic CosmoPolis (OOC)

CGP705 with Mini T-Pot for CDM-T

CGP705 with asymmetrical optic

(TPS)

CGP700 with Open optic CosmoPolis

CGP700 with 60° beam

(OOC)

CGP700 with 4° beam

CGP700 with 10° beam

CGP700 with 20° beam

CGP700 with 40° wide beam

Expanding range In spring 2009 the UrbanScene range will be completed with three exciting new models: a plug & play gobo projector, an architectural indirect luminaire and an efﬁcient LED posttop ﬁxture for piazzas.

Urbanscene CDP702 – architectural Urbanscene CGP701 – gobo projector

2.18

Urban lighting

indirect luminaire

Urbanscene BDP704 – LED post top

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

UrbanScene

Philips outdoor luminaires

Pierre Nègre, Urban lighting l’Atelier Lumière 2.19

UrbanScene â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Optical elements

Architectural Lighting

Image Projection

Area Lighting

Street Lighting

2.20

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

UrbanScene – Optical elements Asymmetrical optic

The road optics are ideal for street lighting. It is suitable for use with

The asymmetrical optic has been designed for area lighting. Its sharp

compact burner lamps, providing very good spacing.

beam enables to minimise light nuisance.

Application:

• Street lighting

• Functional area lighting: parking

Luminaire version:

• CGP700 (small version)

• CGP705 (medium version)

Urban lighting

CosmoPolis & Mini T-pot optics

• CGP705 (medium version) Rotational optics 4°, 10°, 20°, 40°, 60°

Projector

The wide range of beam width from very narrow beams to extra

Application:

wide beams enables the creation of different lighting effects.

• Image projection: to project pattern on the ground

Application:

(stars, leaves, characters, etc)

• Decorative area lighting

Luminaire version:

• Architectural lighting: accent and front lighting

• CGP701 (projector)

Luminaire version:

Optical performance:

• CGP700 (small version)

• Fixed focus • Possibility to sharpen the image • Projection distance : from 4 to 15 m

Indirect bi-directional optic TB-IO

Indirect symmetrical optic TS-IO,T-IO Optic Urban LED

The bi-directional reﬂector projects light on both sides, thus

This optics create rotational symmetric distributions on the ﬂoor.

optimizing spacing.

Application:

• Pedestrian street lighting

• Pedestrian street lighting: Footpath, cyclepath, promenades

• Area lighting

Luminaire version:

• Indirect Post-Top

• Indirect Post-Top • Urban LED Post-Top

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.21

UrbanScene – Complete solution

Complete solution Masts have a simple and unobtrusive cylindrical shape for allowing the installation of the luminaires at whatever height is required by the application. Luminaires have been designed to be oriented in any position without impacting the daytime appearance of the light-point. Although UrbanScene offers huge ﬂexibility in terms of luminaire installation, the cables are never visible from outside. All complete solutions are EN40 compliant. Functional street

UrbanScene small

UrbanScene mid

UrbanScene

UrbanScene small

pots at 4m for

pots at 8m for

combination of mid

pots at 6m for

and small pot for

innovative street

street and sidewalk

lighting.

pedestrian walkways

street lighting.

lighting.

◄

2.22

►

Urban lighting

►

lighting.

►

Philips outdoor luminaires

UrbanScene – Complete solution

Pedestrian area

Combination functional and decorative lighting

UrbanScene small pots

Combination of

and mid pots mounted

small pots, mid pots

between 4 and 5 meters

and projectors for

for pedestrian area and

mixing decorative

piazza lighting.

and functional

◄

Urban lighting

Mast: • To match your requirements, masts can be either in galvanized steel or in aluminum. Finishing: • Philips Dark grey as standard. Other RAL or AkzoNobel coatings on request. Aluminum speciﬁc ﬁnishing possible. Mast height: • Height of masts: from 4 to 12 m.

►

lighting in a urban environment. ◄

Philips outdoor luminaires

► ►

Urban lighting

2.23

UrbanScene

UrbanScene Type

CGP700 (small version)

Light source

HID

Installation

Installation at any position on a 76 or 90 mm mast with short 300 mm bracket (MBP-D76-L300,

1 x MASTERColour CDM-Tm Mini / PGJ5 /

MBP-D90-L300) or with long 1200 mm bracket

20 W

(MBP-D76-L1200, MBP-D90-L1200)

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

Wall-mounting with short or long bracket (MBW-

150 W

L300 or MBW-L1200)

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Recommended mounting height: from 3,5 - 8 m

/ 45, 60 W

Freely adjustable tilt

Lamp included

Yes (K or lightcolor 830 or 942)

Adjustable light distribution for road reﬂector on

Ballast (integrated)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

5 positions

Electronic (EB) Optic

Max adjustment from the horizontal: -85º to +85º Max vertical aiming: -175º to +170º

Flood optic: Symmetrical 4º (4)

Maintenance

single quick-release clip

Symmetrical 10º (10) Symmetrical 20º (20) Symmetrical 40º (40)

Rear access to the gear Accessories

Symmetrical 60º (60)

blue (SGF-LBL), yellow (SGF- E) Filters: red (F-RD), warmer (WAF1), cooler

Open optic CosmoPolis or CDM-T (OOC)

(COF2)

Flat glass (FG)

Glare shieldings:

Flat glass with DynaClean (FGD)

Internal louver (RL)

Glass beam softener (BSO)

Visor glare shield (GS)

Fine-ridged glass (LBSP) Options

Photocell: Microcell (P5), Lumistep (LS-6, 8 or 10)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing and cover: high-pressure, die-cast

Remarks

Ready-to-install versions available; with lamp and and choice of 4,5, 6, or 9 m cable (C4K5, C6K, CK9)

aluminum Optical cover: thermally hardened glass

Main applications

City centers, piazzas, urban areas, shopping malls, illuminations and street lighting

Reﬂectors: anodized aluminum Color

Filters: Solgel ﬁlters: green (SGF-G), blue (SGF-B), light

Road optic: Optical cover

From below by opening the front cover with a

Canopy: ultra-dark grey (GR), approx RAL 7043 Frame: silver grey, approx RAL 9006 Other RAL or AKZO Futura colors on request UrbanScene CGP700 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CGP700 CDM-T70W/830 EB I 60 FG CO GR

9.35

952991 00

CGP700 CDM-T70W/830 EB II 60 FG CO GR

9.35

954537 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CGP700

2.24

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

UrbanScene

UrbanScene CGP705 (medium version)

Light source

HID:

Installation

Installation at any position on a 76 or 90 mm mast with short 300 mm bracket (MBP-D76-L300,

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

MBP-D90-L300) or with long 1200 mm bracket

150 W

(MBP-D76-L1200, MBP-D90-L1200)

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TD / RX7s / 70,

Wall-mounting with short or long bracket (MBW-

150 W

L300 or MBW-L1200)

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

/45, 60 W

Recommended mounting height: from 4,5 to 9 m

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

Freely adjustable tilt

250, 400, 600 W

Adjustable light distribution for road reﬂector on

Lamp included

Yes (K or light color 830 or 942)

5 positions

Ballast (integrated)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Max adjustment from the horizontal: -85º to +85º

Optic

Flood optic:

Max vertical aiming: -175º to +170º

Electronic (EB) Maintenance

single quick-release clip

Asymmetrical for CDM-TD lamp version (A)

Access to the gear behind optical plate

Road optic: Mini T-Pot for CDM-T lamp version (TPS)

Accessories

Flat glass (FG)

Remarks

Light trespass (LTP)

Options

Photocell: Microcell (P5)

CK9) Main applications

City centers, piazzas, urban areas, shopping malls, illuminations and street lighting

Lumistep (LS-6, 8 or 10) Materials and ﬁnishing

Ready-to-install versions available; with lamp and and choice of 4,5, 6 or 9 m cable (resp. C4K5, C6K,

Flat glass with DynaClean (FGD) Glare shielding

Dedicated mast and wall brackets available for different mounting possibilities

Open optic CosmoPolis (OOC) Optical cover

From below by opening the front cover with a

Housing and cover: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum Optical cover: thermally hardened glass Reﬂectors: anodized aluminum

Color

Canopy: ultra dark grey (GR), approx RAL 7043 Frame: silver grey, approx RAL 9006 Other RAL or AKZO Futura colors available on request UrbanScene CGP705 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CGP705 CPO-TW60W K EB I OOC FG CO GR

13.56

953127 00

CGP705 CPO-TW90W K EB I OOC FG CO GR

13.56

953134 00

CGP705 CPO-TW60W K EB II OOC FG AL GR

13.56

953233 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CGP705

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.25

Urban lighting

Type

UrbanLine

2.26

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

UrbanLine – enhancing citizen well-being and preserving the environment Representing a breakthrough into functional outdoor LED lighting, UrbanLine delivers light in a responsible and energy-efficient manner, while still fulfilling all requirements in terms of safety and city branding. Its contemporary design, which follows the lighting function, provides urban planners with an interesting solution for street applications. UrbanLine delivers a uniform and visually comfortable white light with good color rendering of around 80. It is available in two color temperatures: warm white (3000 K) and neutral white (4000 K). Featuring high-power LEDs combined with smart optics, UrbanLine offers an environmentally friendly lighting solution – consuming up to 50% less energy than traditional street lighting. UrbanLine is a flexible and complete solution that enables architects, urban planners and lighting designers to address multiple lighting applications in residential areas. The range comprises four luminaire configurations and a dedicated mast, which is available in several heights. In this way, UrbanLine provides a large number of lighting combinations to suit a wide variety of locations and environments, meeting both application and user needs. www.philips.com/lighting

Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting

luminaire, 1-module version

luminaire, 2-module version

luminaire, 3-module version

luminaire, 4-module version

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.27

UrbanLine

UrbanLine Lifetime

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Warm white, 3000 K

Accessories

Square mast

Neutral white, 4000 K

Remarks

CRI: ~80

Type

BPP406

Light source

6, 12, 18 or 24 LED-HP, 700 mA

Light color

Thermal management system for long lifetime

Power supply

110-240 V AC / 50-60 Hz

No light pollution

Power consumption

System ~18.3 W, 35 W, 52 W or 69 W (± 10%)

Luminaire ﬁxed under angle of 10º

Optic

Combination of collimator and reﬂector

Thermal management system for long lifetime

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing and bracket: die-cast aluminum Optic: anodized reﬂector; lenses in methacrylate

Functional earth needed for Class 2 Main applications

Residential areas

Cover: tempered glass Color

Philips silver grey

Installation

Post top on dedicated mast (to be ordered separately) Mast incorporates two access doors: on top for the gear and on ground level for mains connection Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC Recommended system height: 4 m (C200), 5 m (C1K2), 6 m (C2K2) Windage area of luminaire without mast: 1-module version: 0.062 m2 2-module version: 0.073 m2 3-module version: 0.085 m2 4-module version: 0.095 m2 Windage area of mast (120 x 120 mm) without luminaire: 120 mm x 3.68 m: 0.44 m2 120 mm x 4.68 m: 0.56 m2 120 mm x 5.68 m: 0.68 m2

2.28

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire, 1-module version

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BPP406 1-S/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L

10.03

953707 00

BPP406 1-S/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L

10.03

953738 00

BPP406 1-S-C/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L

10.03

954155 00

BPP406 1-S-C/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L

10.03

954209 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

BPP406 1x Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire, 2-module version

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BPP406 2-S/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L

11.79

953844 00

BPP406 2-S/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L

11.79

953875 00

BPP406 2-A/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L

11.87

953974 00

BPP406 2-A/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L

11.87

954001 00

BPP406 2-S-C/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L

11.79

954247 00

BPP406 2-S-C/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L

11.79

954278 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

BPP406 2x

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.29

Urban lighting

UrbanLine

Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire, 3-module version

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BPP406 3-S/WW I GR C200 MBP-L

13.48

954025 00

BPP406 3-S/WW II GR C200 MBP-L

13.48

954056 00

BPP406 3-A/WW I GR C200 MBP-L

13.58

954162 00

BPP406 3-A/WW II GR C200 MBP-L

13.58

953769 00

BPP406 3-S-C/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L

13.64

954308 00

BPP406 3-S-C/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L

13.64

954339 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

BPP406 3x Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire, 4-module version

Product ID

BPP406 4-S/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

16.34

953813 00

BPP406 4-S/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L

16.34

953912 00

BPP406 4-A/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L

16.48

953943 00

BPP406 4-A/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L

16.48

954124 00

BPP406 4-S-C/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L

16.34

954377 00

BPP406 4-S-C/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L

16.34

954407 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

BPP406 4x

2.30

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

UrbanLine

Stopera, Waterlooplein Amsterdam, The Netherlands Philips outdoor luminaires

Lighting design: UrbanAns lighting van de Broek 2.31

CityWing

2.32

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CityWing Pedestrian LED – paving the way forward CityWing is a complete lighting solution characterized by miniaturization and elegance. This architectural pedestrian luminaire features 2 x 18 high-power LUXEON® K2 LEDs, offering improved illuminance. The combination of white and/or amber LEDs produces warm-white and neutral-white light (color temperatures from 2700 K up to 4300 K). The 4-meter-high optical units, in conjunction with 5° tilt, allow 12 - 14 m spacing between masts, with an average illuminance level of 15 lux and good uniformity. With full white (4300 K), the illuminance level is increased to 30 lux. www.philips.com/lighting

Neutral white-light 4300K and 4000K

Philips outdoor luminaires

Warm white-light 3200K and 2700K

Urban lighting

2.33

CityWing

CityWing Type

BPS741 (mono-color version)

Installation

Post top on dedicated mast

BPS742 (bi-color version)

Mast incorporates two access doors: one for gear

Light source

2 x 18 LUXEON® K2 (amber is LUXEON® I)

and one for mains connection

Light color

BPS741: white (WH), 4300 K

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

BPS742: white (WH), amber (AM), preset: 2700,

Recommended mounting height: < 4 m

3200 or 4000 K

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Max windage area: 0.20 m2

Gear (integrated in

Max SCx values by side: 0.063 m2

Electronic (EB)

mast) Power consumption Optic

BPS741: 154 W

Lifetime

50,000 hrs (70% lumen maintenance)

BPS742: 79 W

Accessories

Square mast, ZPS740

Extensive rotation-symmetrical high-efﬁciency

Remarks

Driver integrated in mast

collimating lenses, cut off 60º (S) Materials and ﬁnishing

Thermal protection system of LED board to

Housing: die-cast aluminum Brackets and mast: extruded aluminum proﬁle

ensure long lifetime Main applications

Urban areas, shopping malls, squares

Optic frame: stainless steel, frosted Screws (not visible): stainless steel Color

remote gear

Grey (GR), RAL 9006 Other RAL colors available on request

BPS742 + ZPS740

2.34

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

CityWing BPS741/742 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with pole (ZPS740)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BPS742 LED-K2/WH-2700 EB I S GR

15.00

506457 00

BPS742 LED-K2/WH-3200 EB I S GR

15.00

506464 00

BPS742 LED-K2/WH-4000 EB I S GR

15.00

506471 00

BPS741 LED-K2/WH-4300 EB I S GR

15.00

506488 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conďŹ gurations

Accessories Product ID

Description

ZPS740 PL L3800 GR

Pole, length 3.8 m grey

147970 00

EOC

ZPS740 PL L3800 RAL

Pole, length 3.8 m RAL color

147987 00

The Hague, The Netherlands

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.35

Urban lighting

CityWing

Lightcolumn

Lightcolumn – remote beauty With its innovative, contemporary urban design, Lightcolumn HGP440 is very much the luminaire as ‘aesthetic object’. The Lightcolumn features Remote Light Source technology, which distributes light from the base to the top, with different perforated masks creating decorative light patterns on the column. There is a choice of three reﬂective top units: conical, symmetrical and asymmetrical. This luminaire is ideal for creative applications in relatively large, visually distinctive areas. www.philips.com/lighting

2.36

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Lightcolumn

HGP441/442/443 (column extrusions)

Color

Dark grey

EGP440 (control gear units)

Accessories

Extension for embedded foundation, base covers

HID:

Main applications

Shopping and pedestrian areas, parks, promenades,

GGP441/442/443 (column top covers) Light source

RAL colors available on request

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70, 150 W

squares, business centers

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 100 W Lamp included

Ignitor

Semi-parallel (SP)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Column, top brackets and top cone: die-cast aluminum Reflective disks: glass-fiber-reinforced polyester Light-output lens and light-guidance tube: PMMA Optical light film: PMMA/PC Perforated masks and light-slot cover: steel sheet

A complete conﬁguration consists of: Column extrusion (HGP), control gear unit (EGP), reﬂector disk (GGP), and decorative column base cover (ZGP). To be ordered seperately.

HGP441/442/443 Lightcolumn column extrusion

Preferred selection

(HGP) with reﬂector disk (GGP441)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

HGP441 GR COLUMN WITH PERF. MASK

38.00

280035 00

HGP442 GR COLUMN WITH 2 PERF. MASKS

38.00

280080 00

HGP443 GR COLUMN WITH 4 LIGHT SLOTS

38.00

280066 00

2.90

146218 00

and decorative column base cover (ZGP440)

EGP440 CDM-T70W 230V II EGP440 CDM-T70W 230V SP

2.50

280011 00

EGP440 CDM-T150W 230-240V SP

4.00

283364 00

EGP440 SDW-T100W 230-240V

3.00

279947 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.37

Urban lighting

Lightcolumn Type

Lightcolumn

Accessories Symmetric reﬂector disk GGP441

Product ID GGP441 GR SYMMETRIC REFLECTOR DISK MKII

EOC 228754 00

Asymmetric reﬂector disk GGP442

Product ID GGP442 GR ASYMMETRIC REFLECTOR DISK

GGP441

EOC

Ø 170

GGP442

280059 00

Conical reﬂector top GGP443

GGP443 Product ID GGP443 GR CONICAL REFLECTOR TOP

EOC 280042 00

Product ID

Description

ZGP440 GR DECORATIVE COLUMN BASE COVER

Base cover

279978 00

ZGP441 EXTENSION FOR EMBEDDED FOUNDATION

Extension for embedded foundation

279923 00

2.38

Urban lighting

EOC

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Lightcolumn

Lunel, France

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.39

Metronomis

Torino

2.40

Bilbao

Urban lighting

Malmรถ

Annecy

Berlin

Philips outdoor luminaires

Metronomis

Urban lighting

Metronomis – turning vision into reality Metronomis is a family of ten highly distinctive luminaires and dedicated supports (masts and brackets), which can be used with a wide variety of optics to provide architects and lighting designers with the total solution needed to create a unified, consistent lighting design that still reflects the differences in urban culture and history. In its daytime appearance, Metronomis integrates harmoniously with any street scene, while its night-time appearance is both functional – guiding people and traffic safely through the city – and decorative, creating a pleasant ambience in city squares and pedestrian precincts. www.philips.com/lighting

Cambridge

Philips outdoor luminaires

Bordeaux

Brussels

Porto

Oslo

Urban lighting

2.41

Metronomis masts and brackets

Metronomis masts, brackets and adapters One of the main characteristics of the Metronomis range is the total solution that it offers architects and lighting designers. Architectural enhancement can only be fully realized when both the luminaires and their supports are part of an integrated concept. To this end, Metronomis includes a range of dedicated masts and brackets which are consistent with the visual style of the luminaires. There are five different designs of masts available in steel, aluminum, and wood, from 3.5 to 12m. Steel and aluminum masts can be painted standard Philips ultra dark gray, with other colors and finishes upon request. Wooden masts are floated-oak-coated. Other wood-shades are available upon request. The Fuzo mast, with its fluid shape, integrates perfectly in the urban landscape. The mast has been designed by AREP and offers a slightly curved profile. In addition to that, the blend of wood and steel gives this urban furniture a modern and stylish look.

Metronomis Torino on Fuzo wooden mast – enhancing public spaces The simple, elegant outline of the Torino integrates harmoniously with most modern urban environments. The housing has been kept as small as possible, and the transition from luminaire to mast is smooth. After sunset, the Torino offers excellent lighting performance. Depending on the combination of light source and optical element chosen, the Torino can create a variety of atmospheric and spatial lighting effects.

2.42

Urban lighting

Metronomis Berlin on Fuzo wooden mast – the old and the new The Berlin combines a traditional outline with contemporary styling. Referring to ancient gas lanterns, it has been designed primarily for urban areas that embrace history without copying the past.

Metronomis Cambridge on Fuzo wooden mast – urban archetype The Cambridge can be seen as a contemporary version of the classic street lantern. Special attention has been devoted to the lighting effects required to enhance the ambience of historical areas.

Metronomis Malmö on Metronomis aluminum mast – atmospheric lighting The Malmö combines direct lighting with a gently reflected light effect through the use of a reflective disc. With its transparent design, the Malmö creates the impression of a virtual ceiling in public places. Because of the subtle support, the reflector seems to float around the light source. This effect becomes even more prominent after dark.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Metronomis masts and brackets

Urban lighting

The Metro mast has a soft transition between the base and the pole, making it ďŹ t for post-top installation. When combined with brackets, it becomes an integrated solution for urban environments. The cylindrico-conical mast, simple and elegant, discretely blends in with the architecture itself. The Step mast, made from steel segments of different diameters, gives a visual rhythm to streets. The Curve mast, intended for the Metronomis 2 range of luminaires, turns street lighting into an architectural feature. Metronomis brackets are available in Straight and Curved design, in two different lengths.

Metronomis Porto on long straight bracket â&#x20AC;&#x201C; contemporary and convenient The Porto has a striking visual appearance by day, referring to typical industrial luminaire designs, while providing effective optical performance at night. The design concept offers maximum application ďŹ&#x201A;exibility and ease of maintenance. The optional Ambient Light Effect (ALE) provides guidance while adding an extra dimension to the surrounding landscape or architecture.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.43

Metronomis masts and brackets

Combination of Metronomis Bordeaux on long curved bracket and Torino with short curved bracket on a Metronomis aluminum mast, thus creating harmony. The Bordeaux – available with 0, 2 or 4 arms – offers tremendous flexibility, both in installation and in light distribution and effect. Used in conjunction with a choice of dedicated supports, including a catenary adapter, this luminaire is extremely versatile. Because a variety of lighting applications are possible within a single design concept, the Bordeaux can function as a harmonizing element within the cityscape.

2.44

Urban lighting

Metronomis Bilbao on a cylindroconical mast – emphasizing visual direction The Bilbao has been specially designed for areas where a directional light distribution is desirable. In post-top applications, or mounted on one of the specially designed brackets, the light is shielded on one side to prevent glare in a certain direction or to distinguish between areas with different functions.

Metronomis Annecy on a step mast – light for living spaces The Annecy is ideally suited to modern residential areas. Variation in lighting effect and design can be achieved through the use of a clear, opal or painted cover. By using different light sources and optical elements, it is possible to create different accents and atmospheres.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Metronomis masts and brackets

Combination of Metronomis Brussels on long and short curved brackets – functional and aesthetic The Brussels luminaire is designed to fulﬁll rational lighting requirements without compromising on aesthetic appeal. The product concept includes sophisticated reﬂectors for directional light distribution. Preventing light output to the upper hemisphere, the Brussels luminaire offers an effective solution in cases where light pollution needs to be reduced.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Metronomis Oslo on Metronomis Curve mast – visual appeal The Oslo has a distinctive and innovative design. The Ambient Light Effect (ALE) generates soft lighting effects thanks to the use of an opal bowl in combination with characteristic reﬂective screens. The Oslo’s indirect lighting fosters the perception of a virtual ceiling.

Urban lighting

2.45

Metronomis Torino

Metronomis Torino Type

CDS530/531 (suspended version)

Light source

HID: 1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Options

Photocell: Minicell (P3)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Filter coil (F)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

Bowls: polycarbonate

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Refractor and diffuser: polymethylmethacrylic-

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

imide

150 W

Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,150 W

Adapters: die-cast aluminum Color

Dark grey (GR)

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

Akzo or RAL colors available on request

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W 1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

with side-entry adapter

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

Catenary mounting with catenary adapter

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Accessories

Catenary adapter, ZRP552

42 W

Catenary adapter requires dedicated CDS531 version

*depends on wattage Induction lamp system: MASTER QL system / 55 W Lamp included

Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

Remarks

Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

Main applications

Urban and architectural areas, commercial and business centers

Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 830, 840) No

Gear

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Electronic (EB)

Optic (elements)

Louver (LO) Refractor, prismatic (PR) Diffuser (DF)

Optical cover

Transparent bowl (TB) Opal bowl (OB)

Ignitor

Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

CDS530

2.46

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Metronomis Torino CDS530 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with opal bowl (OB)

Product ID

or prismatic bowl (PR) CDS530 CDM-T70W II OB GR ST

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

8.56

847528 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Metronomis Torino CDS530 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with louver (LO) and

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS530 CDO-TT70W K 230V II LO TB GR ST

6.45

845661 00

CDS530 CDO-TT100W K 230V II LO TB GR ST

6.45

845678 00

CDS530 CDO-TT150W K 230V II LO TB GR ST

7.10

845685 00

clear bowl (TB)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Metronomis Torino CDS530 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with prismatic

Product ID

refractor (PR) and clear bowl (TB) CDS530 CDM-T70W II PR TB GR ST

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

8.56

847535 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.47

Urban lighting

Metronomis Torino

Metronomis Bilbao

Metronomis Bilbao Type

CDS540/541 (suspended version)

Light source

HID: 1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Options

Photocell: Minicell (P3)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Filter coil (F)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

Shield ﬁxation brackets: die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Bowls: polycarbonate

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Refractor and diffuser: polymethylmethacrylic-

150 W

imide

1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,

Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

70,150 W

Vertical reﬂective shield: acrylonitril-styrene-

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

acrylate Adapters: die-cast aluminum

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

Color

Dark grey (GR)

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

Akzo or RAL colors available on request

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm with side-entry adapter

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Catenary mounting with catenary adapter

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

42 W *depends on wattage

Accessories

Catenary adapter, ZRP552

Induction lamp system:

Catenary adapter requires dedicated CDS541

MASTER QL system / 55 W Lamp included Gear

version

Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 830, 840) No

Remarks

Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Main applications

Urban and architectural areas, commercial and business centers

Electronic (EB) Optic (elements)

Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

Louver (LO) Refractor, prismatic (PR) Diffuser (DF)

Optical cover

Transparent bowl and cover (TB) Opal bowl and cover (OB)

Ignitor

Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

CDS540

2.48

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Metronomis Bilbao CDS540 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with diffuser (DF) and

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS540 CDO-TT70W K 230V II DF TB GR ST

8.17

845722 00

CDS540 CDO-TT100W K 230V II DF TB GR ST

8.17

845739 00

CDS540 CDO-TT150W K 230V II DF TB GR ST

8.82

845746 00

clear bowl (TB)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conďŹ gurations

Guggenheim, Bilbao, Spain

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.49

Urban lighting

Metronomis Bilbao

Metronomis Malmö

Metronomis Malmö Type

CDS550

Light source

HID: 1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Options

Photocell: Minicell (P3)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Filter coil (F)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

Disc-support ﬁxation brackets: die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Disc-support rods: extruded aluminum

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Bowls: polycarbonate

150 W

Refractor and diffuser: polymethylmethacrylic-

1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,

imide

70,150 W

Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

Horizontal reﬂective disc: acrylonitril-

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

butadienestyrene

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

Adapters: die-cast aluminum

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

Color

Dark grey (GR)

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Akzo or RAL colors available on request Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

Compact ﬂuorescent:

with side-entry adapter

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

42 W *depends on wattage Induction lamp system: MASTER QL system / 55 W Lamp included

Accessories

Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

Remarks

Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

Main applications

Urban and architectural areas, commercial and business centers

Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 830, 840) No

Gear

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Electronic (EB)

Optic (elements)

Louver (LO) Refractor, prismatic (PR) Diffuser (DF)

Optical cover

Transparent bowl and cover (TB) Opal bowl and cover (OB)

Ignitor

Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

CDS550

2.50

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Metronomis Malmö CDS550 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with prismatic

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS550 CDO-TT70W K 230V II PR TB GR ST

10.98

845784 00

CDS550 CDO-TT100W K 230V II PR TB GR ST

10.98

845791 00

CDS550 CDO-TT150W K 230V II PR TB GR ST

11.63

845807 00

refractor (PR) and clear bowl (TB)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Parc de Mulder, Berghem, Belgium

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.51

Urban lighting

Metronomis Malmö

Metronomis Annecy

Metronomis Annecy Type

CDS560

Light source

HID: 1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TT / PGZ12

Ignitor

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST) Options Materials and ﬁnishing

Bowls and bowl covers: polycarbonate

150 W

Refractor and diffuser: polymethylmethacrylic-

1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,

imide

70,150 W

Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

Reﬂector assemblies: aluminum

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

Adapters: die-cast aluminum Color

Dark grey (GR)

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø60 / 76 mm

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

Akzo or RAL colors available on request

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm with side-entry adapter

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32, 42 W

Accessories

Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

*depends on wattage

Remarks

Compatible with various Metronomis brackets **Dedicated indirect optic (IO) preventing light

Induction lamp system:

nuisance (E2 classiﬁcation according to CIE 126-

MASTER QL system / 55 W

1997)

Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 830, 840) No

Gear

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

Lamp included

Photocell: Minicell (P3) Filter coil (F)

/45, 60, 90, 140 W 1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Semi-parallel (SP)

Main applications

Urban and architectural areas, commercial and business centers

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Electronic (EB)

Optic (elements)

Louver (LO) Refractor, prismatic (PR) Diffuser (DF) Rotation-symmetrical reﬂector (S) Road-lighting reﬂector, asymmetrical (A) Indirect (IO)**

Optical cover

Transparent bowl and cover (TT) Transparent bowl and opal cover (TO) Transparent bowl and painted cover (TP) Opal bowl and cover (OO) Opal bowl and painted cover (OP)

CDS560

2.52

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Metronomis Annecy CDS560 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with indirect optic

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS560 CDO-TT70W K 230V II LO TP GR ST

10.45

845845 00

CDS560 CDO-TT100W K 230V II LO TP GR ST

10.45

845852 00

(IO), clear bowl and painted cover (TP)

CDS560 CDO-TT150W K 230V II LO TP GR ST

11.10

845869 00

CDS560 CPO-TW60W K EB II A TP GR

10.50

850023 00

CDS560 CPO-TW140W K EB II A TP GR

10.50

850030 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conďŹ gurations

The Hague, The Netherlands

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.53

Urban lighting

Metronomis Annecy

Metronomis Berlin

Metronomis Berlin Type

CDS570

Light source

HID: 1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Ignitor

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST) Options Materials and ﬁnishing

Decorative arms: die-cast aluminum

150 W

Bowls and bowl covers: polycarbonate

1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,

Refractor and diffuser: polymethylmethacrylic-

70,150 W

imide

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

Reﬂector assemblies: aluminum

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

Adapters: die-cast aluminum Color

Dark grey (GR)

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Akzo or RAL colors available on request Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

Compact ﬂuorescent:

with side-entry adapter

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

42 W *depends on wattage Induction lamp system:

Accessories

Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

Remarks

Compatible with various Metronomis brackets **Dedicated indirect optic (IO) preventing light

MASTER QL system / 55 W

Gear

Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 830, 840)

nuisance (E2 classiﬁcation according to CIE 126-

1997)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Main applications

Urban and architectural areas, commercial and business centers

Electronic (EB) Optic (elements)

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

Lamp included

Photocell: Minicell (P3) Filter coil (F)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W 1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Semi-parallel (SP)

Louver (LO) Refractor, prismatic (PR) Diffuser (DF) Rotation-symmetrical reﬂector (S) Road-lighting reﬂector, asymmetrical (A) Indirect (IO)**

Optical cover

Transparent bowl and cover (TT) Transparent bowl and opal cover (TO) Transparent bowl and painted cover (TP) Opal bowl and cover (OO) Opal bowl and painted cover (OP)

CDS570

2.54

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Metronomis Berlin CDS570 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with road lighting

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS570 CDO-TT70W K 230V II A TP GR ST

11.15

845906 00

CDS570 CDO-TT100W K 230V II A TP GR ST

11.15

845913 00

CDS570 CDO-TT150W K 230V II A TP GR ST

11.80

845920 00

reﬂector (A), clear bowl and painted cover (TP)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Avenue Rhin et Danube, Les sables d’Ólonne, France

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.55

Urban lighting

Metronomis Berlin

Metronomis Cambridge

Metronomis Cambridge Type

CDS580

Light source

HID: 1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Ignitor

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST) Options Materials and ﬁnishing

Decorative arms: die-cast aluminum

150 W

Bowls and bowl covers: polycarbonate

1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,

Refractor and diffuser: polymethylmethacrylic-

70,150 W

imide

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

Reﬂector assemblies: aluminum

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

Adapters: die-cast aluminum Color

Grey (GR)

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

RAL colors available on request Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

Compact ﬂuorescent:

with side-entry adapter

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

42 W *depends on wattage Induction lamp system:

Accessories

Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

Remarks

Compatible with various Metronomis brackets **Dedicated indirect optic (IO) preventing light

MASTER QL system / 55 W

Gear

Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 830, 840)

nuisance (E2 classiﬁcation according to CIE 126-

1997)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Main applications

Urban and architectural areas, commercial and business centers

Electronic (EB) Optic (elements)

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

Lamp included

Photocell: Minicell (P3) Filter coil (F)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W 1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Semi-parallel (SP)

Louver (LO) Refractor, prismatic (PR) Diffuser (DF) Rotation-symmetrical reﬂector (S) Road-lighting reﬂector, asymmetrical (A) Indirect (IO)**

Optical cover

Transparent bowl and cover (TT) Transparent bowl and opal cover (TO) Transparent bowl and painted cover (TP) Opal bowl and cover (OO) Opal bowl and painted cover (OP)

CDS580

2.56

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Metronomis Cambridge CDS580

Preferred selection

urban-lighting luminaire with diffuser

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS580 SON70W K 230V II PR TP GR SP

11.88

845937 00

CDS580 SON100W K 230V II PR TP GR SP

11.88

845944 00

(DF), clear bowl and painted cover (TP)

CDS580 SON150W K 230V II PR TP GR SP

12.53

845951 00

CDS580 CDO-TT70W K 230V II PR TP GR ST

11.88

845968 00

CDS580 CDO-TT100W K 230V II PR TP GR ST

11.88

845975 00

CDS580 CDO-TT150W K 230V II PR TP GR ST

12.53

845982 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conďŹ gurations

Rue Albert 1er, Rixensart, Belgium

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.57

Urban lighting

Metronomis Cambridge

Metronomis Bordeaux

Metronomis Bordeaux Type

CDS592/594

Light source

HID: 1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Ignitor

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST) Options Materials and ﬁnishing

Decorative arms: die-cast aluminum

150 W

Bowls and bowl covers: polycarbonate

1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,

Refractor and diffuser: polymethylmethacrylic-

70,150 W

imide

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

Reﬂector assemblies: aluminum

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

Adapters: die-cast aluminum Color

Dark grey (GR)

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Akzo or RAL colors available on request with side-entry adapter

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Catenary mounting with catenary adapter

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

42 W *depends on wattage

Accessories

MASTER QL system / 55 W Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 830, 840)

Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551 Catenary adapter, ZRP552

Induction lamp system: Remarks

Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

Main applications

Urban and architectural areas, commercial and business centers

No Gear

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

Lamp included

Photocell: Minicell (P3) Filter coil (F)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W 1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Semi-parallel (SP)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Electronic (EB)

Optic (elements)

Louver (LO) Refractor, prismatic (PR) Diffuser (DF) Rotation-symmetrical reﬂector (S) Road-lighting reﬂector, asymmetrical (A)

Optical cover

Transparent bowl and cover (TT) Opal bowl and transparent cover (OT) Transparent bowl and opal cover (TO) Opal bowl and cover (OO)

CDS592

2.58

Urban lighting

CDS594

Philips outdoor luminaires

Metronomis Bordeaux CDS592 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with clear bowl and

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS592 CDO-TT70W K 230V II S TT GR ST

11.10

846026 00

CDS592 CDO-TT100W K 230V II S TT GR ST

11.10

846033 00

CDS592 CDO-TT150W K 230V II S TT GR ST

11.75

846040 00

clear cover (TT)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Metronomis Bordeaux CDS594

Preferred selection

urban-lighting luminaire with rotational

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS594 SDW-T50W 230V II S TT GR

10.87

225678 00

CDS594 CDM-T70W 230V II S TT GR SP

11.90

225685 00

symmetrical reﬂector (S), clear bowl and clear cover (TT)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Nieuwe Kaai, Turnhout, Belgium

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.59

Urban lighting

Metronomis Bordeaux

Metronomis-2 Brussels

Metronomis Brussels Type

CDS501 (small version)

Series (SI)

CDS502 (large version) Light source

CDS501

Semi-parallel (SP) Ignitor

HID:

Series, self-stopping (SS) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Options (in CDS501

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

version only)

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH) Light regulation: dimming switch (SW)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,

Optical compartment: polycarbonate, liqued-

150 W

coated

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Optical covers: polycarbonate, clear (PC) or

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

tempered soda-lime glass (FG)

150 W

Adapters: die-cast aluminum

1 x SON-I / E27 / 70 W

Color

Dark grey (GR)

Installation

Suspended mounting on column with dedicated

1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W 1 x SON / E27 / 70 W

Akzo and RAL colors available on request

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

Metronomis brackets

1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

with side-entry adapter

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PG12-2 / 70 W

Catenary mounting with catenary adapter

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PGX12-2 /

Wall mounting with wall-mounting bracket

150 W

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 10 m Tilt angle: max 15º, if mounted on dedicated

Induction lamp system

Metronomis bracket

1 x MASTER QL system / 85 W CDS502

Accessories

Wall-mounting bracket, ZRP559

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 150 W

Remarks

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /

1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W

Compatible with various Metronomis brackets Choice of integrated or separate control gear unit (400 W version only separate)

150 W 1 x MASTER HPI-T Plus / E40 / 250, 400 W

Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551 Catenary adapter, ZRP552

HID:

Main applications

Urban and architectural areas, commercial and business centers

1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W 1 x SON-T / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W Lamp included

Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 827, 830, 840) No

Gear

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optic (elements)

Road-lighting reﬂector, asymmetrical (A)

Electronic (EB) Rotation-symmetrical reﬂector (S) Optical cover

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) Flat glass (FG)

2.60

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Metronomis-2 Brussels

CDS501 PC CDS502 PC Metronomis Brussels CDS501/502

Preferred selection

urban-lighting luminaire with

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS501 CPO-TW60W K EB II A PC GR

10.00

850115 00

CDS501 CPO-TW140W K EB II A PC GR

10.00

850122 00

CDS502 CDO-TT150W K 240V II A PC GR ST

13.80

676708 00

CDS502 SON-T150W K 230V II A PC GR SP

11.20

846071 00

CDS502 SON-T250W K 230V II A PC GR SP

14.80

846088 00

polycarbonate bowl (PC)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conďŹ gurations

Krimweg, Coevoorden, The Netherlands

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.61

Metronomis-2 Porto

Metronomis Porto Type

CDS503 (small version)

Polycarbonate bowl (PC)

CDS504 (large version) Light source

Flat glass (FG)

CDS503

Optical cover

HID:

Ignitor

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Semi-parallel (SP)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

Series, self-stopping (SS)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,

Options (in CDS503

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

150 W

version only)

Light regulation: dimming switch (SW)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Optical compartment: polycarbonate, prismatic

150 W

Optical covers: polycarbonate, clear (PC) or

1 x SON-I / E27 / 70 W

tempered soda-lime glass (FG)

1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W 1 x SON / E27 / 70 W

Adapters: die-cast aluminum Color

Dark grey (GR)

Installation

Suspended mounting on column with dedicated

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W 1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

Akzo or RAL colors available on request

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Metronomis brackets

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PG12-2 / 70 W

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PGX12-2 /

with side-entry adapter

150 W

Catenary mounting with catenary adapter Wall mounting with wall-mounting bracket

Induction lamp system

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 10 m

1 x MASTER QL system / 85 W CDS504

Tilt angle: max 15º, if mounted on dedicated

HID:

Metronomis bracket

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 /

Accessories

Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

150 W

Catenary adapter, ZRP552

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /

Wall-mounting bracket, ZRP559

150 W

Remarks

Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

1 x MASTER HPI-T Plus / E40 / 250, 400 W

Choice of integrated or separate control gear unit

1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W

(400 W version only separate)

1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W 1 x SON-T / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W Lamp included

Series (SI)

Main applications

Urban and architectural areas, commercial and business centers

Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 827, 830, 840) No

Gear

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optic (elements)

Road-lighting reﬂector, asymmetrical (A)

Electronic (EB) Road-lighting reflector, asymmetrical with ALE function (AE) Rotation-symmetrical reflector (S) Rotation-symmetrical reflector with ALE function (SE)

2.62

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Metronomis-2 Porto

CDS503 FG CDS503 PC CDS504 PC Metronomis Porto CDS503/504

Preferred selection

urban-lighting luminaire with

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS503 SON-T100W K 230V II AE PC GR SP

11.35

846149 00

CDS504 SON-T150W K 230V II AE PC GR SP

11.30

846156 00

CDS504 SON-T250W K 230V II AE PC GR SP

14.90

846163 00

CDS503 CDO-TT70W K 230V II AE PC GR ST

8.95

846170 00

CDS504 CDO-TT150W K 230V II AE PC GR ST

13.90

846200 00

polycarbonate bowl (PC)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Metronomis CDS503/504 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with ﬂat glass cover

Product ID

(FG) CDS503 CDO-TT100W K 230V II AE FG GR ST

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

13.06

846187 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.63

Metronomis-2 Oslo

Metronomis Oslo Type

CDS505 (small version)

Series (SI)

CDS506 (large version) Light source

CDS505

Semi-parallel (SP) Ignitor

HID:

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Options (in CDS505 version only)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

Light regulation: dimming switch (SW)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

150 W

Optical compartment: polycarbonate, opal

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Optical covers: polycarbonate, clear (PC) or

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

tempered soda-lime glass (FG)

150 W

Dome-support bracket: chill-moulded aluminum

1 x SON-I / E27 / 70 W

Dome: laminated ABS/PMMA, reﬂective

1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W 1 x SON / E27 / 70 W

Adapters: die-cast aluminum Color

Dark grey (GR)

Installation

Suspended mounting on column with dedicated

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W 1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

Akzo or RAL colors available on request

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Metronomis brackets

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PG12-2 / 70 W

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PGX12-2 /

with side-entry adapter

150 W

Catenary mounting with catenary adapter Wall mounting with wall-mounting bracket

Induction lamp system

Recommended mounting heigt: 3.5 - 10 m

1 x MASTER QL system / 85 W CDS506

Tilt angle: max 15º, if mounted on dedicated

HID:

Metronomis bracket

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /

Accessories

Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

150 W

Catenary adapter, ZRP552

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 /

Wall-mounting bracket, ZRP559

150 W

Remarks

Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

1 x MASTER HPI-T Plus / E40 / 250, 400 W

Choice of integrated or separate control gear unit

1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W

(400 W version only separate)

1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W 1 x SON-T / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W Lamp included

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Main applications

Urban and architectural areas, commercial and business centers

Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 827, 830, 840) No

Gear

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optic (elements)

Road-lighting reﬂector, asymmetrical (A)

Electronic (EB) Rotation-symmetrical reﬂector (S) Optical cover

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) Flat glass (FG)

2.64

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Metronomis-2 Oslo

CDS505 PC

Metronomis Oslo CDS505/506 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with polycarbonate

Product ID

CDS506 PC

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS505 SON-T100W K 240V II AE PC GR ST

13.60

676791 00

CDS506 SON-T150W K 240V II AE PC GR ST

14.70

676807 00

CDS506 SON-T250W K 240V II AE PC GR ST

18.30

676814 00

CDS505 CDO-TT100W K 230V II AE PC GR ST

13.80

846262 00

CDS506 CDO-TT150W K 230V II AE PC GR ST

17.30

846286 00

bowl (PC)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conďŹ gurations

Tirso de Molina Square, Madrid, Spain.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.65

Metronomis masts and brackets Accessories Short curved bracket

Product ID ZRP554 MBS-ARC-S SHORT CURVED BRACKET

EOC 227283 00

ZRP554

Short straight bracket

Product ID

EOC

ZRP555 MBS-S SHORT STRAIGHT 227290 00 BRACKET

ZRP555

Long curved bracket

Product ID ZRP556 MBS-ARC-L IX LONG CURVED BRACKET

EOC 824215 00

ZRP556

Long straight bracket

Product ID ZRP557 MBS-L LONG STRAIGHT BRACKET

Product ID

EOC 230122 00

ZRP557

EOC

ZRP559 MBW-556/557 GR-10714 WALL BRACKET

147574 00

ZRP559 MBW-554/555 GR-10714 WALL BRACKET

147581 00

ZRP558 MB MOUNTING BRACKET 230139 00 ZRP551 SP42/60S GR SIDE ENTRY 824314 00 SPIGOT

ZRP551 ZRP559

ZRP558

2.66

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Metronomis masts and brackets

Philips outdoor luminaires

Potaerdenberg, Anderlecht, Belgium Urban lighting

2.67

CitySpirit

2.68

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CitySpirit â&#x20AC;&#x201C; streetwise CitySpirit is a range of street-lighting luminaires designed to provide excellent environmentally friendly lighting without compromising on architectural appearance. The eight distinctive designs are clearly linked yet allow modularity. To ensure perfect integration in the urban architecture, the luminaire, mast and bracket of CitySpirit have been developed as one design. The range provides elegant and above all complete project solutions, including wall-mounted and bollard versions. Transparent materials have been used to lighten the daytime appearance. The inner components, pole mounts and covers are made of aluminum to ensure they are sufďŹ ciently robust. CitySpirit incorporates several new optical concepts which address issues such as spacing, night preservation, comfort and light. www.philips.com/lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.69

CitySpirit

Clean lines This range has been designed with the aim of creating unobtrusive luminaires. The use of transparent materials combined with aluminum components creates clean lines throughout the range.

Application-driven Because every application deserves to be illuminated adequately, we have created several new optical concepts which address issues like spacing, night preservation, comfort and light trespass and are suitable for any application. The language of light Urban lighting should complement the architecture, so we have endeavoured to create a family of distinctive designs that are clearly linked yet allow unique modularity.

Torch

2.70

Urban lighting

Classic lantern

Modern Lantern

Cone

Street

Philips outdoor luminaires

Light Trespass Sometimes citizens ďŹ nd even the best lighting installation obtrusive. For such cases we have developed the Light Trespass accessory, one for each luminaire and one for every optic. The Light Trespass can be ďŹ tted freely inside the luminaire after it has been installed, preserving the look of the luminaire and reducing the light level on facades by up to 50 %, thus giving rise to lighting levels below 25 lux.

Wall-mounted In smaller streets it is not always possible to use masts. Wall mounting is then preferred, but for this the luminaire must have a top cover of a smaller diameter. Combined with the Light Trespass accessory and the many optical systems, this version will help improve the street scene.

Bollard In green areas or at the entrance to a building, bollards can add the ďŹ nishing touch to an installation whilst also providing guidance. Incorporating the same optical system as the rest of the range, including the Light Trespass, this bollard completes the family. Street Colour

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.71

Urban lighting

CitySpirit

CitySpirit masts and brackets

CitySpirit masts and brackets Safety has traditionally been the primary concern of city lighting, but today the aesthetics of the lighting solution are equally important. To ensure perfect integration in the urban architecture, the luminaire, mast and bracket of CitySpirit have been developed as one design. The range provides elegant and above all complete solutions for your project. For example, the Taper mast lightens the daytime appereance, in line with the transparent look of a Cone luminaire. A dedicated wall-mounted bracket ensures a clean installation of the Torch in smaller streets. And the twin mast allows a double installation of the Street luminaire.

CitySpirit Cone on Taper mast

CitySpirit Classic lantern

A reverse conical column lightens

on double bracket with

the daytime appearance, in line with

decorative element

the transparent look of the range.

Designed for twin installation, the

Its modern shape is well ďŹ tted for

CitySpirit bracket is slightly angled

city centers and residential streets.

to create a dynamic effect. It is

Best ďŹ tted with Torch, Lantern, Cone

available in a simple (as presented

luminaire.

here) or balanced version, where an extra length at the bottom emphasises the ďŹ&#x201A;agship appearance. Suited to boulevard and residential zones.

2.72

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CitySpirit masts and brackets

CitySpirit wall-mounted bracket with or without decorative element Based on the CitySpirit bracket, the wall-mounted accessory is suited to small streets, with the wallmounted luminaire and its reduced top hat. It is available in a simple or balanced version, where an extra length at the bottom emphasises the ďŹ&#x201A;agship appearance.

Wall-mounted bracket balanced

Wall-mounted bracket simple version

version

CitySpirit on Tilt mast

CitySpirit Street on

CitySpirit Street on V mast

Seemingly defying gravity, the

Rib mast

Due to the V shape, the way this

Tilt mast for the Street luminaire

The Rib mast takes a simple

mast is perceived varies depending

is angled to create a tree-like

tubular column and gives it

on the perspective and light

dynamic effect. It is suited to city

presence via a welded decorative

conditions. Light in appearance

centers, commercial streets and

element at the back.

and yet with real presence, it is

roundabouts. The Twin version

Suited to residential streets and

suited to city centers and modern

allows for a balanced visual

commercial areas.

surroundings.

appearance in the middle of the street.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.73

CitySpirit

Optical elements Direct louver This polished aluminum louver has been developed with comfort in mind,

Available for:

avoiding a direct view of the light source. Ovoid lamps are preferred since they reduce possible glare at low viewing angles. Total Light Output Ratio > 35 % Upward Light Ratio < 15 %

Direct/indirect louver The direct/indirect aluminum louver allows part of the light to be emitted

Available for:

upwards, onto the cover of the luminaire. This creates the night-time appearance of the luminaire and softens the lighting pattern. Ovoid lamps are preferred since they reduce possible glare at low viewing angles. Total Light Output Ratio > 45 % Upward Light Ratio < 5 %

Diffuser The PMMA diffuser emits a soft light in every direction, thus creating ambience.

Available for:

Total Light Output Ratio > 65 % Upward Light Ratio < 15 %

Prismatic The PMMA prismatic optic is a sophisticated and efďŹ cient refractor that creates

Available for:

a sparkling effect with very good spacing. Total Light Output Ratio > 70 % Upward Light Ratio < 10 %

2.74

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

CitySpirit

The indirect system is based primarily on an aluminum parabolic reﬂector that

Urban lighting

Indirect standard Available for:

controls light and hides the lamp from direct view. By using a basic white disc in the top cover of the luminaire a new lighting ambience is created, like the effect of a candle. Total Light Output Ratio > 50 % Upward Light Ratio < 10 %

Indirect symmetric Rotationally symmetric distribution can be obtained and spacing can be much

Available for:

improved with a high-performance 3D curved aluminum top reﬂector. Total Light Output Ratio > 55 % Upward Light Ratio < 5 %

Indirect bi-directional Complex aluminum shapes used as the top reﬂector can create unique light

Available for:

distribution. The bi-directional top reﬂector projects the light on both sides, thus optimising spacing. Total Light Output Ratio > 50 % Upward Light Ratio < 5 %

Indirect asymmetric The asymmetric aluminum top reﬂector projects the light to the front, delivering

Available for:

ideal performance for wider streets. Total Light Output Ratio > 55 % Upward Light Ratio < 10 %

Road reﬂector Our famous CT-POT reﬂector is ideal for many applications, especially streets

Available for:

with trafﬁc. It is suitable for use with all compact burner lamps, providing excellent spacing. This solution is used only in the Street version. Total Light Output Ratio > 65 % Upward Light Ratio < 0 %

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.75

CitySpirit Torch

CitySpirit Torch Type

CDS450

Light source

HID:

Ignitor

Series, self-stopping (SS)

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W 1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Options

Photocell: Minicell (P3)

150 W

Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

version):

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100, 150 W

4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K) Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

Pole mount: die-cast aluminum

150 W

Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized Top cover: ABS with heat shield

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W 1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

Color

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

Housing: silver grey (GR) Pole mount: dark grey

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W Installation

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P / 76P) Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Compact ﬂuorescent: 1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /

Accessories

Light trespass, GDS460 LO

32, 42, 57 W

Main applications

Urban, residential and pedestrian areas, promenades

*depends on wattage Lamp included

Series (SI)

Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942) No

Gear

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Inductive (IN) Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Electronic (EB)

Optical element

Louver (LO) Louver, direct/indirect (LO-D/I) Refractor, prismatic (PR) Diffuser (DF) Top reflector, indirect (T-IO) Top reflector, indirect asymmetrical (TA-IO) Top reflector, indirect bi-directional (TB-IO) Top reflector, indirect symmetrical (TS-IO)

CDS450

2.76

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

CitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with louver (LO)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS450 SON-T150W K II LO GR SP 60P

8.66

725840 00

CDS450 CDO-TT150W K II LO GR ST 60P

8.66

725864 00

CDS450 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO GR 60P

7.00

291292 00

CDS450 CPO-TW90W K EB II LO GR 60P

7.10

291001 00

CDS450 CPO-TW140W K EB II LO GR 60P

7.00

291018 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with prismatic refractor (PR)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS450 SON-T70W K EB I PR GR 60P

6.80

726038 00

CDS450 CPO-TW60W K EB I PR GR 60P

6.89

725994 00

CDS450 PL-T/4P42W/840 EB I PR GR C6K 76P

7.75

725833 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with diffuser element (DF)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS450 SON-T70W K II DF GR SP 60P

7.27

290967 00

CDS450 CPO-TW60W K EB II DF GR 60P

6.73

290660 00

CDS450 CDO-TT70W K II DF GR ST 60P

7.27

290981 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

CDS450 CDO-TT100W K II GR ST 60P

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

8.06

725857 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories CitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting luminaire with indirect optic and GDS460 light trespass

Product ID GDS460 LO

Philips outdoor luminaires

EOC 727066 00

Urban lighting

2.77

Urban lighting

CitySpirit Torch

CitySpirit Classic Lantern

CitySpirit Classic lantern Type

CDS460

Light source

HID:

Ignitor

Series, self-stopping (SS)

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W 1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Options

Photocell: Minicell (P3)

150 W

Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

version):

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100, 150 W

4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K) Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

Pole mount: die-cast aluminum

150 W

Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

Top cover: die-cast aluminum with heat shield or reﬂector

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

Color

Housing: silver grey (GR)

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Pole mount and top cover: dark grey / 76P)

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /

Lamp included

Series (SI)

32, 42, 57 W

Accessories

Light trespass, GDS460 LO

*depends on wattage

Main applications

Urban, residential and pedestrian areas, promenades

Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942) No

Gear

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Inductive (IN) Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Electronic (EB)

Optical element

CDS460

2.78

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with top reﬂector and

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P

9.05

729541 00

CDS460 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II LO-D/I GR

8.78

729602 00

CDS460 SON-T150W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P

10.71

291032 00

CDS460 CDO-TT150W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P

10.71

291063 00

CDS460 CPO-TW140W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P

9.05

291087 00

direct/indirect louver (LO-D/I)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with top reﬂector and

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS460 SON-T150W K II LO GR ST 60P

11.01

729350 00

CDS460 CPO-TW45W K EB II LO GR 60P

9.35

729503 00

CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO GR 60P

9.35

729534 00

CDS460 PL-T/4P42W/830 EB II LO GR 60P

8.90

729565 00

louver (LO)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with top reﬂector and

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS460 SON-T70W K II PR GR ST 60P

9.78

729404 00

CDS460 CDO-ET70W K II PR GR ST 60P

9.77

729435 00

CDS460 CPO-TW45W K EB II PR GR 60P

9.24

729527 00

CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB II PR GR 60P

9.24

729558 00

prismatic refractor (PR)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with top reﬂector and

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB I DF GR 60P

9.08

726229 00

CDS460 SON-T70W K EB I DF GR 60P

8.99

726267 00

diffuser element (DF)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.79

Urban lighting

CitySpirit Classic Lantern

CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with top reﬂector (T)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS460 SON-T70W II T IO GR ST 60P

8.59

290592 00

CDS460 CDO-TT70W II T IO GR ST 60P

8.59

290608 00

CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB II T IO GR 60P

8.11

290615 00

and indirect optic (IO)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with top reﬂector

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS460 CDO-TT70W K EB I TS IO GR C6K 76P

9.30

726076 00

CDS460 CPO-TW45W K EB I TS IO GR C6K 76P

9.39

726090 00

symmetrical (TS) and indirect optic (IO)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urbanlighting luminaire with indirect optic and GDS460 light trespass

Product ID GDS460 LO

EOC 727066 00

Fitting the optical unit

2.80

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CitySpirit Classic Lantern

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.81

Cityspirit Modern Lantern

CitySpirit Modern lantern Type

CDS462

Light source

HID:

Ignitor

Series, self-stopping (SS)

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W 1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Options

Photocell: Minicell (P3)

150 W

Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

version):

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100, 150 W

4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K) Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

Pole mount: die-cast aluminum

150 W

Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized Top cover: ABS with heat shield or reﬂector

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W 1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

Color

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

Housing: silver grey (GR) Pole mount: dark grey

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W Installation

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P / 76P) Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Compact ﬂuorescent: 1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /

Accessories

Light trespass, GDS460 LO

32, 42, 57 W

Main applications

Urban, residential and pedestrian areas, promenades

*depends on wattage Lamp included

Series (SI)

Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942) No

Gear

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Inductive (IN) Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Electronic (EB)

Optical element

CDS462

2.82

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with top reﬂector and

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS462 SON-T70W K II LO GR ST 60P

8.79

729657 00

CDS462 SDW-T100W K II LO GR 60P

9.14

729749 00

CDS462 CPO-TW45W K EB II LO GR 60P

8.25

729770 00

CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO GR 60P

8.25

729800 00

CDS462 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II LO GR 60P

7.98

729862 00

louver (LO)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with top reﬂector and

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS462 CPO-TW45W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P

7.95

729787 00

CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P

7.95

729817 00

CDS462 SON-T70W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P

8.49

729664 00

CDS462 SDW-T100W K II LO-D/I GR 60P

8.84

729756 00

CDS462 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II LO-D/I 60P

7.68

729879 00

direct/indirect louver (LO-D/I)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with top reﬂector and

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS462 SON-T70W K EB I PR GR 60P

8.05

726373 00

CDS462 CDO-ET70W K II PR GR ST 60P

8.67

729701 00

CDS462 CPO-TW45W K EB II PR GR 60P

8.14

729794 00

CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB II PR GR 60P

8.14

729824 00

CDS462 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II PR GR 60P

7.87

729886 00

prismatic refractor (PR)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.83

Urban lighting

Cityspirit Modern Lantern

CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with top reﬂector (T)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB II T IO GR 60P

7.01

290547 00

CDS462 CDO-TT70W K II T IO GR ST 60P

7.55

291186 00

CDS462 CPO-TW90W K EB II T IO GR 60P

7.11

291193 00

and indirect optic (IO)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with top reﬂector

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB I TS IO GR 60P

6.99

726410 00

CDS462 CPO-TW90W K EB I TS IO GR 60P

7.09

726434 00

CDS462 CPO-TW140W K EB I TS IO GR 60P

6.99

726458 00

symmetrical (TS) and indirect optic (IO)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Product ID

Description

GDS460 LO

Light trespass

2.84

Urban lighting

EOC 727066 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Cityspirit Modern Lantern

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.85

CitySpirit Cone

CitySpirit Cone Type

CDS470

Light source

HID:

Ignitor

Series, self-stopping (SS)

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W 1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Options

Photocell: Minicell (P3)

150 W

Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

version):

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100, 150 W

4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K) Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

Pole mount: die-cast aluminum

150 W

Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized Top cover: ABS with heat shield or reﬂector

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W 1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

Color

50, 70 W

Housing: silver grey (GR) Pole mount: dark grey

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W 1 x SON-T / E27 / Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P / 76P)

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Compact ﬂuorescent: 1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /

Accessories

Light trespass, GDS470 LO

32, 42, 57 W

Main applications

Urban, residential and pedestrian areas, promenades

*depends on wattage Lamp included

Series (SI)

Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942) No

Gear

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Inductive (IN) Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Electronic (EB)

Optical element

CDS470

2.86

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with top reﬂector (T) and

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS470 SON-T50W K II LO GR ST 60P

10.26

729893 00

CDS470 CDO-ET70W K II LO GR ST 60P

10.58

729954 00

CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO GR 60P

10.05

290103 00

CDS470 PL-T/4P42W/830 EB II LO GR 60P

9.60

290134 00

CDS470 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II LO GR 60P

9.78

290165 00

louver (LO)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with top reﬂector (T) and

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS470 SON-T50W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P

9.96

729909 00

CDS470 SON-T70W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P

10.29

729930 00

CDS470 CPO-TW45W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P

9.75

290080 00

CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P

9.75

290110 00

direct/indirect louver (LO D/I)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with top reﬂector (T) and

Product ID

prismatic refractor (PR) CDS470 SON-T70W K II PR GR ST 60P

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

10.48

729947 00

CDS470 CPO-TW45W K EB II PR GR 60P

9.94

290097 00

CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB II PR GR 60P

9.94

290127 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.87

Urban lighting

CitySpirit Cone

CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with asymmetric top reﬂector

Product ID

(TA) and indirect optic (IO) CDS470 SON-T70W I TA IO GR SND C6K 76P

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

10.58

726540 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with bi-directional top

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB I TB IO GR 60P

8.79

726748 00

CDS470 CPO-TW90W K EB I TB IO GR 60P

8.89

726762 00

CDS470 SON-T70W II TB IO GR ST 60P

9.27

290462 00

CDS470 CDO-TT70W II TB IO GR ST 60P

9.27

290479 00

CDS470 CPO-TW140W K EB II TB IO GR 60P

8.89

291452 00

reﬂector (TB) and indirect optic (IO)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with top reﬂector

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB I TS IO GR 60P

8.79

726687 00

CDS470 CPO-TW90W K EB I TS IO GR 60P

8.89

726700 00

CDS470 CPO-TW140W K EB I TS IO GR 60P

8.79

726724 00

symmetrical (TS) and indirect optic (IO)

CDS470 SON-T70W II TS IO GR ST 60P

9.27

290431 00

CDS470 CDO-TT70W K II TS IO GR ST 60P

9.33

291216 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting luminaire with indirect optic and GDS470 light trespass

Product ID GDS470 LO

2.88

Urban lighting

EOC 727073 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CitySpirit Cone

Kerkstraat, Hoogeveen, The Netherlands

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.89

CitySpirit Wall-mounted

CitySpirit Wall-mounted Type

CWS464

Light source

HID:

Ignitor

Series, self-stopping (SS)

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W 1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Options

Photocell: Minicell (P3)

150 W

Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

version):

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,

4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)

150 W

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

Pole mount: die-cast aluminum

150 W

Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

Top cover: die-cast aluminum with heat shield or reﬂector

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

Color

Housing: silver grey (GR)

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Pole mount and top cover: dark grey / 76P)

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /

Lamp included

Series (SI)

32, 42, 57 W

Accessories

Light trespass, GDS460 LO, wall-mounting bracket

*depends on wattage

Main applications

Urban, residential and pedestrian areas, promenades

Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942) No

Gear

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Inductive (IN) Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Electronic (EB)

Optical element

CWS464

2.90

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

CitySpirit Wall-mounted CWS464

Preferred selection

urban-lighting luminaire with top

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CWS464 CPO-TW60W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P

7.80

292336 00

CWS464 CPO-TW90W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P

7.90

292350 00

CWS464 CPO-TW140W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P

7.80

292374 00

CWS464 SON-T70W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P

7.71

292398 00

CWS464 SON-T100W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P

8.05

292411 00

CWS464 SON-T150W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P

8.06

292435 00

reﬂector (T) and direct/indirect louver (LO-D/I)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Wall-mounted CWS464

Preferred selection

urban-lighting luminaire with top

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CWS464 CPO-TW60W K EB I PR GR 60P

7.99

292459 00

CWS464 SON-T70W K EB I PR GR 60P

7.90

292473 00

reﬂector (T) and prismatic refractor (PR)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Wall-mounted CWS464

Preferred selection

urban-lighting luminaire with bi-

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CWS464 CPO-TW45W K EB I TB IO GR C4K5

7.84

727042 00

CWS464 CDM-T35W/830 EB I TB IO GR C4K5

7.42

727059 00

directional top reﬂector (TB) and indirect optic (IO)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Wall-mounted CWS464

Preferred selection

urban-lighting luminaire with top

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CWS464 CPO-TW60W K EB II TA IO GR 60P

6.85

290424 00

CWS464 CPO-TW90W K EB II TA IO GR 60P

6.95

291261 00

CWS464 SON-T70W K II TA IO GR ST 60P

7.39

291278 00

CWS464 CDO-TT70W K II TA IO GR ST 60P

7.39

291285 00

CWS464 CPO-TW140W K EB II TA IO GR 60P

6.95

291469 00

reﬂector asymmetrical (TA) and indirect optic (IO)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Product ID

Description

GDS460 LO

Light trespass

Philips outdoor luminaires

EOC 727066 00

Urban lighting

2.91

Urban lighting

CitySpirit Wall-mounted

CitySpirit Street & Street Color

2.92

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CitySpirit Street & Street Color – enliven your streets Cityspirit Street completes the CitySpirit range by combining a distinctive design with high quality street lighting. This combination makes it suitable for city centres, squares, boulevards and of course streets. CitySpirit Street Color is a high-performance street-lighting luminaire and an upgrade to the successful CitySpirit Street CDS480. It combines a high-performance reﬂector for efﬁcient street lighting with a translucent diffusing housing that creates a friendly, colorful lighting effect. CitySpirit Street Color is available in two versions. The Ambient Light Effect version provides soft guidance thanks to the perforated optic, while the LED models – with 8 static and 4 dynamic presets to be selected using a switch – can be used to create an attractive colorful ambience that brings the street to life. www.philips.com/lighting

CitySpirit Street Color with LEDs, set

to cyan

to red

to violet

CitySpirit Street Color

CitySpirit Street

CitySpirit Street Color with LEDs, set

to orange

to green

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.93

CitySpirit Street & Street Color

CitySpirit Street Type

CDS480

Light source

HID:

Options

Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P version):

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W 1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Materials and ﬁnishing

Pole mount: die-cast aluminum

150 W

Cover: die-cast aluminum Tempered glass

150 W

Color

Housing, pole mount and cover: dark grey (GR)

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P / 76P)

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Compact ﬂuorescent: 1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

Accessories

Light trespass, GDS480 LO

42 W

Remarks

CDS480 76P version always delivered with prewired mains connection cable

*depends on wattage Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)

Main applications

Urban, residential and pedestrian areas, promenades

No Gear

Housing: die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100, 1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

Lamp included

Photocell: Minicell (P3)

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Inductive (IN) Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Electronic (EB)

Optic

CosmoPolis optic (OC) Facetted open CT-POT (OR)

Ignitor

Series (SI) Series, self-stopping (SS) Semi-parallel, digital (SND) Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

CDS480/482 60P

2.94

Urban lighting

CDS480/482 76P

Philips outdoor luminaires

CitySpirit Street CDS480 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS480 CPO-TW60W K EB II CR GR 60P

13.25

290288 00

CDS480 CPO-TW90W K EB II CR GR 60P

13.35

290721 00

CDS480 CPO-TW140W K EB II CR GR 60P

13.21

290738 00

CDS480 CDO-TT150W K II OR GR ST 60P

14.76

726885 00

CDS480 SON-T150W K II OR GR SP 60P

14.76

726861 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CitySpirit Street Color Type

CDS482

Light source

HID:

Option

Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

version): 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W 1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Materials and ﬁnishing

Pole mount: die-cast aluminum

150 W

Cover: die-cast aluminum Tempered glass

150 W

Color

Housing, pole mount and cover: dark grey (GR)

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 or 76 mm

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

(60P or 76P)

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Recommended mounting height: 4 to 6 m

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

Accessories

Light trespass, GDS480 LO

42 W

Remarks

CDS482 76P version always delivered with pre-

*depends on wattage

Gear

wired mains connection cable

Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)

Ambient Light Effect (ALE) or LED

ALE is best suited for CPO-TW and CDM-T lamp

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

types

Inductive (IN) Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

LED only available with Electronic ballast (EB) Main applications

Electronic (EB) Optic

Housing: polycarbonate

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100, 1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

Lamp included

Photocell: Minicell (P3)

Urban, residential and pedestrian areas, promenades

CosmoPolis optic (OC) Facetted open CT-POT (OR)

Ignitor

Series (SI) Series, self-stopping (SS) Semi-parallel, digital (SND) Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

CDS480/482 60P

Philips outdoor luminaires

CDS480/482 76P

Urban lighting

2.95

Urban lighting

CitySpirit Street & Street Color

CitySpirit Street Color

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CDS482 CPO-TW60W/RGB K EB II CR GR C6K

15.04

293999 00

CDS482 CDM-T70W/RGB EB II CR GR 60P

13.25

294026 00

CDS482 CPO-TW45W/RGB K EB I CR GR 60P

13.85

294248 00

CDS482 CPO-TW90W/RGB K EB I CR GR 60P

13.95

294286 00

CDS482 CPO-TW140W/RGB K EB I CR GR 60P

13.81

294309 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conďŹ gurations

Accessories Product ID

Description

GDS480 LO

Light Trespass

2.96

Urban lighting

EOC 727080 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CitySpirit Street & Street Color

Philips outdoor luminaires

Vlissingen, Urban lighting The Netherlands 2.97

CPS200

CPS200 – functional and efficient CPS200 is a functional, efficient post-top luminaire for residential and other area lighting applications. It accommodates a range of lamp types and offers a choice of bowls – low-glare prismatic for ovoid lamps and structured for tubular and compact fluorescent lamps – for optimum optical efficiency. www.philips.com/lighting

2.98

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

CPS200

Light source

CPS200 (bowl)

Options

Light regulation:

EPS200 (control gear unit)

Dimming via EC01 (lamp power 70-250 W) or

HID:

via EC03 (lamp power 400 W) (D1)

1 x SON / E27 / 70 W

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

1 x SON-I / 50, 70 W 1 x SOX / BY22d / 35 W

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1) Materials and ﬁnishing

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18, 26 W

Bowls: polycarbonate, impact-resistant Diffuser: steel, white-lacquered (HP versions)

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Top reﬂector: aluminum (HS versions)

1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 24, 36 W

Cover: luran (ASA) with 3 quick-release stainless-

Lamp included

steel clips

Lamp holder

Horizontal position (LH)

Post socket: die-cast aluminum, non-corrosive

Vertical position (LV) Gear

Installation

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

(60P, 68P or 76P)

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 to 4 m

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Bowl can be installed in advance of gear unit

High Frequency Performer (HFP)

Accessories

Spigot adaptor

High Frequency Regulator (HFR)

Main applications

Shopping malls, residential areas, city centers and

Empty (E) (without gear) Optical cover

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60, 68 or 76 mm

squares

Prismatic bowl (HP) Structured bowl (HS)

Ignitor

Semi-parallel (SP)

CPS200 A complete conﬁguration consists of: control gear unit (EPS) and bowl (CPS)

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

EPS200 SON70W 240V SP P1

2.40

019727 00

EPS200 SON100W 240V SP

2.60

019307 00

EPS200 SON150W 240V SP P1

2.90

019444 00

EPS200 PL-L24W HFP

1.80

933382 00

EPS200 PL-L36W HFP

1.80

933368 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.99

Urban lighting

Type

CPS200

CPS200 urban-lighting luminaire with

Preferred selection

prismatic bowl (HP version)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CPS200 E HP 60P

4.40

026251 00

CPS200 E HP P1 60P

4.40

026398 00

CPS200 E HP 76P

4.40

026534 00

CPS200 E HP P1 76P

4.40

026671 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CPS200 urban-lighting luminaire with

Preferred selection

structured bowl (HS version)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CPS200 E HS 60P

4.40

026329 00

CPS200 E HS 68P

4.40

026466 00

CPS200 E HS 76P

4.40

026602 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Product ID

Description

ZPS200 SP60

Spigot adapter, 60 mm

2.100

Urban lighting

EOC 150727 99

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CPS200

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.101

CityZen

CityZen – calm presence CityZen is a residential outdoor luminaire. Its double-texture bowl ensures a good balance between optical performance and visual appearance. The extremely efﬁcient optical system allows wider spacing between poles. Energy consumption is low thanks to the ﬂuorescent PL-L Polar lamp. The vandal-proof CityZen is available in a wide choice of colors. www.philips.com/lighting

2.102

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

CityZen

HPS100

Light source

Compact ﬂuorescent: 1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 24, 36 W

Lamp included

Yes (K or light color 830)

Gear

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: High Frequency (HF)

Color

Light gray, medium grey, dark grey (GR-10714)

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 or (optional)

RAL colors available on request 76 mm Equipped with ‘Express’ connecting system Remarks

High Frequency Regulator (HFR) Options

Light regulation:

Materials and ﬁnishing

Bowl: polycarbonate, impact-resistant

The luminaire is supplied in one box as a complete assembly

High Frequency Performer (HFP) Main applications

Shopping, pedestrian and residential areas, roads, city centers, squares, footpaths

Dimming via SDU01S (D4) Top reﬂector: aluminum Post socket: non-corrosive, die-cast aluminum

HPS100

CityZen HPS100 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

HPS100 PL-L24W/830 K HF GR

5.50

720500 00

HPS100 PL-L36W/830 K HF GR

5.50

720524 00

HPS100 PL-L24W HFP RAL9006

5.50

546124 00

HPS100 PL-L36W HFP RAL9006

5.50

546117 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Easy step by step installation and maintenance. No tools are required

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.103

Urban lighting

CityZen Type

Urbana

2.104

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Urbana – the beauty of versatility Comprising eight different decorative models, the Urbana EPS300 range can be deployed in a wide variety of urban applications. At the same time, a distinct family design aesthetic is maintained thanks to the use of a single standard pole mount across the entire range. Whatever the application, Urbana’s combination of excellent lighting performance and attractive day-time and night-time appearance adds to the ambience of the surroundings. The luminaires with Forest, Arctic and Tropic top covers address the issue of obtrusive light by means of dedicated bowls with top covers that prevent upward emission of light. The light pollution bowl Luner features a black coating on its upper hemisphere, to prevent upward light distribution. Both the opal Polar and clear Cristal bowls offer a choice of soft, diffuse lighting and bright, direct illumination. www.philips.com/lighting

Clear conical bowl cover with reﬂector (PCC-R)

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.105

Urbana

Easy to install and maintain As each Urbana luminaire features the same pole mount, installation is the same every time. There is a simple twist-and-click bayonet connection for the louvers, which means that no tools are needed for lamp replacement, and the bowl itself also has a bayonet connection to the pole mount. Reﬂectors A choice of louvers - direct and indirect - are available for use with the clear bowls to ensure the desired light distribution and effect. Alternately, a heat shield can be chosen when a reﬂector is not needed.

Bayonet connection A bayonet connection for the bowls and top hats allows easy installation and tool-less lamp replacement

For easy installation and maintenance reasons, the reﬂector has a bayonet connection

Heat shield

2.106

Urban lighting

Bi-directional

Direct

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Urbana

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.107

Urbana

Urbana Type

GPS301/302/303/304/306/307/308/309 (bowls)

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60

Accessories

Top covers:

EPS300 (pole mounts) Light source

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 to 4 m

HID: 1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

GPS301 PCO-D400 (Polar 400) for soft, diffuse

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

light

1 x SON-I / E27 / 70 W

GPS302 PCO-D500 (Polar 500) for soft, diffuse

Compact ﬂuorescent:

light

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-4 / 42 W

GPS303 PCC-D400 (Cristal 400) for bright light GPS304 PCC-D500 (Cristal 500) for bright light

Incandescent

GPS306 PCC-R-D500 (Luner) to prevent

1 x incandescent / E27 / max 100 W Lamp included

upward light distribution

Gear

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

GPS307 PCO-R (Arctic) to prevent upward

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

light distribution

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

GPS308 PCC-R (Forest) to prevent upward

High Frequency Performer (HFP) Optical element

light distribution

Louver (LO)

GPS309 PCC-R (Tropic) to prevent upward

Louver, direct/indirect (LO-D/I)

light distribution

Safety device

Heat shield (HSH)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Bowls and top covers: UV stabilized, impact

Main applications

Urban, pedestrian and residential areas, city and business centers, squares, promenades

resistant. Top covers painted inside white and outside black Pole mount and gear cover: glass-ﬁber reinforced polyamide, black Louver: sandblasted die-cast aluminum Heat shield: pre-galvanized steel

EPS300 + GPS301/303 EPS300 + GPS302/304/306

2.108

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Urbana

EPS300 + GPS307/308

EPS300 + GPS309 Urbana EPS300 urban-lighting luminaire

Preferred selection

with heat shield (HSH)

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

EPS300 SON-T70W IC HSH

2.50

126111 00

EPS300 SON-I-70W IC HSH

2.40

126203 00

EPS300 PL-T/4P42W HFP HSH

1.30

126234 00

EPS300 SON-T100W IC HSH

3.00

126265 00

EPS300 SON-T150W IC HSH

3.60

126296 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Urbana EPS300 urban-lighting luminaire

Preferred selection

with internal louver, with direct/indirect

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

EPS300 SON-T70W IC LO-D/I

3.20

126135 00

EPS300 SON-I-70W IC LO-D/I

3.20

126227 00

EPS300 PL-T/4P42W HFP LO-D/I

2.00

126258 00

EPS300 SON-T100W IC LO-D/I

3.70

126289 00

EPS300 SON-T150W IC LO-D/I

4.40

126319 00

lighting (LO-D/I)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Urbana EPS300 urban-lighting luminaire

Preferred selection

with internal louver (LO)

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

EPS300 SON-T70W IC LO

3.20

126128 00

EPS300 SON-I-70W IC LO

3.20

126210 00

EPS300 PL-T/4P42W HFP LO

2.00

126241 00

EPS300 SON-T100W IC LO

3.70

126272 00

EPS300 SON-T150W IC LO

4.40

126302 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.109

Urbana

Accessories Urbana Polar EPS300 Urban lighting

Urbana Polar EPS300 Urban lighting

luminaire with opal 400 diameter bowl

luminaire with opal 500 diameter bowl

cover (PCO-D400)

cover (PCO-D500)

Product ID GPS301 PCO-D400

EOC

GPS302 PCO-D500

146850 00

Urbana Cristal EPS300 Urban lighting

luminaire with Clear 400 diameter

luminaire with clear 500 diameter bowl

bowl cover (PCC-D400)

cover (PCC-D500)

GPS303 PCC-D400

EOC 146867 00

Product ID

EOC

GPS304 PCC-D500

146874 00

Urbana Luner EPS300 Urban lighting

Urbana Arctic EPS300 Urban lighting

luminaire with clear 500 diameter bowl

luminaire with opal cilinder bowl with

cover with reﬂector (PCC-R)

reﬂector (PCO-R)

Product ID GPS306 PCC-R-D500

EOC 146898 00

Product ID

EOC

GPS307 PCO-R

126425 00

Urbana Forest EPS300 Urban lighting

Urbana Tropic EPS300 Urban lighting

luminaire with clear cilinder bowl with

luminaire with clear conical bowl cover

reﬂector (PCC-R)

with reﬂector (PCC-R)

Product ID GPS308 PCC-R

Urban lighting

Product ID

Urbana Cristal EPS300 Urban lighting

Product ID

2.110

EOC 146843 00

EOC 126418 00

Product ID GPS309 PCC-R

EOC 146928 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Urbana

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban Navalcarnero, lighting Spain 2.111

Milewide

2.112

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Milewide – pure and contemporary Milewide is a pure, contemporary street lighting luminaire designed in collaboration with Knud Holscher (Denmark). A complete solution with dedicated masts and brackets is available to ensure perfect integration in today’s cityscape. Blending simple design and high performance, the Milewide family encompasses three sizes: Mini Milewide, Milewide and Mega Milewide. The Mini Milewide has been specially designed to integrate the latest CosmoPolis technology. This elegant luminaire offers outstanding lighting performance thanks to the synergy between efficient CosmoPolis light sources, a new electronic ballast and the dedicated CosmoR optical system. The Milewide and Mega Milewide deliver high optical performance thanks to the adjustable road-lighting reflector and have been optimized for different street configurations. www.philips.com/lighting

Mini Milewide SRS419, Milewide SRS421, Mega Milewide SRS427

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.113

Milewide masts and brackets

Milewide masts and brackets The dedicated Milewide masts and brackets were developed to suit all three versions of the luminaire (Mini, standard and Mega), depending on the application. With heights up to 12 m, the Milewide mast is tubular in section 150 or 180 mm, either in anodized aluminum, or painted Philips silver grey. The luminaire is ďŹ xed either on a mini bracket directly onto the column, or on a 1000 mm bracket with retaining cable. The pure design of these masts and brackets harmonizes with the generous curves of the Milewide luminaires, creating a delicate ensemble.

2.114

Milewide SRS on

Combination of Milewide SRS on

Milewide SRS on

double short bracket

long bracket and short reverse bracket

long bracket

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Milewide

Philips outdoor luminaires

Werkhuizenkaai, Urban lighting Laken, Belgium 2.115

Milewide

Milewide Type

SRS419 (Mini Milewide)

Optic

SRS421 (Milewide) SRS427 (Mega Milewide) Light source

CosmoPolis optic (OC) Ignitor

HID: SRS419

Options

Lighting controls:

Materials and ﬁnishing

Frame and housing: die-cast aluminum

Chronosense (CH), photo/minicell (P3)

45, 60 W

Cover: tempered ﬂat glass

1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

Clips, screws, clamps: stainless steel

SRS421

Color

Dark grey (GR)

Installation

SRS419

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12 / 60, 90, 140 W

RAL colors available on request

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 mm

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Recommended mounting height: 6 m

150, 250 W

SRS 421

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 60 mm

1 x SON-T/ E40 / 100, 150, 250 W

Recommended mounting height: 6 and 8 m

SRS427

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 /

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 76 mm

250 W

(76S)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /

Recommended mounting height: 10 m

150 W 1 x SON-T/ E40 / 150, 250, 400 W Lamp included

Yes (K or lamp color 830)

Tilt angle: 0º Remarks

Facetted reﬂector adjustable to ﬁve positions

Main applications

Shopping and residential areas, roads, area, car

No Gear

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST) Series, self-stopping (SS)

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G8.5 / 35, 70 W 1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW PGZ12 /

Facetted reﬂector

parks, business centers, city centers and squares

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Inductive, parallel compensated (IC) Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Electronic (EB)

SRS419

SRS421

2.116

SRS427

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Mini Milewide SRS419 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire, miniaturized and elegant

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

SRS419 CPO-TW60W K EB II OC GR

4.50

090887 00

SRS419 CDM-T35W EB II GR

3.70

089171 00

SRS419 CDM-T70W EB II GR

3.70

089188 00

SRS419 SON-T70W K IC 240V II GR ST

3.70

909523 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Milewide SRS421 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

SRS421 CPO-TW60W K EB II OC GR

8.30

723044 00

SRS421 CPO-TW140W K EB II OC GR

8.30

723037 00

SRS421 SON-T150W 230V II GR ST

10.80

083568 00

SRS421 CDO-TT100W K 230V II GR ST

10.10

724232 00

SRS421 CDO-TT150W K 230V II GR ST

10.80

724249 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Mega Milewide SRS427 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

SRS427 SON-T250W K IC I GR

23.00

222014 00

SRS427 SON-T400W K IC I GR

23.00

222021 00

SRS427 CDO-ET250W K IC 240V II GR ST

19.60

909639 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Easy access by opening canopy

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.117

Urban lighting

Milewide

CitySoul

2.118

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CitySoul – create identity CitySoul is a family of modular street lighting luminaires, featuring state-of-the-art lamp and gear technologies and offering outstanding optical performance. Its classic design merges well with today’s urban environment. The simple, flat, ellipsoidal form of the luminaire creates an elegant light-point. Suitable for side-entry, suspended or post-top installation, and with its adjustable beam and light trespass accessories, this versatile luminaire fits every application. Incorporating highly energy-efficient technologies, CitySoul has been designated the Green Product Logo. Philips green products are at least 10% better than their reference product in terms of energy efficiency, lifetime reliability and/or hazardous substances, and offer a better total environmental performance in general. Citysoul comes in two sizes, along with a complete range of dedicated masts and brackets. www.philips.com/lighting

CitySoul CGP430, mini version

Philips outdoor luminaires

CitySoul CGP431, standard version

CitySoul CSP431, suspended version

Urban lighting

2.119

2.120

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting Philips outdoor luminaires

Breskens, Urban lighting The Netherlands 2.121

CitySoul

CitySoul offers maximum ﬂexibility in design and light applications in urban environments. Its stylish look conceals a rugged, high-strength construction with a stiff enclosure that guarantees protection for the optic, lamp and gear, resulting in a total IP66 rating. The outer shell of the luminaire is made of die-cast aluminum, and the inner components are made of glass-reinforced polypropylene. Optical performance The patented CT-POT optic is suitable for all mounting heights, and the adjustable lamp holder allows perfect aiming of the beam, regardless of where the luminaire is installed. A polycarbonate bowl is available for greater shock resistance. Versatile range CitySoul is available for side-entry, suspended or post-top installation and offers a choice of elegant brackets. With its adjustable beam and light trespass accessories, it ﬁts every application. Post-top mounting Traditional post-top mounting is possible on a pole of Ø 60 or 76 mm. CitySoul expands this capability with another version, which includes a hinge that can be tilted in 5° steps for the perfect angle. Side entry This dedicated spigot enables side-entry mounting on Ø 42 to 60 mm brackets. Suspended A dedicated canopy is available for suspended installations.

Opening the luminaire

2.122

Urban lighting

Direct access to the lamp

Accessing the gear tray

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CitySoul

Light only where it is needed Ahead of upcoming regulations, CitySoul offers light distributions that illuminate the streets and not the sky. CitySoul enables lighting schemes that truly offer zero candelas above the horizon. CosmoPolis The MASTER CosmoPolis lamp and its electronic gear make it possible to increase spacing by up to +15%, while reducing CO2 emissions by 40%. Assembled without glue, with all plastic parts coded for traceability, CitySoul is easily recycled, complying with RoHS and ready for WEEE.

CosmoPolis system in dedicated

Future-proof With CitySoul, maintenance is fast and easy. The complete gear platform can be changed in an instant, and the patented knife-connector ensures all maintenance operations are safe for the operator. Self-cleaning With the CitySoul range, Philips is introducing a new coating that actively expels dust and pollution from the glass: DynaClean. This â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;self-cleaningâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; coating reduces the decline in lumen output over time due to dust and dirt on the glass. It reduces the need for maintenance, thus enabling maximum use to be made of the system energy of a luminaire over its lifetime. In installation design, DynaClean increases the maintenance factor by 7%.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Flat glass after 1.5 years near a

motorway, with DynaClean

motorway, without DynaClean

Urban lighting

2.123

CitySoul masts and brackets

CitySoul masts and brackets Providing light is not enough. Cities are now looking for solutions that will contribute to the identity of the city, not just light points. For CitySoul, we designed several ranges of masts and brackets to fit every style, with elegance. Modern or classical, single or twin bracket, with the option for a pedestrian mini luminaire, CitySoul is versatile. Available in heights from 4 to 10 m, CitySoul solutions are available in standard Philips ultra dark grey, while other colors and finishes are available upon request. CitySoul post-top fixation on cylindriconical masts creates sober solutions. This type of installation is ideal for residential areas, industrial or shoppings districts.

The straight design of the Flip bracket creates a simple and pure solution. Its classical shape is suitable for boulevards or ring roads. The slim shape of the Flip bracket demonstrates dynamism. These solutions are primarily designed for ring roads and suburbian axes where daylight appearance is important. Flip bracket

The Jump bracket expands the horizon and recreates a tree line. It is best applied in boulevards or commercial areas.

Jump bracket

Generous and organic, the Morph bracket is a design statement. It will suit center boulevards as well as parking zones.

Morph bracket

Straightforward and unobtrusive, the Horizontal bracket can create rhythm within a city. This solution performs best on ring roads and suburbian axes.

Horizontal bracket

Sometimes function contributes to form. The cable that compensates for the angle of the Structural bracket creates a link to modern steel architectures. The Structural bracket can be applied in streets and roads to modern districts.

Structural bracket

2.124

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CitySoul masts and brackets

City of Petersbach in France, CitySoul on Jump bracket

The angled Natural bracket has been designed to blend in in streets where there are trees, following the natural direction of the branches. It is ideal in access roads to residential areas or exit roads.

Natural bracket Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.125

CitySoul masts and brackets

CitySoul Mini on a

Combination of CitySoul on

cylindroconical mast

Flip bracket and CitySoul Mini

CitySoul on Jump bracket

on back

2.126

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CitySoul masts and brackets

CitySoul on Morph bracket

CitySoul on Sweep mast

CitySoul Suspended on double bracket

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.127

CitySoul

CitySoul Type

CGP431

Light source

HID:

Ignitor

Series, self-stopping (SS)

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

/ 45 to 140 W

Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70 to 250 W

Options

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100 to 250 W

photo/minicell (P3) Materials and ﬁnishing Color

Other RAL or Akzo Futura colors available on

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /

request

32, 42, 57 W Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 or 76 mm (76P)

Induction lamp system:

Post-top mounting: tiltable with hinge (76PA)

1 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W

Gear

Canopy: dark grey (GR) Frame: silver grey

Compact ﬂuorescent:

*depends on wattage

Housing: die-cast aluminum Inner components: glass-reinforced polypropylene

1 x SON-T/ E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON-T/ E40 / 100 to 250 W

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH), dimming switch (SW),

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Lamp included

Series (SI)

Yes (K or light color 728, 830, 840 or 942)

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 to 60 mm

(60S)

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Recommended mounting height: 4 to 10 m, depending on choice of mast and bracket

Inductive Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: High Frequency (HF) Electronic (EB) Optic

CosmoPolis optic (OC)

Optical cover

Flat glass (FG)

Accessories

Mounting brackets (ZGP430 MBA)

Main applications

Urban, residential, pedestrian and shopping areas, squares, local streets, minor collector roads, parks

Facetted open CT-POT (OR) Flat glass with DynaClean coating (FGD) Polycarbonate bowl (PC)

2.128

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

CitySoul CGP431 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with ﬂat glass (FG)

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

CGP431 CDO-TT150W K I OR FG GR ST 60S

12.13

679730 00

CGP431 SON-T150W K I OR FG GR ST 60S

12.13

679822 00

CGP431 CPO-TW140W K EB I OC FG GR 76P

11.10

601848 00

CGP431 CPO-TW90W EB II OC FG GR 76P

11.10

603606 00

CGP431 CDO-TT150W K I OR FGD GR ST 60S

12.22

479354 00

CGP431 CPO-TW140W EB I OC FGD GR 60S

10.79

479361 00

CGP431 SON-T150W K I OR FGD GR ST 60S

12.22

479385 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CGP431 FG 76P

CGP431 FG 60S

Quartier du Paradis, Louvroil, France. Architect: Reichen & Robert, Urbanica.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.129

Urban lighting

CitySoul

CitySoul, mini Type

CGP430

Light source

HID:

Options

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH), dimming switch (SW), photo/minicell (P3)

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12 /45 to 90 W

Materials and ﬁnishing

Inner components: glass-reinforced polypropylene

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W 1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /

Color

Canopy: dark grey (GR)

100 W

Frame: silver grey

1 x SON-T/ E27 / 50, 70 W

Other RAL or Akzo Futura colors available on

1 x SON-T/ E40 / 100 W

request

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35 to

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 or 76 mm (76P)

70 W

Post-top mounting: tiltable with hinge (76PA)

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Lamp included

Housing: die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 to 60 mm

32, 42W

(60S)

*depends on wattage

Recommended mounting height: 4 to 10 m, depending on choice of mast and bracket

Yes (K or light color 728, 830, 840 or 942) No

Accessories

Mounting brackets (ZGP430 MBA)

Gear

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Main applications

Urban, residential, pedestrian and shopping areas,

Inductive

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

squares, local streets, minor collector roads, parks

Electronic (EB) Optic

CosmoPolis optic (OC)

Optical cover

Flat glass (FG)

Facetted open CT-POT (OR) Flat glass with DynaClean coating (FGD) Polycarbonate bowl (PC) Ignitor

Series (SI) Series, self-stopping (SS) Semi-parallel, digital (SND) Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST) CitySoul Mini CGP430 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with ﬂat glass (FG)

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

CGP430 CPO-TW45W K EB II FG GR 60S

8.87

602722 00

CGP430 CPO-TW60W K EB II OC FG GR 60S

8.87

679563 00

CGP430 CDM-T35W I FG GR ST 76P

9.53

479033 00

CGP430 CDO-TT70W K II FG GR ST 76P

9.71

479071 00

CGP430 PL-T/4P42W/830 EB II FG GR 60S

8.41

602746 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CGP430 FG 76P

2.130

Urban lighting

CGP430 FG 60S

Philips outdoor luminaires

CitySoul

CitySoul, suspended CSP431

Light source

HID:

Optical cover

Flat glass with DynaClean coating (FGD) Polycarbonate bowl (PC)

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12 / 45 to 140 W

Ignitor

Series, self-stopping (SS)

250 W

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Semi-parallel (SP)

140, 150, 250 W

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST) Options

photo/minicell (P3)

1 x SON-T/ E40 / 100, 150, 250 W Compact ﬂuorescent:

Materials and ﬁnishing Color

Canopy: dark grey (GR) Frame: silver grey

*depends on wattage

Other RAL or Akzo Futura colors available on

Induction lamp system:

request

1 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W Yes (K or light color 728, 830, 840 or 942)

Housing: die-cast aluminum Inner components: glass-reinforced polypropylene

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* / 32, 42, 57 W

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH), dimming switch (SW),

1 x SON-T/ E27 / 50, 70 W

Gear

Series (SI)

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70 to

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Lamp included

Flat glass (FG) Urban lighting

Type

Installation

Suspended via 34 mm gas thread pipe

Recommended mounting height: 4 to 10 m,

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

depending on choice of mast and bracket Main applications

Inductive

Urban, residential, pedestrian and shopping areas, squares, local streets, minor collector roads, parks

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Electronic (EB) Optic

CosmoPolis optic (OC) Facetted open CT-POT (OR) CitySoul CSP431, suspended version

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

CSP431 CDO-TT150W K II OR FG GR ST

11.83

478777 00

CSP431 CPO-TW140W EB II OC FG GR

10.40

478784 00

CSP431 SON-T150W K II OR FG GR SP

11.83

478791 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CSP431 FG

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.131

CityVision

CityVision – expand your horizons CityVision is a range of luminaires for use in residential areas. Their stylish looks conceal a rugged, high-strength construction, which is suitable for side-entry and post-top mounting at heights of up to 8 meters. A range of light sources provide warm to cool light, and direct to diffuse light. CityVision offers a choice of two decorative upper domes – translucent or painted – and two bowl shapes. There is also a version with an all-aluminum canopy and the choice of a flat glass for increased visual comfort (CPS500). In this model, the optical compartment has been designed to accommodate the CT-POT reflector, which is renowned for its versatility in application and performance. The flat glass reinforces the simplicity of the luminaire design and controls glare to the level of zero candelas above the horizon in compliance with the latest European norms on light nuisance. www.philips.com/lighting

2.132

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

CityVision

CityVision CPS400 (slim top dome, slim bowl)

Options

CPS401 (slim top dome, wide bowl)

dimming switch (SW)

CPS402 (wide top dome, slim bowl) CPS403 (wide top dome, wide bowl) Light source

Filter coil (F) included Materials and ﬁnishing

HID:

Frame: die-cast aluminum Canopy: polycarbonate

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Bowls: polycarbonate, impact-resistant, UV-

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

stabilized

150 W

Color

Black (BK), blue (BL), green (GN), grey (GR), red

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

(RD), yellow (YE)

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

RAL colors available on request

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W 1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

All parts colored (AL), cover painted (CO) Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 or 76 mm

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70, 150 W

(60P or 76P)

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42-48 or 60

Compact ﬂuorescent:

mm (42S or 60S)

1 or 2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 24 W 1 or 2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 18, 24 W Lamp included

Light regulation: Urban lighting

Type

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 m Accessories

Mounting brackets; two arms, ZPS400 MBT and

Main applications

Urban, shopping, residential and pedestrian areas,

Yes (K or light color 827, 830 or 840) No

Gear

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Ignitor

Series (SI)

three arms, ZPS400 MBY city centers, parks

Electronic (EB) Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

CPS400 CPS401

CPS402 CPS403 Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.133

CityVision

CityVision CPS400 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

CPS400 SON-T70W K 230V II GR SP 60P

7.41

842936 00

CPS400 SON-T150W K 230V II GR SP 60P

8.36

842950 00

CPS400 CDO-TT70W K 230V II GR 60P

7.37

842905 00

CPS400 CDO-TT150W K 230V II GR 60P

8.13

842929 00

CPS400 2xPL-L24W 230V II GR 60P

7.10

267654 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CityVision CPS401 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

CPS401 SON-T70W K 230V II GR SP 60P

7.73

842998 00

CPS401 SON-T150W K 230V II GR SP 60P

8.68

843018 00

CPS401 CDO-TT70W K 230V II GR 60P

7.69

842967 00

CPS401 CDO-TT150W K 230V II GR 60P

8.45

842981 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CityVision CPS402 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

CPS402 SON-T100W 230V II GR SP 60P CPS402 PL-L24W HF II RD 60P

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

8.48

267593 00

12.50

277790 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

CityVision CPS403 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

CPS403 SON-T100W 230V II GR SP 60P

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

8.80

267609 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

2.134

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CityVision

Dombasle, France

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.135

CityVision

CityVision Type

CPS500 (aluminum version)

Light source

HID:

Options

Light regulation: dimming switch (SW)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Frame: die-cast aluminum

Filter coil (F) included

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W 1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Canopy: die-cast aluminum

150 W

Bowls: polycarbonate, impact-resistant, UVstabilized

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON / E40 / 100 W

Color

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

RAL colors available on request

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100 W

All parts colored (AL)

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

Installation

1 x SON-I / E40 / 100 W Lamp included Gear

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 or 76 mm (60P or 76P)

Yes (K or light color 828)

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42-48 or 60

mm (42/48S or 60S) Recommended mounting height: 3.5 m

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Inductive (IN)

Optic

Facetted open T-POT (TP)

Optical cover

Flat glass (FG)

Accessories

Mounting brackets; two arms, ZPS400 MBT and

Main applications

Urban, shopping, residential and pedestrian areas,

three arms, ZPS400 MBY city centers, parks

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) Ignitor

Grey (GR)

Series (SI) Series, self-stopping (SS) Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

CPS500 PC

CPS500 FG CityVision CPS500 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire, ﬂat glass optical cover (FG)

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

CPS500 SON-T70W K II TP FG GR ST 60P

9.23

476063 00

CPS500 SON-T150W K II TP FG GR SS 60P

9.93

476087 00

CPS500 CDO-TT70W K II TP FG GR ST 60P

9.23

678771 00

CPS500 CDO-TT150W K II TP FG GR SS 60P

9.93

678818 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

2.136

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

CityVision

Accessories Description

ZPS400 MBT

Mounting bracket for clustering 2 luminaires

272344 00

ZPS400 MBY

Mounting bracket for clustering 3 luminaires

272351 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

EOC

Urban lighting

Product ID

Urban lighting

2.137

Nightwatch

NightWatch â&#x20AC;&#x201C; brilliant functionality NightWatch is a bollard luminaire designed to supply a high lighting level despite the low height of the light point. The simple, robust and functional design is based on a dedicated optical system, providing a symmetrical downward light distribution for optimum guidance. Design: Marianne Tuxen, Industrial Design Lighting engineering: Jens Gudum, Hansen & Henneberg www.philips.com/lighting

2.138

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Nightwatch

HGP433

Color

Akzo Nobel Noir 200 Sable

Light source

HID:

Installation

Fixation onto base or ﬁrm foundation

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70 W Lamp included

Gear

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Ignitor

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

Adjustable console included Remarks

The luminaire is supplied as a complete assembly

Main applications

Urban, pedestrian and residential areas,

(excluding lamp) in one box promenades, parks, gardens, city centers, car parks

Canopy: die-cast aluminum Mast: extruded aluminum Canopy and mast: weather-resistant powdervarnished (texture)

HGP433 NightWatch HGP433 bollard luminaire

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

HGP433 CDM-T35W IC II ST

15.00

085357 00

HGP433 CDM-T70W IC II ST

15.00

085364 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Dedicated optical system offering optimised guidance lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.139

Urban lighting

Nightwatch Type

Verona

Verona â&#x20AC;&#x201C; variety of effects Verona is a modular, vandal-resistant bollard range that allows the creation of a variety of lighting atmospheres. With a choice of direct light or indirect, soft and ďŹ ltered lighting effects, Verona offers distinction and demarcation by day, together with improved guidance at night. The posts are available in three different heights and with four different tops: open, cone, lamella and louver. Furthermore, a light eye can be added to each of the tops for additional guidance. www.philips.com/lighting

2.140

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Verona

Light source

HGP141 (small-post version)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Posts: extruded aluminum

HGP142 (medium-post version)

Post tops: die-cast aluminum

HGP143 (long-post version)

Diffuser: hardened glass

EGP140 (control gear unit)

Light eye: polycarbonate

HID: 1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70 W

Color

Dark grey (GR)

Installation

Fixation onto base or ﬁrm foundation

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50 W

Both post and post top mounted subsequently and

1 x SON-I / E27 / 70 W Compact ﬂuorescent:

fastened with Allen screws Accessories

Open post top, cone post top, light eye, louver

Main applications

Shopping, residential and pedestrian areas, parks,

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q -3 / 32 W Induction lamp system:

Urban lighting

Type

post top, lamella post top

1 x MASTER QL system / 55 W

promenades, city centers, squares, car parks

Incandescent: for gear compartment

1 x incandescent / E27 / max 100 W Lamp included

for optical compartment

Yes (light color 830 or 840) No

Ignitor

Semi-parallel (SP)

A complete conﬁguration consists of: control gear unit (EGP) and post (HGP)

A HGP141

800

HGP142

1200

HGP143

1600

HGP141/142/143

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.141

Verona

Verona HGP141 short post with

Preferred selection

GGP141/142 bollard

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

HGP141 LOW POST EXTRUSION

3.50

217253 00

GGP141 OPEN POSTTOP

4.40

217185 00

GGP142 OPEN POST TOP / LIGHT EYE

4.20

217192 00

GGP143 CONE POSTTOP

4.40

217208 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Verona HGP142 medium post with

Preferred selection

GGP146/147 bollard

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

HGP142 MEDIUM POST EXTRUSION

5.00

217352 00

GGP146 LAMELLA POST TOP

4.50

217239 00

GGP147 LAMELLA POST TOP / LIGHT EYE

4.90

217246 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Verona HGP143 high post with

Preferred selection

GGP144/145 bollard

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

HGP143 HIGH POST EXTRUSION

8.50

219578 00

GGP144 LOUVRE POST TOP

5.20

217215 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

EGP140 CDM-T70W 230V SP

3.10

217314 00

EGP140 SDW-T50W 230V

3.20

222349 00

EGP140 QL55W/830 220-240V

2.40

217284 00

EGP140 PL-T/4P32W 230V

2.00

217338 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

2.142

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Verona

Philips outdoor luminaires

Euskalduna Urban Palace, lighting Bilbao, Spain 2.143

VivaraZON

VivaraZON – aluminum bollard VivaraZON is a vandal-resistant, aluminum bollard range for ground-mounted applications. It offers a choice of two distinctive designs suitable for discharge, incandescent and fluorescent lamps: round top with clear cover (HCP170) and flat top with innovative ZON diffuser (HCP171). A highly reflective aluminum internal louver ensures glare-free light distribution. www.philips.com/lighting

2.144

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

VivaraZON

VivaraZON HCP170 (round top with clear cover version)

Materials and ﬁnishing

HCP171 (ﬂat top with ZON diffuser version) Light source

Column: aluminum, black powder baked Diffuser: polycarbonate

HID:

Bolts: steel

1 x SON / 70 W

Installation

1 x CDO-ET / 70 W

three anchor bolts (to be cast in concrete base)

Incandescent:

All necessary ﬁxation parts are included

1 x E27 / max 100 W

Accessory

1 x MASTER PL-Electronic Polar E27 / max No

Optic element

Internal louver (LO)

Optical cover

Polycarbonate cover, clear (PCC)

ZON lens GCP170 PCP, and clear lens GCP170 PCC

23 W Lamp included

Fixation on to dedicated mounting ﬂange with

Remarks

ZON = Zone Optimised leNs unique technology

Main applications

Urban and pedestrian areas, promenades, city centers, squares, parks

Polycarbonate cover, prismatic (PCP)

HCP170 PCC

VivaraZON HCP170 round top

Preferred selection

bollard with GCP170 clear diffuser

Product ID

HCP171 PCP

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

HCP170 MAX100W-E27 LO PCC

6.60

140377 00

HCP170 SON70W 230-240V LO PCC

7.80

140360 00

(PCC)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

VivaraZON HCP171 ﬂat top bollard

Preferred selection

with GCP170 ZON diffuser (PCP)

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

HCP171 MAX100W-E27 LO PCP

7.00

140407 00

HCP171 SON70W 230-240V LO PCP

8.20

140391 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Product ID

Description

GCP170 PCP

ZON diffuser (PCP)

140421 00

GCP170 PCC

Clear diffuser (PCC)

140414 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

EOC

Urban lighting

2.145

Urban lighting

Type

Vivara

Vivara – economical bollard Vivara is an economical, vandal-resistant bollard range for ground- or wallmounting applications. There is a choice of two sizes of ground-mounted bollards, both available with a variety of discharge and incandescent or compact ﬂuorescent lamps, and one wall-mounted luminaire, available with incandescent or compact ﬂuorescent lamps. The internal louver and tinted transparent diffuser ensure glare-free light distribution. www.philips.com/lighting

2.146

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Vivara

Light source

HGC136 (low version)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Optical unit: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

HGC137 (high version)

Diffuser: polycarbonate

HWC138 (wall version)

Internal louver: aluminum, white painted

HGC136/137

Gear tray: reinforced polypropylene

HID:

Column: extruded PVC

1 x SON-I / 70 W

Fixation anchors: zinc-coated steel

Incandescent or ﬂuorescent (integrated): 1 x E27 / max. 75 W

Urban lighting

Type

Black polyurethane ﬁnish Installation

HGC136/137: on a mounting ﬂange with four

1 x MASTER PL-Electronic Polar E27 / max.

anchor bolts (to be cast in concrete base)

23 W

HGC138: on a wall bracket ﬁxed with four screws

HWC138

All necessary ﬁxation parts are included

Incandescent or ﬂuorescent (integrated):

Main applications

1 x E27 / max. 75 W

Urban and pedestrian areas, promenades, city centers, squares, parks

1 x MASTER PL-Electronic Polar E27 / max. 23 W Lamp included

HWC138 HGC136

HGC137 Vivara HGC136 bollard, low version

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

HGC136 MAX75W-E27

5.60

275031 00

HGC136 SON-I-70W 230V

5.60

275017 00

HGC136 SON-I-70W 240V

6.05

824260 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.147

Vivara

Vivara HGC137 bollard, high version

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

HGC137 MAX75W-E27

8.10

275079 00

HGC137 SON-I-70W 230V

8.90

275055 00

HGC137 SON-I-70W 240V

7.90

824284 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Vivara HWC138 bollard, wall version

Preferred selection Product ID

HWC138 MAX75W-E27

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

1.00

275109 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

2.148

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

Vivara

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.149

Customized solutions

2.150

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Customized solutions

Customized solutions Urban lighting

Turning creative ideas into reality Light is, above all, an opportunity to create space, manage moods and improve the quality of life. An opportunity that is as broad as your imagination. The ideal solution for any lighting application has to be based upon balanced consideration of numerous factors – the materials being illuminated, the most appropriate lamp technology, the aesthetics of the setting, environmental constraints, etc. Therefore, at Philips we have dedicated application and product development specialists who – working together with our customers – co-create tailor-made lighting solutions. In this way, we enable architects and lighting designers to turn their creative ideas into reality. The next pages show only a small selection of this creative idea that became reality.

Project: Plaza de Indautxu, Bilbao, Spain Architect: Ander Marquet Ryan, JAAM architecture partnership

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.151

Multipole

NXP 2.152 research Urban center lighting Caen, France

Philips outdoor luminaires

Multipole

Urban lighting

Multipole Multipole is ideal for custom-made lighting solutions. One Multipole product fulﬁls the multiple application requirements that arise in everyday city life. Multipole is a multi-functional lighting concept that integrates state-of-the-art technologies, such as LEDs, and intelligent, dynamic lighting control systems. This modular and fully integrated lighting system offers – within one neutrally designed pole – ﬁve different lighting modules: • Top Light provides dynamic and colored guidance light • Road Light provides dimmable and uniform functional light • Pedestrian Light provides sensor-activated and localized light • Reading Light provides personal and focused interactive light • Foot Light provides dynamic and colored decorative light

Top LED Light

Road Light

Pedestrian Light

Reading LED Light

Foot LED Light

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.153

Bellevue

2.154

Urban lighting

Philips Dunkerque, outdoor luminaires France

Bellevue

Urban lighting

Bellevue The line of the lantern was designed to represent a mast blooming. This ﬂuidity and simplicity of shape makes the ensemble timeless.

Body: pure cast aluminum. IP: IP65 (optic), IP23 (gear) Lamps: SON-T 100 W, 150 W, 250 W CDO-TT: 70 W, 150 W, 250 W CosmoPolis CPO-T: 90 W, 140 W Other lamps and ﬁnishes available on request.

Carré Senart, France

Philips outdoor luminaires

St Herbain, France

Urban lighting

2.155

LightTube

Montpellier, France

2.156

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

LightTube

Urban lighting

LightTube The LightTube integrates a light-conductive ďŹ lm for HID or LED light sources with intelligent, dynamic lighting control systems. These tailor-made luminaires are developed around a vast choice of tube diameters, heights, materials and ďŹ nishes.

Courtrai, Belgium

Philips outdoor luminaires

Montpellier, France

St Rambert, France

Urban lighting

2.157

Intro Project Luminaires

2.158

Urban Lighting

Philips Pandrup, outdoorDenmark luminaires

Project Luminaires

Urban Lighting

Project Luminaires Nordic design for urban lighting Over the years Philips has developed a close working relationship with Danish architects. The Asklepios, Aether and Lightshell luminaires are all products of this co-operation. The objective was for us to share our vision of urban lighting and to generate unique lighting concepts that will enable us to fulfill our mission to improve the quality of life in the city. The Asklepios and Aether luminaires have been developed in collaboration with the architects office Schmidt, Hammer & Lassen K/S. These two related families comprise a 3.5-metre-high street light and a bollard, which are made of anodized extruded aluminum and are suitable for use with energy-saving compact fluorescent lamps. The Lightshell luminaire has been designed by architects Steen Seested & Søren Momsen. It is a unique bollard made of chilled-cast aluminum that is suitable for use with energy-saving compact fluorescent lamps. The design concept is based on an opening shell that directs light from the center towards a panel that then channels the light in one direction to provide guidance.

European flavour No two cities are the same, so every city has different requirements in terms of style of street lighting and pedestrian luminaires. VikingVision is a good example of architectural design in a street lighting luminaire. Its simple cylindrical shape, incorporating SON or CDO lamps (up to 150 W), fits in with modern urban environments. Arken is ideal as a pedestrian partner to complement VikingVision. Its simple conical shape, integrated gear, wide choice of lamps and combination of diffuser and indirect lighting ensure it will tie in seamlessly with your project. Helios, with its contemporary design and QL lamps is a landmark element for pedestrian zones in the city center. With its unique design, Triangel combines efficient street lighting with guidance lighting above the housing. This combination can also be found in the CitySwan range where the whole housing of the luminaire transforms into a guiding beacon. This effect can be even enhanced by applying LEDs. Pivot, in contrast, is a straightforward luminaire. This modern and environmentally friendly luminaire generates an excellent lighting distribution and is totally recyclable.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban Lighting

2.159

Asklepios

Asklepios â&#x20AC;&#x201C; urban minimalism Asklepios is a range of column and bollard luminaires with a contemporary square-cut design. The clean lines bring modern minimalist aesthetics to the urban environment, creating soft directional effects and a pleasant ambience. Design: Schmidt, Hammer & Lassen www.philips.com/lighting

2.160

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Asklepios

Light source

HGP424 (column version)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing and mast: extruded anodized aluminum

HGP425 (bollard version)

Cover: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Reﬂector: aluminum

HGP424

Screws: stainless steel

1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 18 W

Installation

HGP425

Urban lighting

Type

Embedded in concrete Luminaire supplied with embedded mounting root

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-4 / 42 W Lamp included

Yes (light color 840)

Gear

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Remarks

Design: Schmidt, Hammer & Lassen

Main applications

Shopping, pedestrian and residential areas, parks, gardens and waterfronts

High Frequency Performer (HFP)

HGP425 HGP424 Asklepios HGP424 column luminaire

Preferred selection Product ID

HGP424 PL-L18W/840 K HFP II

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

20.50

082769 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Asklepios HGP425 bollard luminaire

Preferred selection Product ID

HGP425 PL-T/4P42W/840 K HFP II

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

68.00

082776 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.161

2.162

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.163

Aether

Aether â&#x20AC;&#x201C; square-cut aesthetic Aether is a range of column and bollard luminaires with a contemporary squarecut design. The clean lines bring modern minimalist aesthetics to the urban environment, creating soft directional effects and a pleasant ambience. Design: Schmidt, Hammer & Lassen www.philips.com/lighting

2.164

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Aether

Light source

HGP428 (column version)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing and mast: extruded anodized aluminum

HGP429 (bollard version)

Cover: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Louvers: acrylic

HGP428:

Screws: stainless steel

2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 40 W

Installation

HGP429:

Urban lighting

Type

Embedded in concrete Luminaire supplied with embedded mounting root

2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 24 W Lamp included

Yes (light color 840)

Gear

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Remarks

Design: Schmidt, Hammer & Lassen

Main applications

Shopping, pedestrian and residential areas, parks, gardens and waterfronts

High Frequency Performer (HFP)

HGP429 HGP428 Aether HGP428 column luminaire

Preferred selection Product ID

HGP428 2xPL-L40W/840 HFP II PL3500

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

51.50

092843 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Aether HGP429 bollard luminaire

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

HGP429 2xPL-L24W HFP II PL900

21.00

084060 00

HGP429 2xPL-L24W/840 HFP II PL900

21.00

092850 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.165

Lightshell

Lightshell – sculpted light Lightshell is a unique bollard luminaire with sculptural undertones. The light is reﬂected to the outspread sheet from the hidden light source via a logarithmic spiral, resulting in a soft directional light. Design: Steen Seested & Søren Momsen www.philips.com/lighting

2.166

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Lightshell

HGP432

Installation

Fixation onto base or ﬁrm foundation

Light source

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Main applications

Shopping and residential areas, parks, gardens

Urban lighting

Lightshell Type

1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 40, 55 W Lamp included

Gear

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing and baseplate: sand-cast aluminum,

High Frequency Performer (HFP) structured silver-grey powder-coat ﬁnish (approx. RAL 9006) Tube: acrylic Reﬂector: acrylic, impact-resistant Screws: stainless steel Other RAL colors available on request

HGP432 Lightshell HGP432 bollard luminaire

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

HGP432 PL-L55W HFP II

15.00

085067 00

HGP432 PL-L40W HFP II

15.00

086330 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.167

VikingVision

VikingVision â&#x20AC;&#x201C; adaptable and attractive VikingVision is a road-lighting luminaire for lateral mounting applications. With adjustable light distribution for different street conďŹ gurations, VikingVision offers excellent optical performance in combination with an attractive daytime appearance. This makes it ideal for many different applications. www.philips.com/lighting

2.168

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

VikingVision

SRS420

Color

Silver grey (GR)

Light source

HID:

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry 60 mm

1 x SON-T/ E27 / 50, 70 W

Tilt angle: 0º

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W

Recommended mounting height: 4 to 6 m

Lamp included

Remarks

Facetted reﬂector adjustable to ﬁve positions

Gear

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Main applications

Shopping, urban and residential areas, roads, city

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC) Optical cover

Flat glass (FG)

Ignitor

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Option

Lighting controls: dimming via EC01 (D1)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: chill-cast aluminum

Urban lighting

VikingVision Type

centers and squares

Spigot mounting bracket and clip: anodized aluminum Reﬂector: high-purity aluminum Cover: hardened glass

SRS420

VikingVision SRS420 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

SRS420 SON-T50W IC I ST

13.50

080017 00

SRS420 SON-T70W IC I ST

13.00

080024 00

SRS420 SON-T100W IC I ST

13.50

010342 00

SRS420 SON-T150W IC I ST

14.30

010113 00

SRS420 SON-T250W IC I ST

14.50

086118 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.169

2.170

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.171

Arken

Arken – visual comfort Arken is a luminaire with integrated gear for a variety of post- and wall-mounting applications. It provides rotation-symmetrical lighting by means of its top reﬂector, while the conical opal glass diffuser creates a soft and glare-free light effect. Designed in co-operation with the Ofﬁce of City Architecture Copenhagen, Arken is particularly suitable for contemporary urban environments. www.philips.com/lighting

2.172

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Arken

Arken HPS930

Light source

HID:

Materials and ﬁnishing

9007

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 100 W

Bowl: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized, impact-resistant

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

Frame: chill-cast/anodized aluminum, RAL 7021

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Diffuser: opal glass

1 x SON-I / E27 / 70 W

Cover: polycarbonate/polyester blend, UV-stabilized

1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

Other RAL colors available on request Installation

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Post-top mounting: axial entry: Ø 114 mm Recommended mounting height: 3.5 m

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-4 / 42 W

Equipped with a 4.5 m (2 x 1 mm2) installation

Lamp included

Gear

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Inductive, parallel compensated (IC) Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

cable Accessories

Wall-mounting bracket

Main applications

Urban, shopping and residential areas, city centers, squares

High Frequency Performer (HFP) Ignitor

Housing: chill-cast aluminum, powder-coated RAL

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

HPS930

Arken HPS930 urban-lighting luminaire

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

HPS930 CDO-TT70W IC II ST

13.20

016153 00

HPS930 SON-T70W K IC II ST

13.30

093789 00

HPS930 SDW-T100W K IC II

14.10

093819 00

HPS930 PL-T/4P42W K HFP II

12.50

093802 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Arken HPS930 urban lighting luminaire with ZPS930 wall-mounting bracket (MBW)

Product ID

EOC

ZPS930 MBW

080307 00

ZPS930 MBW RAL7024

092591 00

ZPS930 MBW RAL7043

909776 00

ZPS930 MBW

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.173

Urban lighting

Type

Helios

Helios â&#x20AC;&#x201C; symbolic luminaire Helios is a luminaire of elegant, contemporary design, symbolizing the Olympic ďŹ&#x201A;ame. Post and luminaire form a balanced whole, the dedicated spigot allowing the use of thicker, more imposing columns. Made of impact-resistant materials, Helios is suitable for post-top mounting at a height of about 3-4 meters or wall mounting with dedicated brackets. The internal diffuser ensures visual comfort without glare. www.philips.com/lighting

2.174

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Helios

Helios HPS900

Light source

HID:

Materials and ﬁnishing

Bowl: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized, impact-resistant

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70 W

Diffuser: acrylic, opal

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

Cover: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polyester Installation

Induction lamp system:

cable

Yes (light color 827, 830, 840)

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 m

No Gear

Post-top on a 156 mm column Equipped with a 4.5 m (2 x 1 mm2) installation

1 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W Lamp included

Frame and housing: chill-cast aluminum

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Parallel compensated (IC)

Accessories

Wall-mounting bracket, ZWP900 MBW

Main applications

Urban, residential, shopping and pedestrian areas, commercial and business centers, parks, footpaths

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: High Frequency (HF) Electronic (EB)

HPS900

Helios HPS900 urban-lighting luminaire

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

HPS900 QL85W/830 HF II

19.50

000152 00

HPS900 QL85W/840 HF II

19.50

080703 00

HPS900 CDM-T70W EB II

19.20

007908 00

HPS900 SDW-T100W IC II

20.40

000190 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Helios HPS900 urban lighting luminaire with ZPS900 wall-mounting bracket (MBW)

Product ID ZPS900 MBW

Philips outdoor luminaires

EOC 003566 00

Urban lighting

2.175

Urban lighting

Type

Triangel

Triangel – lighting with distinction Triangel is an urban-lighting luminaire that combines a memorable design with a robust, durable construction. Featuring a highly distinctive lit triangle perpendicular to the housing for visual guidance and secondary lighting, as well as high-efﬁciency reﬂectors, the vandal-resistant Triangel is suited to a variety of different applications. Triangel offers a wide range of mounting options, at a recommended mounting height of 3 to 5 meters, as well as maintenance-friendly access via a hinged glass cover – no tools required. www.philips.com/lighting

2.176

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Triangel

Triangel 2TR480

Light source

HID:

Optic

CosmoPolis optic (OC)

Optical cover

Clear glass (GC)

Perforated mask (MK)

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ /

Frosted glass (GF)

45, 60, 90, 140 W 1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70 W

Options

Lighting controls: dimming switch (SW)

1 x MASTERColour CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: die-cast aluminum Cover: tempered glass

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 100 W 1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

Color

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W 1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

Dark grey, RAL 7021 Other RAL colors available on request

Installation

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 or 76 mm Dedicated accessories available for different mounting possibilities

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Tilt angle: 0º

1 x or 2 x MASTER PL-C 4 Pin / G24q-3 /

Recommended mounting height: 3 to 5 m

26 W 2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 18 W

Accessories

Mounting arms, mounting holders, gasket,

1 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W

decorative cover, adapter

Yes (K or light color 840) Main applications

Mounting brackets for post-top and wall mounting Reduction piece 76/60 mm for 60 mm poles

Induction lamp system: Lamp included

Urban lighting

Type

Shopping, urban, pedestrian and residential areas,

Gear

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

roads, area lighting, parks, gardens, city centers and

Inductive, parallel

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

squares

compensated (IC)

High Frequency (HF) High Frequency Performer (HFP) Electronic (EB)

2TR480

Triangel 2TR480 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with bracket (9TR480 AU-E)

Product ID

(GF) cover

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

11.01

011582 00

2TR480 1xCPO-TW60W K EB II OC 7021

9.85

219797 00

2TR480 1xCPO-TW140W K EB II OC 7021

9.62

219803 00

and clear glass (GC) or frosted glass 2TR480 2xPL-C/4P26W HFP II GF 7021

2TR480 1xCPO-TW45W K EB II OC GC 7021

9.85

238644 00

2TR480 1xQL55W/840 HF I GF 7021

10.71

127443 00

2TR480 1xQL55W/840 HF I GC 7021

11.02

128334 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.177

Triangel Accessories Pole-mounting bracket, single

Pole-mounting bracket, twin

Product ID 9TR480 AU-E RAL7021

EOC 074297 00

Adapter, diameter 76 to 60 mm

Product ID 9TR480 UES-76/60

Product ID

EOC

9TR480 AU-Z RAL7021

074303 00

Adapter, diameter 76 to 114 mm

EOC 074327 00

Product ID

EOC

9TR480 UES-76/114

495665 00

Wall-mounting bracket

Product ID 9TR480 MBW RAL7021

2.178

Urban lighting

EOC 074334 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

Triangel

EOC

9TR480 MA-80/105-3.5m

496082 00

9TR480 AL-E-76/275-TYP-E RAL7021

571260 00

Urban lighting

Product ID

9TR480 AL-Z-76/180°/164-TYP-F-ST 571277 00 RAL7021 9TR480 AL-E-76/445-TYP-C RAL7021

571284 00

9TR480 AL-Z-76/180º/164-TYP9TR480 AL-E-76/445-TYP-C

F-ST

9TR480 MA-80/105-3.5m 9TR480 AL-E-76/275-TYP-E

Nordenham, Germany

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.179

CitySwan

2.180

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CitySwan â&#x20AC;&#x201C; distinctive and elegant The CitySwan urban lighting luminaire features a white opal lampshade that makes the luminaire a perceptible object in public space. During nighttime CitySwan illuminates street and space with a soft and functional light. For enhanced guidance there are optional extra LEDs available. Other creative options can be realized thanks to a great variety of pastel colors for the additional LED lighting. Thus, it is possible to create changing illumination situations and light moods for path or place marking, to emphasize local identities or give urban space an innovative setting. The elegant CitySwan luminaire is suitable for pole or wall mounting and is available as a bollard. Design: Bjarne SchlĂ¤ger, light + architecture and Morten Weeke Borup, GHB Landskabsarkitekter A/S for architect Steen Eiler Rasmussens beautiful Tingsbjerg in Copenhagen. www.philips.com/lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.181

CitySwan

CitySwan Type

CRS439 (post-top mounting)

Light source

Installation

CWS439 (wall mounting)

pipe thread

HID:

Angled wall-mounting on dedicated bracket- 3/4”

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

pipe thread

/ 60 W

Operating temperature: -15ºC < Ta < 25ºC

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 50,

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 5.5 m

70 W

Standard tilt angle post top: 0º

1 x SON-T/ E27 / 50, 70 W

Adjustable tilt angle: ﬁxed

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Adjustable light distribution: 6 positions Max windage area: 0.073 m2

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 / 26, 32 W 1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-4 / 42 W 1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-5 / 57 W Lamp included

Ballast

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive, parallel

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

compensated (IC)

Side entry mounting on dedicated brackets - 3/4”

Max SCx value by side: not applicable Accessory

Dedicated brackets

Main applications

Urban areas, shopping and residential streets, city centers, squares

High Frequency Performer (HFP) Ignitor Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Mast interface: aluminum Cover: translucent PMMA Diffuser: transparent PC

CRS439 CWS439 CitySwan CRS/CWS439 urban-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

CWS439 SON-T70W K IC II O FG ST C4K

7.00

095967 00

CWS439 CDO-TT70W K IC II O FG ST C4K

7.00

095974 00

CWS439 PL-T/4P42W/830 HFP II O FG C4K

6.30

095981 00

CWS439 PL-T/4P57W/830 HFP II O FG C4K

6.30

095998 00

CRS439 SON-T70W K IC II O FG ST C10K

7.00

096032 00

CRS439 CDO-TT70W K IC II O FG ST C10K

7.00

096049 00

CRS439 PL-T/4P42W/830 HFP II O FG C10K

6.30

096056 00

CRS439 PL-T/4P57W/830 HFP II O FG C10K

6.30

096063 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

2.182

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

CitySwan

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.183

Pivot

Pivot – futuristic, environmentally friendly residential lighting Pivot is a luminaire specifically designed for residential areas. Pivot has unique lighting technology features; the innovative reflectors make it a futuristic alternative to traditional street lighting. Pivot provides excellent lighting distribution on the road to ensure reliable and safe illumination. The illumination is limited to the road, without illumination of the surroundings, preventing the well-known irritations from street lighting on gardens and homes. The excellent lighting distribution provides an energy efficient street lighting system in which a large span between the post-tops and the usage of low-wattage lamps play an important role. In addition, Pivot is a totally recyclable luminaire. www.philips.com/lighting

2.184

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Pivot

Pivot CGS435

Installation

Light source

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 mm Operating temperature: -15ºC < Ta < 25ºC

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin /GX24q-3 / 26, 32 W

Recommended mounting height: 4.0 - 5.5 m

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin /GX24q-4 / 42 W

Standard tilt angle post top: 27º

Lamp included

Yes

Adjustable tilt angle: 0 / 40º

Ballast

Electronic, 220-240 V / 50-60 Hz:

Adjustable light distribution: 0 positions Max windage area: 0.14 m2

High Frequency Performer (HFP) Materials and ﬁnishing

Color

Urban lighting

Type

Max SCx value by side: not applicable

Housing: impact resistant PMMA Mast interface: cast aluminum

Accessory

Dedicated masts

Cover: impact resistant translucent PMMA

Main applications

Urban areas, shopping and residential streets, city centers, squares

Grey, painted with structure polyester powder coating

CGS435 Pivot CGS435 urban-lighting luminaire

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

CGS435 PL-T/4P42W/830 HFP II GR C6K

5.40

093949 00

CGS435 PL-T/4P42W/830 HFP II BK-100 C6K

5.40

093956 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Specially designed bracket arm with degree markings to accommodate precise adjustment of the luminaire according to the individual installation

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.185

2.186

Urban lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting Philips outdoor luminaires

Urban lighting

2.187

Road and tunnel lighting

Lighting the road ahead With over one hundred years of experience and expertise in the ďŹ eld of road and tunnel lighting, we are in an ideal position to analyze market trends and come up with appropriate solutions. Our business is to apply technological innovation to the design and development of the road and tunnel lighting products of the future, in response to the wishes and needs of our customers. All Philips luminaires are optimized in terms of wattage, in order to provide precisely the right level of light in the right place at the right time. Compact, aesthetically pleasing luminaires reďŹ&#x201A;ect the increasing importance being attached to the daytime appearance of light points.

3.2

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Beeld uit prisma image nog plaatsen

The growing popularity of high-quality white light sources is being met by a range of special lamps (CosmoPolis system, CDM-T, CDO-TT, PL-T), and optics are being adapted to the new lamps, further improving performance. Better materials and IP66 are contributing to the durability of installations, while the increasing use of longlasting lamps, electronic gear and telemanagement is optimizing running costs. The best possible cost/light quality ratio In view of the constant pressure on city maintenance budgets, it makes sense to opt for luminaires that are easy to install and maintain. We recommend a predictive maintenance policy, which argues in favor of the installation of long-life lamps and luminaires. Respect for the environment Care for the environment means using lamps that are free of heavy metals and luminaires that are made without glue from recyclable components and equipped with reďŹ&#x201A;ectors that reduce light pollution whilst maximizing the efďŹ ciency of the lighting installation. All our systems are produced in factories which are ISO 14001-certiďŹ ed.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.3

Product review â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Road lighting

Modena SGP681

SGP682

3.11

3.13

Page

3.4

Road and tunnel lighting

Koffer2

Iridium SGS252/452 SGS253/453 SGS254/454 3.20

3.24

3.28

SGP070

SGP100

3.38

3.40

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Product review – Road lighting

TrafﬁcVision

Philips outdoor luminaires

Manta

Selenium

SGS305

SGS306

621/622HGV

611/612HGV

SGP340

3.45

3.47

3.51

3.55

SGS203/403 3.59

Road and tunnel lighting

3.5

Product review â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Road lighting

AluRoad Page

3.6

Road and tunnel lighting

Malaga

Residium

SRP221

SRP222

SGS101

SGS102

FGS224

FGS223

FGS225

3.64

3.65

3.69

3.70

3.74

3.76

3.77

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Product review â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Road lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

FGS103

FGS104

FGS105

SRS201 (90W)

SRS201 (135W)

SRS201 (180W)

3.80

3.84

Road and tunnel lighting

3.7

Selection guide – Road lighting

Luminaire

Type

Page

Ingress protection

Insulation Standard class

(IP value)

tilt angle

Adjustable

Max

Max SCx

Side entry

Post top

tilt angle

light

windage area

values

spigot

distribution

by side

(mm)

(m2)

post top (°)

(°)

Modena SGP681

3.11

I/II

7 positions

0.154

0.065

42-60

SGP682

3.13

I/II

7 positions

0.195

0.085

42-60

SGS252/452

3.20

I/II

7 positions

0.12

0.059

34-60

60-76

34-60

60-76

42-60

60-76

Iridium

SGS253/453

3.24

I/II

7 positions

0.15

0.063*

SGS254/454

3.28

I/II

7 positions

0.20

0.063

Koffer2 SGP070

3.38

I/II

5 positions

0.08

34-48

60-76

SGP100

3.40

I/II

7 positions

0.11

48-60

60-76

SGS305

3.45

66/43

0-12 side-entry

19 positions

0.16

0.102

42-60

60-76

SGS306

3.47

66/43

0-12 side-entry

19 positions

0.20

0.124

42-60

60-76

621/622HGV

3.51

3 positions

0.13

60-76

611/612HGV

3.51

2 positions

0.18

SGP340

3.55

I/II

0, 5 and 15

5 positions

0.14

0.077

48-60(34)*2

48-60(76)*2

SGS203/403

3.59

65/43

I/II

5 positions

0.14

0.044

34-60*3

60-76*3

SRP221

3.64

I/II

0.065

0.022

SRP222

3.65

I/II

0.08

0.027

SGS101

3.69

65/43

0.09

0.04

42-60(34)*2

42-60(76)*2

TrafficVision

Manta

Selenium

SGS203/403

AluRoad

Malaga

SGS102

3.70

65/43

0.15

0.06

42-60(34)*

FGS223

3.74

65/43

5 and 15

0.14

0.055

42-60(34)*2

42-60(76)*2

FGS224

3.76

65/43

5 and 15

0.16

0.057

42-60(34)*2

42-60(76)*2

FGS225

3.77

65/43

0.19

0.059

34-60

60-76

FGS103

3.80

65/43

0.09

0.03

42-60

60-76

FGS104

3.80

65/43

0.11

0.04

42-60

60-76

FGS105

3.80

65/43

0.14

0.05

42-60

60-76

90 W version

3.84

65/43

0.21

0.05

135 W version

3.84

65/43

0.28

0.09

180 W version

3.84

65/43

0.27

0.124

CRX202

3.94

I/II*4

Residium

FGS103/104/105

SRS201

Tunlite

3.8

CRX203

3.94

I/II*

yes*

CRX204

3.94

I/II*4

yes*5

CRX206

3.94

I/II*4

yes*5

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Selection guide – Road lighting

SON-T

SOX-(E)

PL-L

PL-T

CDO-ET

CDM-T

TL-D

CDO-TT

CPO-

Electronic

Ballast

Louvers

• •

• • •

•

• • •

• •

• • •

• •

•

• •

•

• •

•

• •

• • •

• •

• • •

•

• • •

•

• • •

• • • •

Road and tunnel lighting

SON-I/E

* SCx - value with louvers: 0.081

* Class II for SON-T lamps only

*2 Available on request

*5 For T4 and T5 optics only

*3 Various spigot adapters to be ordered separately

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.9

Modena

Modena â&#x20AC;&#x201C; beauty and efďŹ ciency Modena is a road-lighting luminaire that combines elegance and excellent lighting performance. Its ďŹ&#x201A;uid, rounded form gives it a strong and distinctive visual character. Modena comes in two sizes for different application heights and offers a wide choice of optical, electrical and mechanical options to satisfy all road applications. It allows considerable energy savings (dimming with standard dimming devices or stand-alone Chronosense system; electronic ballast or Telemanagement system). Maintenance is easily carried out from above, with no tools required to exchange the lamp, gear or bowl. www.philips.com/lighting

3.10

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Modena

Modena SGP681 (small version)

Light source

HID:

Options

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH) Light regulation:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Lumistep for CosmoPolis (LS-6 / 8 / 10)

/ 60, 90, 140 W

Dimming switch (SW)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

150 W

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70, 150 W

Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

10Vdc (D6)

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc (D7)

250 W 1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

Filter coil (F) included

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W Lamp included Gear and compensation

Yes (K)

Fuse (FU) included Materials and ﬁnishing

aluminum

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Optics: high purity aluminum Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl, UV-stabilised or toughened glass IK08

Capacitive (C) Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Color

Grey (GR) Other RAL or AKZO Sablé colors available on

Electronic (EB)

request

CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC) Closed CT-pot (CR) for CDO and SON lamps

Optical cover

Canopy, frame, spigot and closing clip: die-cast

No Inductive (IN)

Optic

Road and tunnel lighting

Type

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

“Opti-C” concept with double IP-66, simplify

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

cleaning of the optic and improve lamp position

Recommended mounting height: 10 m

precission

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

Closed XT-pot (CX) or SON lamps, gives extra

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

wide spacing when the mast-height/road-width

Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions

ratio is e.g. 10/7 or higher. “Opti-C” concept

Max windage area: 0.154 m2

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant

Max SCx values by side: 0.065 m2

Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night

Maintenance

Tool-less opening from above

preservation solution

Accessories

Front and back louvers, ZGS253 L-FRONT resp

Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on adition to GB the self-cleaning technology improve

L-BACK Remarks

Designed to be dismantled completely, all parts can

Main applications

Roads, crossings, roundabouts, industry

the maintenance factor Glass ﬂat (FG), reduce glare and improve night

be recycled

nuissance Glass ﬂat with DynaClean coating (FGD) Ignitor

lamp and gear compartment

Series (SI) Series, self-stopping (SS) Series, digital ignitor (SUD) Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST) Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.11

Modena

Modena SGP681 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGP681 CDO-TT70W K II CR PC AL GR ST

10.95

504682 00

SGP681 CDO-TT70W K II CR GB AL GR ST

12.07

504675 00

SGP681 CDO-TT100W K II CR FG AL GR ST

12.07

504606 00

SGP681 CDO-TT150W K II CR FG AL GR ST

12.70

504637 00

SGP681 CDO-TT150W K II CR GB AL GR ST

12.72

504644 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conďŹ gurations

SGP681 FG

SGP681 GB

SGP681 PC La Nucia, Spain

3.12

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Modena

Modena SGP682 (large version)

Light source

HID:

Lamp included

Options

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH) Light regulation:

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

Dimming switch (SW)

250, 400 W

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR) Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc

Yes (K)

(D7)

No Gear and compensation

Filter coil (F) included

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Inductive (IN) Capacitive (C)

Fuse (FU) included Materials and ﬁnishing

aluminum

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optics: high purity aluminum

Electronic (EB) Optic

Optical cover

Color

Grey (GR)

lamp position precission

Other RAL or AKZO Sablé colors available on

Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night

request

preservation solution

Ignitor

Optical covers: toughened glass IK08

Closed T-pot (CP) “Opti-C” concept with double IP-66, simplify cleaning of the optic and improve

Canopy, frame, spigot and closing clip: die-cast

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

adition to GB the self-cleaning technology improve

Recommended mounting height: 15 m

the maintenance factor

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

Glass ﬂat (FG), reduce glare and improve night

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

nuissance

Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions

Glass ﬂat with DynaClean coating (FGD)

Max windage area: 0.195 m2

Series (SI)

Max SCx values by side: 0.085 m2

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Maintenance

Tool-less opening from above

Series, digital ignitor (SUD)

Remarks

Designed to be dismantled completely, all parts can

Main applications

Roads, crossings, roundabouts, industry

Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

be recycled

Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND) lamp and gear compartment

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.13

Road and tunnel lighting

Type

Modena

Modena SGP682 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGP682 SON-T150W K II CP FG AL GR SP

16.62

504781 00

SGP682 SON-T250W K II CP FG AL GR SP

16.72

504804 00

SGP682 SON-T250W K II CP GB AL GR SP

17.44

504811 00

SGP682 SON-T400W K II CP GB AL GR SP

19.34

600902 00

SGP682 SON-T400W II CP GB AL GR SP

19.34

602517 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conďŹ gurations

SGP682 FG

SGP682 GB

Accessories Easy-to-install front and back louvers attached to the Modena luminaire

Product ID

3.14

Road and tunnel lighting

EOC

ZGS253 L-FRONT

833088 00

ZGS253 L-BACK

833095 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Modena

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting 3.15 Thurrock, United Kingdom

Iridium

3.16

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Iridium â&#x20AC;&#x201C; lighting the road ahead The Iridium range boasts an elegant, gently rounded form. It offers a wide choice of optical, electrical and mechanical combinations to suit all road-lighting applications. In addition, its modularity allows the integration of new optical or electronic components in order to adapt to the changing demands of road lighting, e.g. the growing demand for white light and controls. Iridium ensures low cost of ownership thanks to its superior optics, its dimming and Telemanagement capability, and low installation and maintenance costs. The Iridium luminaire family comes in three different sizes for three main applications â&#x20AC;&#x201C; residential areas and minor roads; major roads; motorways â&#x20AC;&#x201C; and is suitable for side-entry and post-top mounting. A full range of brackets designed to ensure visual consistency between column and luminaire completes the Iridium family, offering a total solution. www.philips.com/lighting

Iridium SGS252/452 small version

Philips outdoor luminaires

Iridium SGS253/453 medium version

Iridium SGS254/454 large version

Road and tunnel lighting

3.17

Iridium

Iridium – the evolution of road lighting The never-ending evolution Iridium provides the clearest illustration yet of the shift from the original purpose of “the right light in the right place” toward a “Green City light solution”. Thanks to its worldwide design acceptance and its modularity (based on a wide range of sizes, materials and options), Iridium enables outdoor lighting authorities to introduce the most advanced green innovations while ensuring the best possible Total Cost of Ownership.

3.18

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Sustainability Iridium set the pace in the introduction of CosmoPolis, the most efficient white-light combination of lamps, electronic ballast and innovative optics for street lighting. Cities all over the world are replacing thousands of old, inefficient, lowquality lighting installations with Iridium and CosmoPolis. Iridium’s electronic ballast and dimming capability – with any type of outdoor lamp – also rationalizes energy consumption. Iridium helps protect the environment and the quality of life. Thanks to its variety of optics, Iridium can cover all configurations – from a highway to a sidewalk – and mounting heights, with perfect control and strict adherence to the latest lighting standards. Maintenance Iridium provides yet another example of Philips Lighting’s commitment to creating maintenance-friendly lighting solutions – not only with its mechanical operations, fully recyclable glass, aluminum and plastic materials, tool-less access, absence of glue, and plug-and-socket connectors, but also with its electronic ballast and Starsense, the highly advanced Telemanagement solution. With Starsense, each individual light point can be switched on or off or dimmed as required, and automatic monitoring provides continuous feedback on the status of each lamp. The rationalization and drastic simplification of lighting maintenance procedures reduces the operating cost of the system as a whole.

South Tyneside, England 25,000 lighting points with Iridium and CosmoPolis

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.19

Iridium SGS252/452

Iridium Type

SGS252 (glass-ﬁber-reinforced polyester canopy

Light source

Optical cover

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant

version)

Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night

SGS452 (aluminum canopy version)

preservation solution

HID:

Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

addition to GB the self-cleaning technology

/ 45, 60, 90 W

improve the maintenance factor

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Glass ﬂat (FG), reduce glare and improve night

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /

nuisance

100 W

Glass ﬂat with DynaClean coating (FGD)

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TT / E27 / 35, 70 W

Ignitor

Series (SI)

1 x CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

Series, self-stopping (SS)

1 x CDO-ET / E40 / 100 W

Series, digital ignitor (SUD)

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

Semi-parallel (SP)

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100 W

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)

1 x SON / E40 / 100 W 1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70, 150 W

Light regulation: Options

Lamp included Gear and compensation

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-4 or 5* / 32,

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

42, 57 W

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

*depends on wattage

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

Yes (K)

Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc

(D7) Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Inductive (IN)

Filter coil (F) included

Capacitive (C)

Fuse (FU) included Knife-connector (KC) included

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Safety cable (SC) for plastic version, reduce

Electronic (EB) Optic

Lumistep for CosmoPolis (LS-6 / 8 / 10) Dimming switch (SW)

Compact ﬂuorescent:

maintenance risks

CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC) for all ME-classes CosmoPolis optic R60 (R60) for S-classes and low

Materials and ﬁnishing

Canopy: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polyester with In-

ME-classes

Mould Coating* (SGS252) or aluminum (SGS452)

Cycle path optic (CYC). Only for GB and PC.

Frame: sand-blasted die-cast aluminum

Optimize for CosmoPolis low S-classes. Internal tilt

Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl, UV-stabilized

possibility to improve spacing and reduce glare

or toughened glass IK08

Facetted open CT-pot (OR) “Opti-O” easy lamp

Reﬂector: high-purity aluminum

access

Gear-tray housing: polyamide

Closed CT-pot (CR) “Opti-C” double IP-66,

Front clip: stainless steel

simplify cleaning of the optic and improve lamp position precision

3.20

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Iridium SGS252/452

Grey (GR)

Accessories

Other RAL or AKZO colors available on request

L-Back

(e.g. 7035)

Dedicated mast, wall and pole brackets and

Metallized frame (FM) for better apparience during

deco-elements available for different mounting

life of the product Installation

possibilities

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 60 mm

Remarks

* In-Mould Coating (IMC) prevents the glass ﬁbers

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

becoming exposed

(60/76)

The integration of the CosmoPolis system (CPO-

Recommended mounting height: 6 - 8 m

TW lamp, the high-efﬁcient reﬂector, electronic

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

ballast), a better spacing (in new installations) and

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

less energy consumption (in new and existing

Adjustable tilt optic: only in CYC-optic two

installations) can be obtained

positions; 0, -5º

CR optic has double IP66 classiﬁcation for lamp

Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions

compartment

Max windage area: 0.12 m2

Compliant with EN 60598-2-3

Max SCx values by side: 0.059 m Maintenance

Front and back louvers, ZGS252 L-FRONT, resp

Main applications

Residential and industrial areas, roads, bicycle paths

Tool-less opening from above, and disconnection of plug and socket

SGS252 FG

SGS252 GB

SGS252 PC

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.21

Road and tunnel lighting

Color

Iridium SGS252/452

Iridium SGS252/452 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with ﬂat glass (FG)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II CR FG GR ST

8.22

842554 00

SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II OR FG GR ST

8.22

842585 00

SGS452 CDO-TT70W K II OR FG GR ST

9.42

843322 00

SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II CR FG GR ST

8.22

849294 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Iridium SGS252/452 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with glass bowl (GB)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II CR GB GR ST

8.24

842561 00

SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II OR GB GR ST

8.24

842592 00

SGS452 CDO-TT70W K II CR GB GR ST

9.44

843308 00

SGS452 CDO-TT70W K II OR GB GR ST

9.44

843339 00

SGS452 CDO-TT100W K II OR GB GR ST

9.84

843353 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Iridium SGS252/452 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with polycarbonate bowl

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS252 CPO-TW45W K EB II OC PC GR

6.52

602210 00

SGS252 CPO-TW60W K EB II OC PC GR

6.42

849676 00

SGS252 CPO-TW90W K EB II OC PC GR

6.52

602227 00

SGS252 CPO-TW140W K EB II OC PC GR

6.52

602234 00

(PC)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Easy-to-install front and back louvers attached to the Iridium luminaire

Product ID

3.22

Road and tunnel lighting

EOC

ZGS252 L-FRONT

837581 00

ZGS252 L-BACK

837598 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Iridium SGS252/452

“Opti-O”, where the reﬂector is

Philips outdoor luminaires

“Opti-C”, where the reﬂector forms

attached to the canopy. This facilitates

one unit with the bowl, and the lamp

maintenance because it provides easy

holder is attached to the reﬂector.

access.

Road and tunnel lighting

3.23

Iridium SGS253/453

Iridium Type

Light source

Optical cover

Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night

version)

preservation solution

SGS453 (aluminum canopy version)

Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on

HID:

addition to GB the self-cleaning technology

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

improve the maintenance factor

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

Glass ﬂat (FG), reduce glare and improve night

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

nuisance

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100, 150 W

Glass ﬂat with DynaClean coating (FGD) Ignitor

Series, self-stopping (SS)

1 x CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

Series, digital ignitor (SUD)

1 x CDO-ET / E40 / 100, 150 W

Semi-parallel (SP)

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)

250 W

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

Light regulation: Options

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3, 4 or 5* /

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

32, 42, 57 W

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

*depends on wattage

Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-

Induction lamp system:

10Vdc (D6)

1 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W

Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc

Yes (K)

(D7)

Photocell:

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Inductive (IN)

Filter coil (F) included

Capacitive (C)

Fuse (FU) included

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Knife-connector (KC) included

Electronic (EB) Optic

Safety cable (SC) for plastic version, reduce

CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC) Facetted open CT-pot (OR) for CDO and SON

maintenance risks Materials and ﬁnishing

Canopy: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polyester with In-

lamps, “Opti-O” easy lamp acces concept

Mould Coating* (SGS253) or aluminum (SGS453)

Closed CT-pot (CR) same lamps in “Opti-C”

Frame: sand-blasted die-cast aluminum

concept with double IP-66, simplify cleaning of the

Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl, UV-stabilized

optic and improve lamp position precision

or toughened glass IK08

Open XT-pot (OX) for SON lamps, gives extra

Reﬂector: high-purity aluminum

wide spacing when the mast-height/road-width

Gear-tray housing: polyamide

ratio is e.g. 10/7 or higher. “Opti-O” concept Closed XT-pot (CX) same application in “Opti-C”

3.24

Lumistep for CosmoPolis (LS-6 / 8 / 10) Dimming switch (SW)

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Gear and compensation

Series (SI)

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70, 150 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

Lamp included

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant

SGS253 (glass-ﬁber-reinforced polyester canopy

Front clip: stainless steel Color

Grey (GR)

concept

Other RAL or AKZO colors available on request

Closed V-pot (opti-C) (CV) recuperate the back

(e.g. 7035)

light via V-louver

Metallized frame (FM) for better appearance

Facetted open T-pot (TP)

during life of the product

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Iridium SGS253/453

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 60 mm

Remarks

becoming exposed

(60/76)

The integration of the CosmoPolis system (CPO-

Recommended mounting height: 10 m

TW lamp, the high-efﬁcient reﬂector, electronic

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

ballast), a better spacing (in new installations) and

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

less energy consumption (in new and existing

Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions

installations) can be obtained

Max windage area: 0.15 m2

CR optic has double IP66 classiﬁcation for lamp

Max SCx values by side: 0.063 m

compartment

Max SCx values by side: 0.081 m2 with louvers attached Maintenance

* In-Mould Coating (IMC) prevents the glass ﬁbers

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

Compliant with EN 60598-2-3 Main applications

Tool-less opening from above, and disconnection

Residential and industrial areas, roads, crossings, roundabouts

of plug and socket Accessories

Front and back louvers, ZGS253 L-FRONT, resp L-Back Dedicated mast and wall brackets available for different mounting possibilities

SGS253 FG

SGS253 GB

SGS253 PC

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.25

Road and tunnel lighting

Installation

Iridium SGS253/453

Iridium SGS253/453 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with ﬂat glass (FG)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS253 SON-T100W K II CR FG GR SP

9.79

842646 00

SGS253 SON-T100W K II OR FG GR SP

9.79

842677 00

SGS253 SON-T150W K II CR FG GR SP

10.34

842707 00

SGS453 SON-T100W K II CR FG GR SP

11.77

843384 00

SGS453 SON-T100W K II OR FG GR SP

11.77

843414 00

SGS453 SON-T150W K II CR FG GR SP

12.32

843445 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Iridium SGS253/453 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with glass bowl (GB)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS253 SON-T100W K EB 240V I CR GB GR

9.29

676944 00

SGS253 SON-T150W K EB 240V I CR GB GR

9.29

676968 00

SGS253 SON-T250W K 240V I CR GB GR ST

10.24

676975 00

SGS453 SON-T100W K II OR GB GR SP

11.73

843407 00

SGS453 SON-T150W K II CR GB GR SP

12.28

843438 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Iridium SGS253/453 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with polycarbonate bowl

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS253 SON-T100W K II CR PC GR SP

8.77

842622 00

SGS253 SON-T100W K II OR PC GR SP

8.77

842653 00

SGS453 SON-T150W K II CR PC GR SP

11.30

843421 00

SGS453 SON-T150W K II OR PC GR SP

11.30

843452 00

8.23

603200 00

(PC)

SGS253 CPO-TW90W K EB II PC GR

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Easy-to-install front and back louvers attached to the Iridium luminaire

Product ID

3.26

Road and tunnel lighting

EOC

ZGS253 L-FRONT

833088 00

ZGS253 L-BACK

833095 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Iridium SGS253/453

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting Lezno, Poland 3.27

Iridium SGS254/454

Iridium Type

SGS254 (glass-ﬁber-reinforced polyester canopy

Canopy: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polyester with In-

version) SGS454 (aluminum canopy version) Light source

Mould Coating* (SGS254) or aluminum (SGS454) Materials and ﬁnishing

HID:

Optical covers: toughened glass IK08

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

Reﬂector: high-purity aluminum

250, 400 W

Gear-tray housing: polyamide

1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W

Front clip: stainless steel

Induction lamp system:

Color

1 x MASTER QL system / 165 W Lamp included Gear and compensation

Other RAL or AKZO colors available on request (e.g. 7035)

Metallized frame (FM) for better appearance

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

during life of the product Installation

Capacitive (C)

(60/76)

Electronic (EB)

Recommended mounting height: 15 m

Closed T-pot (CP) “Opti-C” with double IP-66,

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

simplify cleaning of the optic and improve lamp

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

position precision

Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions

Facetted open T-pot (TP) “Opti-O” easy lamp

Max windage area: 0.20 m2

access concept

Max SCx values by side: 0.063 m2

Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night

Maintenance

preservation solution Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on improve the maintenance factor

Tool-less opening from above, and disconnection of plug and socket

Accessories

addition to GB the self-cleaning technology

Dedicated mast and wall brackets available for different mounting possibilities

Remarks

* In-Mould Coating (IMC) prevents the glass ﬁbers

Glass ﬂat (FG), reduce glare and improve night

becoming exposed CP optic has double IP66

nuisance

classiﬁcation for lamp compartment

Glass ﬂat with DynaClean coating (FGD) Ignitor

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 60 mm Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optical cover

Grey (GR)

Yes (K)

Inductive (IN)

Optic

Frame: sand-blasted die-cast aluminum

Series (SI)

Compliant with EN 60598-2-3 Main applications

Industrial areas, roads, crossings, roundabouts

Series, self-stopping (SS) Series, digital ignitor (SUD) Semi-parallel (SP) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST) Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND) Options

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH) Light regulation: Dimming switch (SW) Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR) Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3) Filter coil (F) included Fuse (FU) included Safety cable (SC) for plastic version, reduce maintenance risks

3.28

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

SGS254 FG

SGS254 GB Iridium SGS254/454 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with ﬂat glass (FG)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS254 SON-T250W K II CP FG GR SP

14.69

842417 00

SGS254 SON-T400W K II CP FG GR SP

16.44

842455 00

SGS254 SON-T250W K 240V I CP FG GR ST

14.69

677071 00

SGS254 SON-T400W K 240V I CP FG GR ST

16.44

677088 00

SGS454 SON-T250W K II TP FG GR SP

17.79

843537 00

SGS454 SON-T400W K II TP FG GR SP

19.54

843575 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Iridium SGS254/454 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with glass bowl (GB)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS254 SON-T250W K II CP GB GR SP

14.69

842370 00

SGS254 SON-T400W K II CP GB GR SP

16.44

842448 00

SGS254 SON-T250W 230V I OR GB GR ST

14.99

825168 00

SGS254 SON-T400W 230V I OR GB GR ST

16.74

845212 00

SGS254 SON-T250W K II TP GB GR SP

17.79

843520 00

SGS254 SON-T400W K II TP GB GR SP

19.54

843568 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.29

Road and tunnel lighting

Iridium SGS254/454

Brackets for Iridium

ZRS250 Iridium brackets A full range of brackets designed to ensure visual consistency between column and luminaire completes the Iridium family, offering a total solution. www.philips.com/lighting

3.30

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Brackets for Iridium Accessories Double Bracket for two Iridium Luminaires EOC

ZRS250 MBT L1500 D76 RAL

587080 00

ZRS250 MBT L1000 D76 RAL

587066 00

ZRS250 MBT L1500 D60 RAL

587042 00

ZRS250 MBT L1000 D60 RAL

587028 00

ZRS250 MBT L1500 D76

586991 00

ZRS250 MBT L1000 D76

586977 00

ZRS250 MBT L1500 D60

586953 00

ZRS250 MBT L1000 D60

586939 00

Road and tunnel lighting

Product ID

ZRS250 MBT

Single Bracket Product ID

EOC

ZRS250 MBS L1500 D76

586984 00

ZRS250 MBS L1000 D76

586960 00

ZRS250 MBS L1500 D60

586946 00

ZRS250 MBS L1000 D60

586922 00

ZRS250 MBS L1500 D76 RAL

587073 00

ZRS250 MBS L1000 D76 RAL

587059 00

ZRS250 MBS L1500 D60 RAL

587035 00

ZRS250 MBS L1000 D60 RAL

587011 00

ZRS250 MBS

Single Bracket for wall mounting

ZRS250 MBW

Product ID

587004 00

ZRS250 MBW L1000

586915 00

Product ID ZRS250 DECO L1000 GR

Philips outdoor luminaires

EOC

ZRS250 MBW L1000 RAL

EOC 587097 00

ZRS250 DECO L1500 GR

587103 00

ZRS250 DECO L1000 RAL

587110 00

ZRS250 DECO L1500 RAL

587127 00

ZRS250 DECO L1500

Road and tunnel lighting

3.31

Koffer2

3.32

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Koffer2 – economical system Koffer2 is an archetypal modern road lighting luminaire, which meets the needs of today’s road users and operators. It is easy to install and maintain, delivers optimum optical performance and is future-proof. With its rectangular shape, Koffer2 offers an alternative to rounded luminaires. Total cost over lifetime was the main consideration during the development phase. In addition to sound construction and low maintenance costs, speciﬁc attention was also devoted to optical performance in order to enable optimum spacing and energy efﬁciency. With the optional mast and bracket concept, the Koffer2 design is highly versatile: the two sizes can be integrated into futuristic concepts in modern urban environments or in more traditional lighting designs. The design of Koffer2 is a logical progression from the original Koffer design which has been sold over 3 million times throughout Europe. Koffer2 is, therefore, the ideal luminaire with which to upgrade or extend existing Koffer installations. This universal road lighting luminaire comes in two sizes: Koffer2 70 is suitable for low mounting heights from 3.5 to 7 meters and Koffer2 100 for heights from 6 to 12 meters. www.philips.com/lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.33

Koffer2

Koffer2 – the safety specialist Different types of roads require different lighting solutions in respect of luminous intensity and light distribution. Koffer2 offers applicationspecific optics, e.g. for cycle paths and footpaths, pedestrian crossings and railway stations. Specific shapes of lamp also require dedicated optics for optimum performance. Koffer2 offers seven different optics for different applications and lamps. With some optics, the light distribution can be adapted to the installation layout by adjusting the lamp position. CosmoPolis: the foundation of change Combining maximum efficiency and brilliant light quality, CosmoPolis is set to become the lamp technology of the future. It is the ideal lamp for Koffer2. In renovation projects, it enables the installed load to be halved compared with high-pressure mercury lamps. In new installations, energy consumption can even be reduced to a third compared with existing installations. Improved flexi-fit mounting spigot Koffer2 comes with an improved flexi-fit mounting spigot, which guarantees a smooth and pure design – regardless of the mast diameter.

Post-top installation, 60 mm: For post-top installations, 76 mm:

the round bafﬂe is pivoted inside the

the opening is fully open and the round

luminaire. The moon-shaped bafﬂe

Side-entry installation:

and moon-shaped bafﬂes are pivoted

closes the rest of the opening and the

both bafﬂes close the opening and the

inside the luminaire

surface of the luminaire is totally ﬂush

surface is totally ﬂush

3.34

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Innovation – self-cleaning glass covers With Koffer2, Philips is introducing another genuine innovation – DynaClean, a new coating that helps to maintain lighting levels. As an optional extra, the ﬂat glass can be coated with a photo-catalytic and hydrophilic coating. This is activated by the UV rays from the lamp and the sun, which then destroy the dirt particles. This ‘self-cleaning’ coating slows the decline in lumen output over time. DynaClean increases the maintenance factor by 7 points. This leads to a potential spacing gain up to 9%.

Road and tunnel lighting

Koffer2

Flat glass after 1.5 years near a

motorway, with DynaClean

motorway, without DynaClean

Quickly replace the gear-tray

Replace lamps without tools

Maintenance Maintenance is tool-less. The frame opens downwards and all electrical components are directly visible.

Toolless opening of the luminaire

Quickly replace glass bowls

Best environmental choice The CosmoPolis lamp and its electronic gear make it possible to increase spacings by up to +15%, while enabling a 40% reduction in CO2 emissions. Assembled without glue, with all plastic parts coded for traceability, Koffer2 is easily recycled, complying with RoHS and ready

9m 38 m

for WEEE.

38 m

Compared to SON-T the spacing is increased by 15% and CO2 emissions reduced by 40%.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.35

Koffer2 masts and brackets

Koffer2 70 on a

Koffer2 100 on

cylindroconical

A single and

mast

double brackets

single and

double A brackets

3.36

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Koffer2 masts and brackets

Philips outdoor luminaires

Koffer2 100 on

single and double

K8 brackets

K1 brackets

Road and tunnel lighting

3.37

Koffer2 SGP070

Koffer2 Type

SGP070

Light source

HID: 1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH) Light regulation: Options

Dimming switch (SW)

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

1 x CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100 W

(D7)

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

1 x SON / E40 / 100 W

Filter coil (F) included

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Fuse (FU) included

2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 11 W

Knife-connector (KC) included

1 x or 2 x MASTER PL-L 4 PIN / 2G11 / 18 W

Pre-equipped cables without plug connector:

Induction lamp system: 1 x MASTER QL system / 55 W Lamp included

cable lengths of: 6 m (C6K), 10 m (C12K) Materials and ﬁnishing

Yes (K or light color 827, 830 or 840)

Optical covers: acrylic or polycarbonate bowls, UV-

stabilized or hardened glass, min IK08

Mains supply

230 or 240 V

Gear and compensation

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Inductive (IN)

Color

Grey (RAL 7035) or white (RAL 9006)

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 48 mm

Other RAL colors available on request (e.g. 7024)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

Electronic (EB) Optic

Optical cover

Housing: aluminum

Spigot is integrated, continuously variable

CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC)

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 7 m

Facetted open CT-pot (OR) for CDO and SON

Standard tilt angle post top: 10º

lamps,”Opti-O” easy lamp acces concept

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Wide beam (WB). Only for GB and PC. At low

Adjustable light distribution: 5 positions

mounting heights in narrow paths

Max windage area: 0.08 m2

Reﬂector for railways (RW), for narrow platforms

Max SCx values by side: 0.035 m2

with maximum glare control

Maintenance

Toolless from below. Opening by one main clip

Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night

Accessories

Front and back louvers, ZGP070 L-FRONT resp

preservation solution

L-BACK

Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on

Dedicated mast and pole brackets available for

adition to GB the self-cleaning technology improve

different mounting possibilities

the maintenance factor

Main applications

Pedestrian and parking areas, bicycle paths

Glass ﬂat (FG), reduce glare and improve night nuissance

lamp and gear compartment

Glass ﬂat with DynaClean coating (FGD) Acrylic bowl, frosted (ACF) no yellowing Polycarbonate bowl, frosted (PCF) vandal-resistant Ignitor

Semi-parallel, digital (SND) Series digital ignitor (SUD)

SGP070 + ZGP070 FG

3.38

Road and tunnel lighting

SGP070 + ZGP070 GB

Philips outdoor luminaires

SGP070 + ZGP070 PCF/ACF Koffer² SGP070 road-lighting luminaire

Preferred selection

with ﬂat glass (FG)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGP070 CPO-TW45W K EB FG

7.21

234493 00

SGP070 CPO-TW60W K EB II FG

6.85

227228 00

SGP070 SON-T50/70W II FG

7.51

226085 00

SGP070 SON-T50/70W II RW FG AL 9007

7.95

237586 00

SGP070 CDO-TT70W K II FG

7.36

228966 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Koffer² SGP070 road-lighting luminaire

Preferred selection

with glass bowl (GB)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGP070 CPO-TW45W K EB GB

7.24

234462 00

SGP070 CPO-TW60W K EB II GB

1.11

227105 00

SGP070 CPO-TW90W K EB II GB

1.11

238118 00

SGP070 CPO-TW140W K EB II GB 9006

6.90

227075 00

SGP070 SON-T100W K II GB

7.36

228829 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Koffer² SGP070 road-lighting luminaire

Preferred selection

with structured plastic bowl (ACF/PCF)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGP070 SON-T50/70W II WB ACF SW

7.36

226061 00

SGP070 SON-T50/70W II ACF SW

7.25

226108 00

SGP070 QL55W/840 HF I ACF

6.45

226412 00

SGP070 PL-L18W II ACF

8.24

226924 00

SGP070 CPO-TW60W K EB ACF

6.69

234523 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Koffer² SGP070 road-lighting luminaire with louvers

Product ID

Philips outdoor luminaires

EOC

ZGP070 L-FRONT

227631 00

ZGP070 L-BACK

227648 00

Road and tunnel lighting

3.39

Road and tunnel lighting

Koffer2 SGP070

Koffer2 SGP100

Koffer2 Type

SGP100

Light source

HID:

Semi-parallel, digital (SND) Series digital ignitor (SUD)

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

Ignitor

/ 60, 90, 140 W

Options

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Light regulation:

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Dimming switch (SW)

150, 250 W

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

1 x CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

1 x CDO-ET / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 70 W

Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

10Vdc (D6)

250 W

Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc

1 x SON / E27 / 70 W

(D7)

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Filter coil (F) included

2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 18 W

Fuse (FU) included

Induction lamp system:

Knife-connector (KC) included

1 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W Lamp included

Pre-equipped cables without plug connector:

Yes (K or light color 827, 830 or 840) No

Mains supply

230 or 240 V

Gear and compensation

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz: Inductive (IN)

cable lengths of: 6 m (C6K), 10 m (C12K) Materials and ﬁnishing

Optical covers: acrylic or polycarbonate bowls, UVstabilized or hardened glass, min IK08 Color

Grey (RAL 7035) or white (RAL 9006)

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 / 60 mm

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Electronic (EB) Optic

Optical cover

Housing: aluminum

Other RAL colors available on request (e.g. 7024)

CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC)

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

Facetted open CT-pot (OR) for CDO and SON

Spigot is integrated, continuously variable

lamps,”Opti-O” easy lamp acces concept

Recommended mounting height: 6 - 12 m

Open XT-pot (OX) for SON lamps, gives extra

Standard tilt angle post top: 10º

wide spacing when the mast-height/road-width

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

ratio is e.g. 10/7 or higher.”Optic-O” concept

Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions

Reﬂector, asymmetric left (R-A-L) pedestrian

Max windage area: 0.11 m2

crossing left side asymmetric optic

Max SCx values by side: 0.054 m2

Reﬂector, asymmetric right (R-A-R) pedestrian

Maintenance

Toolless from below. Opening by one main clip

crossing right side asymmetric optic

Accessories

Front and back louvers, ZGP100 L-FRONT resp

Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night

L-BACK

preservation solution

Dedicated mast and pole brackets available for

Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on adition to GB the self-cleaning technology improve

different mounting possibilities Main applications

Roads, pedestrian and parking areas

the maintenance factor Glass ﬂat (FG), reduce glare and improve night

lamp and gear compartment

nuissance Glass ﬂat with DynaClean coating (FGD) acrylic bowl, frosted (ACF) no yellowing

SGP100 + ZGP100 FG

3.40

Road and tunnel lighting

SGP100 + ZGP100 GB

Philips outdoor luminaires

SGP100 + ZGP100 ACF Koffer² SGP100 road-lighting luminaire

Preferred selection

with ﬂat glass (FG)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGP100 CPO-TW140W K EB FG

9.75

234745 00

SGP100 SON-T100W K 240V FG

10.43

234844 00

SGP100 SON-T150W K 240V FG

10.98

234936 00

SGP100 SON-T250W K 240V FG

11.87

235025 00

SGP100 CDO-TT250W K II FG

11.87

228942 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Koffer² SGP100 road-lighting luminaire

Preferred selection

with glass bowl (GB)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

9.59

226733 00

SGP100 CPO-TW90W EB II GB 9006

8.83

226726 00

SGP100 CPO-TW140W K EB II GB 9006

9.72

226740 00

SGP100 SON-T150W K II GB

10.95

228867 00

SGP100 SON-T250W K II GB

11.84

228874 00

SGP100 CPO-TW60W K EB II GB 9006

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Koffer² SGP100 road-lighting luminaire

Preferred selection

with structured acrylic bowl (ACF)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGP100 QL55W/840 HF I ACF

8.70

226696 00

SGP100 QL85W/840 HF I ACF

8.72

226689 00

SGP100 PL-L18W II ACF

9.70

226832 00

SGP100 CPO-TW140W K EB ACF

9.05

234691 00

SGP100 SON-T150W II R-A-R ACF

10.28

226535 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.41

Road and tunnel lighting

Koffer2 SGP100

Koffer2 SGP100 Accessories KofferÂ˛ SGP100 road-lighting luminaire with louvers

Product ID

3.42

Road and tunnel lighting

EOC

ZGP100 L-FRONT

227655 00

ZGP100 L-BACK

227662 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Koffer 2 SGP100

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting Vechta, Germany 3.43

TrafﬁcVision

TrafficVision – exactly the right light TrafficVision is a road-lighting luminaire that is fully adjustable to deliver light precisely where it is needed, in the quantity needed, for safe and comfortable driving. Dedicated facetted optics optimize beam control and maximize light output, while graduated adjustment of the reflector is possible for accurate direction of the beam. TrafficVision’s modular concept ensures easy installation and fast, safe maintenance. TrafficVision is suitable for post-top or side-entry mounting. www.philips.com/lighting

3.44

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

TrafﬁcVision

TrafﬁcVision SGS305

Light source

HID:

Materials and ﬁnishing

polyester

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

Optical covers: acrylic, non-yellowing or

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100,

polycarbonate bowls, UV stabilized or toughened

150 W

glass IK08 Mounting module: die-cast aluminum

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON / E40 / 100 W

Color

Grey (GR)

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W Lamp included

Yes (K)

Gear and compensation

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Other RAL colors available on request (RAL) (76P)

Inductive (IN)

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Capacitive (C)

(60S) Recommended mounting height: 8 m

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Standard tilt angle post top: 3º

Electronic (EB) Ignitor

Front and rear canopies: glass-ﬁber-reinforced

Series (SI)

Adjustable tilt angle: 0 - 12º (side entry)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Adjustable light distribution: 19 positions

Series, digital ignitor (SUD)

Max windage area: 0.16 m2

Semi-parallel (SP)

Max SCx values by side: 0.102 m2

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Maintenance

Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND) Optic

Facetted T-POT (TP) in a close optical system IP66

Optical cover

Glass ﬂat (FG), reduce glare and improve night

Tool-less opening the luminaire Opening gear compartment breaks the electrical circuit

Main applications

nuissance

Industrial areas, major and minor roads, motorways, crossings, roundabounds

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant Polymethyl methacrylate bowl (PM) non-yellowing Options

gear compartment

lamp compartment

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH) Light regulation: Dimming switch (SW) Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR) Dimming via SDU01S (D4) Dimming via SDU11S (D5) Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 110Vdc (D6) Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc (D7) Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3) Knife-connector as standard

SGS305 FG

Philips outdoor luminaires

SGS305 PM/PC

Road and tunnel lighting

3.45

Road and tunnel lighting

Type

TrafﬁcVision

TrafﬁcVision SGS305 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with ﬂat glass (FG)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS305 SON-T70W 230V FG RS GR SP

12.18

227108 00

SGS305 SON-T100W 230V FG RS GR SP

12.84

225982 00

SGS305 SON-T150W 230V FG RS GR SP

13.06

226026 00

SGS305 SON-T70W II FG RS GR SP 42/60

8.28

137643 00

SGS305 SON-T100W II FG RS GR SP 42/60

8.94

137353 00

SGS305 SON-T150W II FG RS GR SP 42/60

9.16

137650 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

TrafﬁcVision SGS305 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with polycarbonate/PMMA

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS305 SON-T70W 230V PM RS GR SP

11.61

227092 00

SGS305 SON-T100W 230V PM GR SP

12.27

225975 00

bowl (PC/PM)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

3.46

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

TrafﬁcVision

TrafﬁcVision SGS306

Light source

HID:

Materials and ﬁnishing

polyester

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

Optical covers: polythene or polycarbonate bowls,

250, 400 W

UV stabilized or toughened glass IK08 Mounting module: die-cast aluminum

1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W Induction lamp system:

Color

Grey (GR) Other RAL colors available on request (RAL)

1 x MASTER QL system / 85 W Lamp included

Yes (K or light color 827, 830 or 840)

Gear and compensation

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (76P)

Inductive (IN)

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Capacitive (C)

(60S) Recommended mounting height: 12 m

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Ignitor

Front and rear canopies: glass-ﬁber-reinforced

Electronic (EB)

Standard tilt angle post top: 3º

Empty (E) (without gear)

Adjustable tilt angle: 0 - 12º (side entry)

Series (SI)

Adjustable light distribution: 19 positions

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Max windage area: 0.20 m2

Series, digital ignitor (SUD)

Max SCx values by side: 0.124 m2

Semi-parallel (SP)

Maintenance

Tool-less opening the luminaire

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Opening gear compartment breaks the electrical

Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)

circuit

Optic

Facetted T-POT (TP) in a close optical system IP66

Optical cover

Glass ﬂat (FG), reduce glare and improve night

Main applications

Industrial areas, major and minor roads, motorways, roundabounds, crossings

nuissance Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant

gear compartment

lamp compartment

Polythene bowl, opal (PE) Options

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH) Light regulation: Dimming switch (SW) Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR) Dimming via SDU01S (D4) Dimming via SDU11S (D5) Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 110 Vdc (D6) Dimming via external communication 1-10 Vdc (D7) Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3) Fuse (FU) integrated Filter coil (F) integrated Knife-connector as standard

SGS306 FG

Philips outdoor luminaires

SGS306 PE/PC

Road and tunnel lighting

3.47

Road and tunnel lighting

Type

TrafﬁcVision

TrafﬁcVision SGS306 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with ﬂat glass bowl (FG)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS306 SON-T250W II FG RS GR SP 42/60

11.91

133720 00

SGS306 SON-T400W II FG RS GR SP 42/60

13.67

133737 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

TrafﬁcVision SGS306 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with polycarbonate/PMMA

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS306 SON-T250W K II PE RS GR SP 42/60

11.17

600711 00

SGS306 SON-T250W II PE RS GR SP CH 42/60

12.95

600773 00

SGS306 SON-T250W II PE RS GR SP CH 42/60

12.95

128962 00

bowl (PC/PE)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Removing the lamp

3.48

Road and tunnel lighting

Removing the gear unit

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

TrafďŹ cVision

Philips outdoor luminaires

Heathrow, RoadUnited and tunnel Kingdom. lighting

3.49

Manta

Manta – optimum light distribution Manta is a road and street lighting luminaire. The housing and canopy are made of die-cast aluminum. The luminaire also offers the choice of a tempered ﬂat glass or bowl made of impact-resistant acrylic. These high-quality, durable materials guarantee a long service life and low life-cycle costs. Separate versions are available for smaller roads or motorways. The luminaire incorporates T-POT optics, which facilitate wide pole spacings and extremely even illumination on wet paving, EP optics and CT-POT optics to ensure optimum distribution of light. All luminaires are available with a bowl or tempered ﬂat glass. They are suitable for installation on a pole arm or at the top of a pole. www.philips.com/lighting

3.50

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Manta

Light source

611/612HGV

Ignitor

Series, self-stopping (SS)

621/622HGV

Options

Light regulation:

611HGV for tubular lamps

Dimming switch (SW)

HID:

Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W

10Vdc (D6) Materials and ﬁnishing

aluminum

HID:

Optical covers: acrylic, UV-stabilized or hardened

1 x MASTER SON PIA Plus / E40 / 150, 250 W

glass

1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250 W

Reﬂector: high-purity aluminum

621HGV for tubular lamps

Gear-tray housing: aluminum metal plate

HID:

Side-clips: stainless steel

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Hinges: stainless steel Color

Natural sand-blasted aluminum

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100,

RAL colors Installations

150 W

Lamp included

Housing and canopy: die-cast sand-blasted

612HGV for ovoid lamps

150 W

611/612HGV Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 - 60 mm

622HGV for ovoid lamps

post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 76 mm with

HID:

adapter

1 x MASTER SON PIA Plus / E27 / 70 W

Recommended mounting height: 8 - 12 m

1 x MASTER SON PIA Plus / E40 / 100 W

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º (with adapter)

Yes (K)

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: 2 positions

Mains voltage

230 or 240 V

Max. windage area: 0.18 m2

Gear and compensation

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

621/622HGV

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 - 60 mm

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 - 76 mm

Electronic (EB) Optic

Recommended mounting height: 6 - 10 m

Facetted open CT-pot (OR) for CDO and SON

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

lamps,”Opti-O” easy lamp acces concept

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Open XT-pot (OX) for SON lamps, gives extra

Adjustable light distribution: 3 positions

wide spacing when the mast-height/road-width

Max. windage area: 0.13 m2

ratio is e.g. 10/7 or higher.”Opti-O” concept

Maintenance

Facetted open T-pot (TP) for SON-T-lamp versions

Optical cover

Tool-less opening from above and disconnection by maintenance switch and plug and socket

EP-Optic (EP) optic for elliptical light sources

Accessories

Pole top adapter for 611/612HGV

(SON). The optics facilitate long pole spacing

Remarks

The luminaire is standard provided with a

Main applications

Industrial areas, roads, roundabouts

Glass ﬂat (FG), reduce glare and improve night nuissance

Road and tunnel lighting

Manta Type

maintenance switch

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant Acrylic bowl (AC) non-yellowing

611/612HGV FG

Philips outdoor luminaires

lamp and gear compartment

611/612HGV PC/AC

Road and tunnel lighting

3.51

Manta

621/622HGV FG

621/622HGV AC Manta 611/612/614HGV road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with ﬂat glass (FG)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

611HGV SON-TPP150W K IC TP FG SS

14.55

527429 00

611HGV SON-TPP250W K IC TP FG SS

15.65

527436 00

611HGV SON-T400W IC I TP FG SS

16.80

527054 00

612HGV SON-PP150W K IC S FG SS

14.40

527450 00

612HGV SON-PP250W K IC S FG SS

15.50

527467 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Manta 611/612/614HGV road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with PMMA/polycarbonate

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

614HGV SON-TPP150W K IC I TP AC

13.70

046432 00

614HGV SON-TPP250W K IC I TP AC

14.80

046449 00

614HGV SON-TPP400W K IC I TP PC

14.80

046456 00

612HGV SON150W IC I S AC SS

13.70

527153 00

612HGV SON250W IC I S AC SS

14.80

527160 00

bowl (AC/PC)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Manta 621/622HGV road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with ﬂat glass (FG)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

621HGV SON-TPP70W K IC TP FG SS

11.30

045329 00

621HGV SON-T100W EB I TP FG

11.30

019306 00

621HGV SON-T150W EB I TP FG

12.53

019313 00

621HGV CDO-TT100W EB I OR FG

11.30

019320 00

621HGV CDO-TT150W EB I OR FG

12.10

019337 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Manta 621/622HGV road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with PMMA/polycarbonate

Product ID

bowl (AC/PC)

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

621HGV SON-TPP70W K IC TP AC SS

10.60

045336 00

621HGV SON-T100W EB I TP AC

10.60

019269 00

621HGV SON-T150W EB I TP AC

11.40

019276 00

621HGV CDO-TT100W EB I OR AC

10.60

019283 00

621HGV CDO-TT150W EB I OR AC

11.40

019290 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

3.52

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Manta

VT7 motorway, Porvoo, Finland

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.53

Selenium

Selenium – timeless design Selenium is an efﬁcient, ergonomic road-lighting luminaire. Its simple, rounded form reduces its daytime visual impact, allowing it to integrate into any kind of environment. Selenium incorporates the renowned T-POT reﬂector for excellent optical performance. Energy savings are possible by means of dimming with a switch or stand-alone Chronosense system (without pilot cable). Selenium is suitable for side-entry or post-top mounting, with a choice of three tilt angles for optimal installation (0, 5, 15º). www.philips.com/lighting

3.54

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Selenium

Selenium SGP340

Light source

HID:

Materials and ﬁnishing

Canopy and frame: die-cast aluminum Mounting module: die-cast aluminum

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl or toughened

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

glass

250, 400 W

Reﬂector: high-purity aluminum Closing clip: stainless steel

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W 1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W

Color

Grey (RAL 7035)

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 / 60 mm

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

Other RAL colors available on request

Lamp included

Yes (K) No

(48/60)

Mains voltage

230 or 240 V

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 48 / 60 mm

Gear

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

(48/60) Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top

Inductive (IN)

Recommended mounting height: 10 m

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

Electronic (EB) Optic

Facetted semi closed T-POT (TP)

Adjustable tilt angle: 0º, 5º, and 15º

Optical cover

Glass ﬂat (FG), reduce glare and improve night

Adjustable light distribution: 5 positions

nuissance

Max windage area: 0.14 m2

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant

Max SCx values by side: 0.077 m2

Ignitor

Options

Series (SI)

Maintenance

From above by opening the housing with a single

Series, self-stopping (SS)

quick-release clip

Semi-parallel (SP)

No tools needed for geartry and disconnection of

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

plug and socket

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Accessories

Spigots for 34 mm side-entry, ZGP340 SP34S and

Light regulation: Dimming switch (SW)

76 mm post-top, ZGP340 SP76P Main applications

Industrial areas, roads, crossings, roundabouts

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR) lamp and gear compartment

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3) Fuse (FU) included Knife-connector (KC) included

SGP340 FG SGP340 PC Selenium SGP340 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with ﬂat glass (FG)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

9.40

126678 00

SGP340 SON-T70W K II FG SP 48/60

9.50

126685 00

SGP340 SON-T100W K II FG SP 48/60

10.10

126692 00

SGP340 SON-T250W K II FG SP 48/60

11.90

126715 00

SGP340 SON-T400W K I FG ST 76

12.50

138886 00

SGP340 SON-T50W K II FG SP 48/60

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.55

Road and tunnel lighting

Type

Selenium

Selenium SGP340 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with polycarbonate bowl

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGP340 SON-T70W K I PC SP 48/60

8.80

126524 00

SGP340 SON-T100W K I PC SP 48/60

9.40

126531 00

SGP340 SON-T150W K I PC SP 48/60

10.20

126548 00

SGP340 SON-T250W K II PC ST 48/60

11.60

126555 00

SGP340 SON-T50W K II PC ST 48/60

9.10

126722 00

SGP340 SON-T50/70W K II PC SS CH 48/60

9.60

126814 00

(PC)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conďŹ gurations

Accessories Spigot either for side-entry or post-top mounting

Product ID

3.56

Road and tunnel lighting

EOC

ZGP340 SP76P

131115 99

ZGP340 SP48/60

131139 99

ZGP340 SP34/42

132501 99

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Selenium

Lesznie, Poland

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.57

SGS203/403

SGS203/403 – precision lighting SGS203/403 is a modular luminaire in contemporary style for safe and comfortable driving, and for area illumination, with low energy and maintenance costs. It offers a choice of canopies and a bowl or minimal-glare ﬂat glass. Dedicated optics optimize beam control and maximize light output. Five different reﬂector positions allow precise control of beam direction. Energy savings are possible, for instance with the Chronosense dimming system (no pilot cable required). SGS203/403 is suitable for side-entry or post-top mounting. www.philips.com/lighting

3.58

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

SGS203/403

SGS203/403 SGS203 (glass-ﬁber-reinforced polyester canopy

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

version) SGS403 (aluminum canopy version) Light source

Light regulation: Options

Dimming switch (SW) Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

HID: 1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70, 150 W

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

Filter coil (F) included

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

Fuse (FU) included

250 W

Pre-equipped cables without plug:

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

cable lengths of: 9 m (C9000), 12 m (C12K), 14

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W 1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

m (C14K) Materials and ﬁnishing

or aluminum (SGS403)

1 x SOX / BY22d / 35 W

Frame: sand-blasted die-cast aluminum

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl, UV-stabilised

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / 32, 42 W

or toughened glass

Induction lamp system: Lamp included

Canopy: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polyester (SGS203)

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18, 26 W

1 x MASTER QL system / 55 W

Reﬂector: high-purity aluminum Color

Grey (RAL 7035)

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 mm

Yes (K) No

Road and tunnel lighting

Type

Other RAL colors available on request

Mains voltage

230 or 240 V

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 34, 42, 48, 60 or

Gear and compensation

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

76 mm (34P, resp 42P, 48P, 60P, 76P)

Inductive (IN)

Recommended mounting height: 10 m

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optic

High Frequency (HF)

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

High Frequency Performer (HFP)

Adjustable light distribution: 5 positions

Electronic (EB)

Max windage area: 0.14 m2

Ignitor

Max SCx values by side: 0.044 m2

Facetted open T-POT (TP) for easy lamp acces concept

Optical cover

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

Maintenance

From above by opening the housing with a single

Glass ﬂat (FG), reduce glare and improve night

quick-release clip

nuissance

Tools needed for geartry and disconnection of

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant

plug and socket

Series (SI)

Accessories

Flexible spigot, ZGS200

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Main applications

Residential and industrial areas, roads

Semi-parallel (SP) gear compartment

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

SGS203/403 FG

Philips outdoor luminaires

lamp compartment

SGS203/403 PC

Road and tunnel lighting

3.59

SGS203/403

SGS203/SGS403 road-lighting luminaire

Preferred selection

with ﬂat glass (FG)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS403 SON-T100W 230V II FG SP

9.54

151335 00

SGS403 SON-T150W 230V II FG SP

10.16

218151 00

SGS203 SON-TPP50W K 230V FG ST

5.69

722474 00

SGS203 SON-TPP70W K 240V FG ST

7.90

720715 00

SGS203 SON-TPP100W K 240V FG ST

7.60

720555 00

SGS203 SON-TPP150W K 230V FG ST

8.82

722504 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

SGS203/SGS403 road-lighting luminaire

Preferred selection

with polycarbonate bowl

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS203 SON-TPP50W K 230V ST

5.90

721767 00

SGS203 SON-TPP100W K 230V ST

6.20

721743 00

SGS203 SON-TPP70W K 230V ST

6.30

721750 00

SGS203 SON-TPP150W K 230V ST

6.70

721798 00

SGS203 SON-T250W 240V ST

7.30

928258 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Spigot either for side-entry or for posttop mounting

Product ID

3.60

Road and tunnel lighting

EOC

ZGS200 SP60

216632 99

ZGS200 SP76

216649 99

ZGS200 SP42/48

599506 99

ZGS200 SP76-A10

151748 99

ZGS200 SP34

931043 99

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

SGS203/403

Philips outdoor luminaires

Queen Elizabeth Bridge, Road and Dartford, tunnel lighting United Kingdom 3.61

AluRoad

3.62

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

AluRoad – street lighting made easy AluRoad is a robust, compact road-lighting luminaire that combines an attractive design with very good lighting performance. It is extremely easy to install and maintain. Offering a wide choice of energy-efﬁcient lamps delivering yellow or white light, the attractively priced AluRoad represents excellent value. The visual impression created by the aluminum canopy and polycarbonate bowl makes AluRoad compatible with existing road lighting applications. AluRoad is available in two sizes – 450 and 560 mm, with corresponding adjustable reﬂectors – and is suitable for side-entry and post-top mounting. www.philips.com/lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

AluRoad SRP221 road-lighting

AluRoad SRP222 road-lighting

luminaire (small)

luminaire (large)

Road and tunnel lighting

3.63

AluRoad SRP221/222

AluRoad Type

SRP221

Light source

HID:

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 / 60 mm (48/60) (or Ø 34 / 42 mm with reducing piece)

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

Integrated spigot into luminaire

1 x HPL-N / E27 / 50, 80, 125* W

Post-top mounting: adaptors for Ø 60 / 76 mm

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Ambient temperature outdoor: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC *note: Ta 25ºC for HPL-N 125 W versions with

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

photocell (P2)

Lamp included

Yes (K) No

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 10 m

Mains voltage

230 or 240 V

Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º

Gear

Electro magnetic (conventional), 230 or 240 V /

Adjustable light distribution: 3 positions

50 Hz

Max windage area: 0.022 m2

Optic

One-piece deep-drawn aluminum reﬂector (T-pot)

Max SCx values by side: 0.065 m2

Optical cover

Polycarbonate bowl

Ignitor

Semi-parallel (SP)

single quick-release clip, replacement of the gear

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

tray requires only one screw driver and the bowl

Options

Photocell: Micro-mini-cell (P2)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Canopy: die-cast aluminum

Maintenance

Lamp accessible by opening the bowl with a

replacement is easy and without any tools Accessories

Post top adaptor ZRP220 AD60/60 A5 and ZRP220 AD76/60 A5, reducing piece for side entry

Reﬂector: high-purity aluminum

spigot ZRP220 AD34/42

Optical covers: polycarbonate Closing clip: stainless steel Color

Main applications

Secondary roads, industrial and residential areas, roundabouts

Grey, RAL 7035 Other RAL colors available on request

lamp and gear compartement

SRP221 AluRoad SRP221 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire (small)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SRP221 SON-TPP50W K II ST 48/60

3.66

615920 00

SRP221 SON-TPP70W K II ST 48/60

3.97

615951 00

SRP221 CDO-TT70W K II ST 48/60

3.97

615975 00

SRP221 SON-TPP70W K ST 34/42

4.06

616651 00

SRP221 CDO-TT70W K II ST 34/42

4.06

616699 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

3.64

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

AluRoad SRP221/222

AluRoad SRP222

Light source

HID:

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 / 60 mm (48/60) (or Ø 34 / 42 mm with reducing piece)

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

Integrated spigot into luminaire

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

Post-top mounting: adaptors for Ø 60 / 76 mm

250* W

Ambient temperature outdoor: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC *note: Ta 25ºC for 250 W lamp versions

1 x HPL-N / E27 / 50, 80, 125 W 1 x HPL-N / E40 / 250* W

Recommended mounting height: 6 - 12 m

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

Adjustable light distribution: 5 positions

150 W

Max windage area: 0.027 m2

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

Max SCx values by side: 0.080 m2

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,

Maintenance

single quick-release clip, replacement of the gear

150 W Lamp included

Lamp accessible by opening the bowl with a

Yes (K)

tray requires only one screw driver and the bowl

replacement is easy and without any tools

Mains voltage

230 or 240 V

Gear

Electro magnetic (conventional), 230 or 240 V /

Accessories

Post top adaptor ZRP220 AD60/60 A5 and ZRP220 AD76/60 A5, reducing piece for side entry spigot ZRP220 AD34/42

50 Hz Optic

One-piece deep-drawn aluminum reﬂector (T-pot)

Optical cover

Polycarbonate bowl

Ignitor

Semi-parallel (SP)

Main applications

Roads, crossings, roundabouts, industrial areas

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST) Options

Photocell: Nema socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Canopy: die-cast aluminum Reﬂector: high-purity aluminum Optical covers: polycarbonate Closing clip: stainless steel

Color

Grey, RAL 7035 Other RAL colors available on request

SRP222 AluRoad SRP222 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire (large)

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SRP222 SON-TPP100W K II ST 48/60

5.12

616071 00

SRP222 SON-TPP150W K II ST 48/60

5.92

616101 00

SRP222 SON-TPP250W K II ST 48/60

6.87

616132 00

SRP222 CDO-TT100W K II ST 48/60

5.12

617054 00

SRP222 CDO-TT150W K II ST 48/60

5.92

617214 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.65

Road and tunnel lighting

Type

AluRoad SRP221/222

Accessories Post-top adaptor 60 mm

Product ID

3.66

Road and tunnel lighting

EOC

ZRP220 AD60/60 A5

621341 00

ZRP220 AD76/60 A5

621358 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

AluRoad SRP221/222

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.67

Malaga

Malaga â&#x20AC;&#x201C; contemporary style Malaga is a versatile road-lighting luminaire. It offers modern styling and quality lighting for safe and comfortable driving, and for area illumination, with low investment and maintenance costs. The optical system has been designed to deliver good beam control and light output. Malaga provides optimal illuminance and good uniformity when the mounting height approximately equals the road width and the mast spacing is approximately 3.5 times the road width. It is suitable for post-top and side-entry mounting; a wall-mounting bracket is also available. www.philips.com/lighting

3.68

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Malaga SGS101

SGS101 (small version)

Color

Grey, RAL 7035

Light source

HID:

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Lamp included Gear

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

mounting

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

Recommended mounting height: 6 m

1 x HPL-N / E27 / 80, 125 W

Standard tilt angle post-top: 15º

Yes (K)

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: n/a

Electro magnetic (low loss, 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Max windage area: 0.09 m2 Max SCx values by side: 0.04 m2

Inductive (IN) Mains voltage

230 or 240 V

Optic

3 parts optic of high ﬁnish stucco aluminum

Optical cover

Polycarbonate bowl

Ignitor

Semi-parallel (SP)

Maintenance

Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily

Accessories

Spigots for 34 - 42 mm side-entry and 76 mm

removable gear tray post-top Wall-mounting bracket

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST) Options

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Canopy: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polypropylene, UV-

Main applications

Residential areas, roads, car parks, industry

gear compartment

stabilized

lamp compartment

Optical cover: polycarbonate Mounting module: die-cast aluminum, noncorrosive Gear carrier: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polycarbonate

SGS101 Malaga SGS101 road-lighting luminaire,

Preferred selection

side-entry mounting

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS101 SON-T50W II MR SP

3.90

118598 00

SGS101 SON-T70W II MR ST

3.90

122113 00

SGS101 SON-TPP50W K 240V II SP P1

3.70

721057 00

SGS101 SON-TPP50W K 240V II SP P3

3.65

721064 00

SGS101 SON-TPP50W K II ST

3.60

614633 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.69

Road and tunnel lighting

Malaga Type

Malaga SGS102

Malaga Type

SGS102 (large version)

Light source

HID:

Color

Grey, RAL 7035 Choice of light grey, lively orange, red or blue for the canopy

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150, Installation

250 W

Lamp included

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

1 x HPL-N / E40 / 250 W

Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top

Yes (K)

mounting

Recommended mounting height: 10 m

Gear

Electro magnetic (low loss, 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Standard tilt angle post-top: 15º

Mains voltage

230 or 240 V

Adjustable light distribution: n/a

Optic

3 parts optic of high ﬁnish stucco aluminum

Max windage area: 0.15 m2

Ignitor

Series (SI)

Max SCx values by side: 0.06 m2

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Inductive (IN)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Maintenance

Options

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Canopy: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polypropylene, UV-

Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily removable gear tray

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST) Accessories

Spigots for 34 - 42 mm side-entry and 76 mm post-top Wall-mounting bracket

stabilized Optical cover: polycarbonate

Main applications

Residential areas, roads, car parks, industry

Mounting module: die-cast aluminum, nongear compartment

corrosive

lamp compartment

Gear carrier: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polycarbonate

SGS102 Malaga SGS102 road-lighting luminaire,

Preferred selection

side-entry mounting

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SGS102 SON-TPP150W K II MR-AS SP

5.90

137520 00

SGS102 SON-TPP100W K II MR-AS SP

5.60

137513 00

SGS102 SON-TPP250W K II MR-AS SP

6.90

137537 00

SGS102 SON-TPP100W K 240V II SP

5.20

721101 00

SGS102 SON-TPP150W K 240V II SP

5.50

721125 00

SGS102 SON-TPP250W K 240V II SP

6.50

721149 00

SGS102 SON-T250W K II ST

7.50

610253 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

3.70

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Malaga SGS102

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting 3.71 Brusy, Poland

Residium

3.72

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Residium â&#x20AC;&#x201C; innovative by design Residium is a range of economical, easy-to-service, general-purpose road-lighting luminaires for PL-L and SOX lamps, offering low energy and maintenance costs. These luminaires have a balanced design and incorporate innovative mirror optics for optimum light distribution and minimal light pollution. Residium is suitable for post-top and side-entry mounting. www.philips.com/lighting

Residium FGS223 small version

Philips outdoor luminaires

Residium FGS224 medium version

Residium FGS225 large version

Road and tunnel lighting

3.73

Residium FGS223

Residium Type

FGS223

Light source

HID:

Color

Grey, RAL 7035

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Other RAL colors available on request

1 x SOX / BY22d / 35 W

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top

1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 24 W Lamp included Gear

Options

Yes (K or light color 830 or 840)

mounting

Recommended mounting height: 5 m

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Standard tilt angle post-top: n/a

High-Frequency Performer (HFP)

Adjustable tilt angle: 5 and 15º

High-Frequency Regulator (HFR)

Adjustable light distribution: n/a

Electronic (EB)

Max windage area: 0.14 m2 Max SCx values by side: 0.055 m2

Light regulation: Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

Maintenance

Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily

Accessories

Spigots for 34 mm side-entry and 76 mm post-top

removable gear tray

Dimming via SDU11S (D5) Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3) Materials and ﬁnishing

Fuse (FU) included

mounting

Canopy: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polypropylene, UV-

Internal louvers for G3 Main applications

stabilized

Roads, residential and industrial areas, bicycle paths

Frame: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polycarbonate lamp/gear compartment

Spigot: die-cast aluminum

electrical connection compartment

Optical cover: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized Clips: glass-fiber-reinforced polypropylene, UVstabilized Front hinge: polycarbonate with steel wire Reflector plate: steel, lacquered Side mirrors: anodized aluminum, highly reflective

FGS223 Residium FGS223 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

FGS223 PL-L24W/830 K HFP 42/60

3.50

548043 00

FGS223 PL-L24W/830 K HFP P1 42/60

3.60

548050 00

FGS223 PL-L24W/830 K HFP P1 76P

3.60

720111 99

FGS223 SOX35W K EB

3.20

720982 00

FGS223 SOX35W K EB P1

3.20

720999 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

3.74

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Residium FGS223

Utrecht, The Netherlands

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.75

Residium FGS224

Residium Type

FGS224

Light source

HID:

Color

Grey, RAL 7035

Installation

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Other RAL colors available on request

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 36 W 1 x SOX / BY22d / 55 W

Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top mounting

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Recommended mounting height: 6 m

1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36 W Lamp included Gear

Yes (K or light color 830 or 840)

Standard tilt angle post-top: n/a

Adjustable tilt angle: 5 and 15º

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Adjustable light distribution: n/a

High-Frequency Performer (HFP)

Max windage area: 0.16 m2

High-Frequency Regulator (HFR)

Max SCx values by side: 0.057 m2

Electronic (EB) Options

Maintenance

Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily

Accessories

Spigots for 34 mm side-entry and 76 mm post-top

removable gear tray

Light regulation: Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

mounting

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

Internal louvers for G3

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3) Fuse (FU) included Materials and ﬁnishing

Main applications

Roads, residential and industrial areas, bicycle paths

Canopy: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polypropylene, UVlamp/gear compartment

stabilized

electrical connection compartment

Frame: glass-fiber-reinforced polycarbonate Spigot: die-cast aluminum Optical cover: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized Clips: glass-fiber-reinforced polypropylene, UVstabilized Front hinge: polycarbonate with steel wire Reflector plate: steel, lacquered Side mirrors: anodized aluminum, highly reflective

FGS224 Residium FGS224 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

FGS224 PL-L36W HFP 42/60

3.50

150246 00

FGS224 PL-L36W/830 HFP 42/60

3.50

548067 00

FGS224 SOX-E36W EB 42/60

3.60

150284 00

FGS224 SOX55W EB 76P

3.60

154176 00

FGS224 SOX55W K EB

3.20

721026 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

3.76

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Residium FGS225

FGS225

Color

Grey, RAL 7035

Light source

HID:

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 60 mm

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 66 W

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Spigot is integrated and reversible for side-entry

1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 55, 80 W Lamp included Gear

Options

and post-top mounting

Yes (K or light color 830 or 840)

Recommended mounting height: 7 m

Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

High-Frequency Performer (HFP)

Adjustable light distribution: n/a

High-Frequency Regulator (HFR)

Max windage area: 0.19 m2

Electronic (EB)

Max SCx values by side: 0.059 m2

Light regulation:

Maintenance

Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily

Accessories

Spigots for 34 mm side-entry and 76 mm post-top

removable gear tray

Dimming via SDU01S (D4) Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

mounting

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Internal louvers for G3

Fuse (FU) included Materials and ﬁnishing

Canopy: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polypropylene, UV-

Main applications

Roads, residential and industrial areas, bicycle paths

stabilized lamp/gear compartment

Frame: high-pressure-die-cast aluminum, Flexi-ﬁt

electrical connection compartment

spigot integrated Optical cover: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized Clips: glass-fiber-reinforced polypropylene, UVstabilized Front hinge: polycarbonate with steel wire Reflector plate: steel, lacquered Side mirrors: anodized aluminum, highly reflective

FGS225 Residium FGS225 road-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

FGS225 PL-L55W/840 K HFP 34/76

5.35

722559 00

FGS225 PL-L55W/840 K HFR D4 34/76

5.35

722566 00

FGS225 PL-L80W/840 K HFP 34/76

5.35

722573 00

FGS225 SOX-E66W K EB 34/76

5.35

548005 00

FGS225 SOX-E66W K EB P1 34/76

5.35

548036 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.77

Road and tunnel lighting

Residium Type

FGS103/104/105

3.78

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

FGS103/104/105 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; economical and service-friendly FGS103/104/105 are general-purpose road-lighting luminaires, available in three different lengths. They are economical and service-friendly, with low energy and maintenance costs. A UV-resistant polycarbonate refractor bowl ensures efďŹ cient, uniform lighting. FGS103/104/105 are suitable for side-entry or post-top mounting. www.philips.com/lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

FGS103 road-lighting luminaire, small

FGS104 road-lighting luminaire,

FGS105 road-lighting luminaire, large

version

medium version

version

Road and tunnel lighting

3.79

FGS103/104/105

FGS103/104/105 Type

FGS103/104/105

Light source

FGS103

stabilized

HID:

Optical cover: polycarbonate

Materials and ﬁnishing

1 x SOX / BY22d / 35 W

Clips: stainless steel

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18, 26, 35 W

Mounting module: die-cast aluminum, noncorrosive

Compact ﬂuorescent: 1 MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 24 W FGS104

Color

Canopy and gear plate: white

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 - 60 mm (34S)

HID: 1 x SOX / BY22d / 55 W

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 - 76 mm

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 36, 55 W

(76P) Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

1 MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36 W FGS105

Adjustable light distribution: n/a

HID:

FGS103:

1 x SOX / BY22d / 90 W

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 66 W

Max windage area: 0.09 m2 Max SCx values by side: 0.03 m2

Compact ﬂuorescent: 1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 40, 55 W

FGS104: Recommended mounting height: 6 - 8 m

Fluorescent:

Max windage area: 0.11 m2

1 or 2 x MASTER TL-D / G13 / 16, 18 W Lamp included

Yes (K or light color 830 or 840)

Mains voltage

230 or 240 V

Gear and compensation

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Max SCx values by side: 0.04 m2 FGS105: Recommended mounting height: 8 m Max windage area: 0.14 m2

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Max SCx values by side: 0.05 m2

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: High Frequency Performer (HFP)

Maintenance

Electronic (EB) Options

Canopy: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polyester, UV-

Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily removable gear tray

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Accessories

Wall-mounting bracket, ZGS103 MBW

Fuse (FU) included

Remarks

Ready-to-install versions available; lamp and installation material included (KIT)

Main applications

Roads, residential and industrial areas

electrical connection department

FGS103

lamp/gear compartment

FGS104

FGS105

3.80

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

FGS103 road-lighting luminaire, small

Preferred selection

version

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

FGS103 PL-L24W/830 K HFP 42/60

3.40

721941 00

FGS103 SOX-E18W K 230V 42/60

3.30

721903 00

FGS103 SOX-E18W 230V 42/60

3.30

928326 00

FGS103 SOX-E26W K 240V P1 76P

3.70

721323 00

FGS103 SOX35W EB 220-240V P1 FU 76P

3.70

932712 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

FGS104 road-lighting luminaire,

Preferred selection

medium version

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

FGS104 PL-L36W/830 K HFP 42/60

3.70

721965 00

FGS104 PL-L36W/830 K HFP 76P

3.70

722795 00

FGS104 SOX-E36W K EB FU 42/60

3.70

721972 00

FGS104 SOX55W K EB FU 76P

4.10

721446 00

FGS104 SOX55W EB FU 34S

3.20

150017 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

FGS105 road-lighting luminaire, large

Preferred selection

version

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

FGS105 PL-L40W HF 76P

4.80

928579 00

FGS105 PL-L55W/830 K HFP 76P

4.80

721170 00

FGS105 2xTL-D18W 230V 76P

4.80

928616 00

FGS105 SOX-E66W EB FU 42/60

4.80

930374 00

FGS105 SOX90W 240V P1 76P

5.20

930367 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Product ID

Description

ZGS103 MBW

Wall-mounting bracket

Philips outdoor luminaires

EOC 150710 99

Road and tunnel lighting

3.81

Road and tunnel lighting

FGS103/104/105

SRS201

3.82

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

SRS201 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; slender solution SRS201 is a slender yet robust, economical road-lighting luminaire for lowpressure sodium lamps. It comes in three different sizes, all with a refractor bowl for optimal light distribution in conformity with CIE regulations. Energy efďŹ ciency is assured. SRS201 is designed for side-entry mounting. www.philips.com/lighting

SRS201 small version

Philips outdoor luminaires

SRS201 medium version

SRS201 large version

Road and tunnel lighting

3.83

SRS201

SRS201 Type

SRS201

Light source

HID:

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: glass-ﬁber-reinforced polyester, UVstabilized Optical cover: methacrylate, UV-resistant

2 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 66 W 1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 36, 55, 66, 91,

Color

Housing: white

131 W

Installation

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42, 42 / 48 or 60 mm (60S)

1 x SOX / BY22d / 55, 90, 135, 180 W 2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36 W

Recommended mounting height: 8 - 15 m

Lamp included

(depending on conﬁguration)

Mains voltage

230 or 240 V

Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º

Gear and compensation

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Adjustable light distribution: n/a

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Max windage area: 90 W version: 0.21 m2, 135 W

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Electronic (EB)

version: 0.28 m2

Empty (E) (without gear)

Max SCx values by side: 90 W version: 0.05 m2,

Housing conﬁguration

Gear shoe (GSH)

Options

Fuse included (FU)

135 W version: 0.09 m2 Maintenance

No internal cleaning required

Extremely efﬁcient HF gear for SOX-E 36 to 91 W and SOX 35 to 55 W versions

Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily removable gear tray

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), 14 mm hole (P2) Accessories

Prismatic refractors: large, ZRS201 PL-L, medium ZRS201 PL-M, small, ZRS201 PL-S

Dimming facility for PL-L lamp version Main applications

Roads, roundabouts

gear compartment

SRS201 36/55/66/90 W

lamp compartment

SRS201 91/135 W

SRS201 131/180 W SRS201 road-lighting luminaire (90 W)

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SRS201 SOX-E36W 230V 60S

9.50

923130 00

SRS201 SOX-E55W 230V 60S

9.50

923154 00

SRS201 SOX-E66W 240V P1 42S

10.00

918723 00

SRS201 SOX-E66W 230V 60S

11.00

923215 00

SRS201 SOX90W 230V 60S

11.00

923253 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

3.84

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

SRS201 road-lighting luminaire (135

Preferred selection

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SRS201 SOX-E91W E 60S

13.00

545882 00

SRS201 SOX-E91W 240V P1 42S

12.50

918761 00

SRS201 SOX-E91W 230V 60S

13.00

923352 00

7.60

918501 00

13.00

923376 00

SRS201 SOX135W GSH 42/48S SRS201 SOX135W 230V 60S

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

SRS201 road-lighting luminaire (180

Preferred selection

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

SRS201 SOX-E131W GSH 60S

11.90

923413 00

SRS201 SOX180W GSH 42/48S

9.50

918525 00

SRS201 SOX180W GSH P1 42/48S

9.50

918587 00

SRS201 MAX180W-BY22d P2 42S

8.50

918464 00

SRS201 MAX180W-BY22d 60S

9.40

923390 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

ERS201 SOX90W 240V

5.00

920863 00

ERS201 2xSOX-E66W 230V

6.40

922843 00

ERS201 SOX135W 240V

6.00

920887 00

ERS201 SOX135/180W 240V

7.50

920849 00

ERS201 SOX180W 230V

7.50

922942 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Product ID

Description

ZRS201 P-S

Prismatic refractor Small

930923 99

ZRS201 P-M

Prismatic refractor Medium

930930 99

ZRS201 P-L

Prismatic refractor Large

930947 99

Philips outdoor luminaires

EOC

Road and tunnel lighting

3.85

Road and tunnel lighting

SRS201

Tunnel lighting technology

Mont Blanc tunnel, France-Italy

What you ought to know about tunnel lighting For smooth trafﬁc ﬂow, in bright daylight and total darkness, and in all weather conditions, tunnel lighting should give drivers the same sense of safety and comfort in the tunnel as on the open approach road. This means that drivers should have adequate visual information concerning the behavior of other road users, the course of the road ahead and the presence of any obstacles in the tunnel entrance, to be able to react in time within a safe stopping distance (SSD). Guidelines for tunnel lighting according to CIE 88 can be found in document CIE 88-1990 “Guide for the lighting of road tunnels and underpasses”. www.philips.com/lighting

3.86

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Tunnel lighting technology

Entrance L20

Exit

Road and tunnel lighting

When to light by day Being adapted to the relatively high luminance outside, drivers will not be able to see details in a long tunnel, which appears on approach as a ‘black hole’. For a short tunnel details may be visible in negative contrast when the tunnel appears as a dark frame around a bright background.

Lth Lexit Ltr

Exit zone

Transition zone

Access zone

The decision whether a tunnel or underpass has to be lit during the day depends on the length of the tunnel, the visibility of the exit, the amount of natural light in the tunnel and the trafﬁc density. A guideline in this decision is offered by the CIE.

Lint

Interior zone

treshold zone

Fig. 1

How to light by day Good tunnel lighting takes care of good visibility conditions for the road users; this requires lighting levels that are matched with the adaptation level of the users’ eyes. As this adaptation level gradually changes while traveling through the tunnel for lighting purposes the tunnel can be divided lengthwise into five zones: the access, threshold, transition, interior and exit zone (Fig. 1). The access zone The access zone is not a part of the tunnel itself, but the approach road immediately before the tunnel entrance, from where drivers need to be able to see and stop in front of obstacles in the tunnel. The length of the access zone is consequently equal to the safe stopping distance (SSD). The maximum light adaptation condition of the drivers’ vision in this zone, determines the luminance in the threshold zone at the beginning of the tunnel. CIE defines the adaptation state as L20, the average luminance in a conical field of view of 2 x 10° centered in the tunnel opening at the safe stopping distance from the entrance. L20 measurements and recordings for the access zone over a long period are the most solid basis for the entrance lighting design (Fig. 2). The threshold zone The required luminance level in the first section of the threshold zone, which length is equal to the safe stopping distance, is related to the L20, ‘the outside luminance level’, the stopping distance and the applied optical system as shown in Table 1 (next page). Daylight screens, louvers and other measures that reduce the L20 will proportionally reduce the amount of light and energy needed in the first zones of the tunnel. In the second half of the threshold zone the luminance level is decreased rapidly to 40 % of the initial level (see Fig. 3 for a schematic representation).

Philips outdoor luminaires

The ﬁve tunnel zones deﬁned for the purposes of lighting design

Lsky

Lsurrounding

Lroad

20º cone

L20 = γLsky + ρLroad + εLsurrounding

(See CIE 88)

Fig. 2 Sketch showing the 20º conical ﬁeld of view referred to in the text

Save stopping distance

%L20

Ltrans = Lth (1.9 + t)-1.4

threshold zone

Transition zones Time

Fig. 3 Representation of lighting level in various zones

Road and tunnel lighting

3.87

Tunnel lighting technology

Transition zone In the transition zone the lighting level is gradually reduced towards the level as required in the interior zone (Fig. 3). The reduction speed is related to the adaptation speed of the eyes and thus time dependent. The reduction steps should not exceed a ratio of 3:1.

Table 1 Recommended threshold/access zone luminance ratios Stopping

Interior zone In the interior zone, which is often the longest section of the tunnel, the required lighting levels are related to trafďŹ c speed and trafďŹ c density as shown in Table 2.

Symmetrical lighting system Lth/ Counter-beam lighting system Lth/

distance (m)

L20

0.05

0.04

100

0.06

0.05

160

0.10

0.07

Table 2 Recommended interior zone luminances (cd/m2) Stopping

Exit zone Visual adaptation from low to high level takes place instantaneously, but there are other reasons for installing an increased lighting level in the exit zone: 1 to make small cars following behind large lorries visible when the daylight at the exit is glaringly bright, 2 to make following cars visible in the rear-view mirror of a car leaving the tunnel and 3 to convert the exit into an entrance (at reduced speed) in case of an emergency or for maintenance.

Traffic density

distance (m)

<100 veh/h

100<veh/h<1000

>1000 veh/h 3

100

160

Emergency lighting Emergency lighting is normally part of the night-time lighting, but is fed from an uninterrupted power supply.

Birth-Velbert tunnel, Germany. 1: threshold zone. 2 and 3: transition zones. 3

3.88

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Tunnel lighting technology

max. Typical light distribution of the luminaire

sp/m.h. ratio

spacing

Symmetricaltransversal spacing

Symmetricalaxial

Efficiency Preferred lamp type

cd/W (q0=0.1

1.5

TL-D/PL-L

2.0

1.5

SOX-E

4.0

2.0

SON-T

2.8

3.5

SOX-E

4.5

3.5

2.4

SON-T

3.5 - 4

2 - 2.5

SON-T

4.5

spacing

Symmetrical-transversal lighting The light is mainly radiated at right angles to the axis of the tunnel. This results in good visual guidance, minimum glare, and light between the cars.

Asymmetricalcounterbeam

Symmetrical-axial lighting The light is mainly radiated parallel to the tunnel axis, resulting in high efficiency and allowing wide luminaire spacing. However, occasional shadowing and uneven distance wall luminances can occur. Asymmetrical-counterbeam lighting The light is radiated parallel to the tunnel axis, mainly against the direction of the traffic flow, resulting in high efficiency and improved contrast, but with possible shadowing and uneven wall luminances. Which lamp to use The entrance of a tunnel needs high lighting levels of SON-T lamps. For other areas needing lower light levels, such as the interior zone or at night, compact fluorescent lamps can be used. Philips recommends TL-D and PL-L for the symmetrical-transversal lighting system and QL induction lamps for the symmetrical-axial lighting system. These white light sources are preferred for their good color rendering over the more efficient SOX lamps. The light output of (compact) fluorescent lamps however is temperature dependent. In general, luminaire photometry is conducted at 25°C, but the average operating temperature in a tunnel can be much lower and therefore positively influence the efficacy.

Ostiche tunnel, Belgium

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.89

Road and tunnel lighting

Lighting system - Symmetrical lighting is used for the entrance and interior lighting. - Asymmetrical lighting (counterbeam) is used for entrance lighting when high contrast values are required or when the tunnel is not too short. Counterbeam lighting is adapted when high luminance levels are required (high Lth/L20 or high stopping distance).

Tunlite

3.90

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Tunlite™ – modular and ﬂexible The Tunlite™ range is a range of luminaires for the lighting of tunnels, underpasses and other heavy-duty applications. It is based on a modular concept that allows great ﬂexibility in lighting design. Many different optical and lamp combinations are possible within the same housing, giving the designer the opportunity to optimize the lighting solution whilst maintaining the basic luminaire shape. The Tunlite™ range, which comprises four standard housings, has been designed with installers and maintenance personnel in mind – it offers rapid, tool-free access, and all the main assemblies can be removed/exchanged quickly and easily. A choice of brackets is available for ceiling, wall and continuous line mounting. www.philips.com/lighting

Tunlite CRX202 T1 single lamp, counter beam

Tunlite CRX203 T4/T3 double lamp

Philips outdoor luminaires

Tunlite CRX204 T4 single lamp

Tunlite CRX206 T10 single lamp

Tunlite CRX206 T3 double lamp

Road and tunnel lighting

3.91

Modular product matrix Tunliteâ&#x201E;˘

Lamp type Optical and

Optic type

SON-T Plus T1 (3420)

T2 (3412)

T3 (3451)

T4 (305)

100 - 400 W

70 - 150 W

Gear unit Gear wattage

Light technical data

Unit shape

Unit type

TYPE 1

TYPE 2

Housing type lxwxh = 625x545x190 mm

1 x optical and gear unit type 1 CRX202 (1-lamp) lxwxh = 710x675x190 mm

CRX203 (2-lamp) lxwxh = 710x380x190 mm

CRX204 (1-lamp) lxwxh = 1380x380x190 mm

CRX206 (2-lamp) lxwxh = 1380x380x190 mm

CRX206 (1-lamp)

3.92

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Modular product matrix Tunlite™

SON-T Plus T5 (306)

QL T6 - 55W (3702)

PL-L

SOX/SOX-E

T8 (3951)

T9 ≤ 90 W - T10 ≥ 90 W (3651)

250 - 400 W

55 / 85 W

36 - 55 W

TYPE 2

100 - 400 W

Road and tunnel lighting

T7 - 85W (3701) 70 - 150 W

TYPE 3

2x optical and gear unit type 2

1x optical and gear unit type 2

1 x optical and gear unit type 3

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.93

Tunlite

Tunlite™ Type

CRX202/203/204/206

Light source

HID:

Housing: high-quality extruded AlMgSi alloy proﬁles and die-cast aluminum rounded corners, argonMaterials and ﬁnishing

CRX202 1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250, 400 W

welded Finishing of the housing by chromatization in accordance with DIN 50939 followed by 60 μm

CRX203 2 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

polyester powder coating RAL 7016

2 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250, 400 W

A self-adjusting removable front-glass frame of

2 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W

extruded aluminum, hinged on stainless-steel joints

2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36, 55 W

inside the housing and holding a 5 mm toughened

2 x SOX / BY22d / 35, 55, 90 W

one-sheet security glass. The IP66 tightness is

2 x SOX-E / BY22d / 26, 36, 66 W

secured by two silicone rubber gaskets ﬁtted at two levels in the extruded aluminum frame

CRX204 1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

A removable optic and gear unit consists of a

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250, 400 W

dedicated optical system of high-purity anodized

1 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W

aluminum (99.9 %) and an electrical part

1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36, 55 W

containing all electrical gear. These modular units

1 x SOX / BY22d / 35, 55, 90 W

are easily interchangeable without the need for

1 x SOX-E / BY22d / 26, 36, 66 W

tools, which simpliﬁes installation and maintenance Mounting brackets, bolts and washers (as

CRX206 2 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

accessories): stainless steel

2 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250, 400 W

Nylon washers between the aluminum proﬁle and

2 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W

stainless-steel bracket to prevent electrochemical

2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36, 55 W

corrosion

2 x SOX / BY22d / 35, 55, 90 W

Installation

Freedom and ﬂexibility of mounting by means of

2 x SOX-E / BY22d / 26, 36, 66 W

quick-to-ﬁt suspension brackets and special proﬁles

1 x SOX / BY22d / 135, 180 W

over all sides of housing

1 x SOX-E / BY22d / 91, 131 W

Glass-ﬁber-reinforced polycarbonate knobs (1/4

Lamp included

turn) for tool-less opening and closing of the front

Gear and compensation

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 V / 50 Hz:

glass Quick-fastening devices for tool-less securing of

Parallel compensated (IC)

the optic and gear unit

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 Hz: Electronic (EB) for Master PL-L / QL and SOX(-

Plug-and-socket connection for cables to the optic

E) lamps

and gear unit

Optic

Range of beams for tunnel lighting (T1 to T10)

Cable gland and a terminal block for wires up to 3

Ignitor

Semi-parallel (SP)

or 5 x 16 mm2 per lamp

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST) Cable gland

Accessories

Cable gland 1 x PG 16 mm (1PG16)

Set of two tilt-adjustable brackets for wall

Cable gland 2 x PG 16 mm (2PG16)

mounting, ZRX209

Cable gland 4 x PG 16 mm (4PG16)

Set of two brackets for continuous line mounting,

Cable gland 1 x PG 21 mm (1PG21)

ZRX210

Cable gland 2 x PG 21 mm (2PG21)

Remarks

The luminaires are approved in accordance with

Main applications

Tunnels, underpasses

Cable gland 4 x PG 21 mm (4PG21) Options

Set of four brackets for ceiling mounting, ZRX208

IEC 60598-1/2-3

Dimming gear, self-stopping ignitor, fuse (10 x 38 mm2) and through-wiring Entrelec™ terminal block for 2 x 2.5 to 6 mm2

optional for SON-T lamps

wire with or without fuse 5 x 20 mm (optional) All units equipped with 230 V / 50 Hz gear. Other voltages and frequencies optional

3.94

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Tunlite

CRX202 CRX203

CRX206

CRX204 Tunlite CRX202 single-lamp counter-

Preferred selection

beam tunnel-lighting luminaire

Product ID

CRX202 SON-T400W IC T1 SP 2PG21 MB

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

18.00

402478 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Tunlite CRX203 double-lamp tunnel-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CRX203 2xSON-T400W IC T3 SP 2PG21 MB

23.00

402485 00

CRX203 2xPL-L55W EB T8 2PG21 MB

23.00

402492 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Tunlite CRX204 single-lamp tunnel-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CRX204 SON-T400W IC T2 SP 2PG21 MB

15.00

402508 00

CRX204 SON-T400W IC T3 SP 2PG21 MB

15.00

402515 00

CRX204 SON-T150W IC T4 SP 2PG21 MB

15.00

402522 00

CRX204 SON-T400W IC T5 SP 2PG21 MB

15.00

402539 00

CRX204 PL-L55W EB T8 2PG21 MB

15.00

402546 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.95

Tunlite

Tunlite CRX206 single-lamp tunnel-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

CRX206 2xSON-T400W IC T3 SP 2PG21 MB

29.00

402553 00

CRX206 2xPL-L55W EB T8 2PG21 MB

29.00

402560 00

CRX206 SOX180W IC T10 2PG21 MB

29.00

402577 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conďŹ gurations

3.96

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

Tunlite

Tool-less removable front glass

Entrelecâ&#x201E;˘ terminal block

Philips outdoor luminaires

Tool-less removable optic/gear unit

Easily accessible optical and gear

Terminal blocks

Mounting brackets for ceiling mounting

Mounting brackets for wall mounting

Mounting bracket for ceiling continuous

(ZRX208)

(ZRX209)

line mounting (ZRX210)

Road and tunnel lighting

3.97

Lighting management

3.98

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Lighting management

Road and tunnel lighting

Telemanagement with the new Starsense system: Starsense is a cost-effective telemanagement system for monitoring, controlling, metering and diagnosing outdoor lighting applications that saves energy, reduces maintenance costs and improves system reliability. The system is designed to remotely manage and control outdoor light points on highways, roads, streets, in residential areas and in other similar applications. It enables individual light points to be switched on or off at any given time, or to be set to any dimming level that the lamp allows. The light points can be grouped to react at the same time depending on their specific location and thus provide different levels depending on, for example, whether they are lighting a roundabout or a crossing. It is also possible to program different switching or dimming patterns depending on schedules or on the input of a weather sensor or traffic counter. Starsense implements the most advanced repeating technology, enabling other light points to repeat commands when necessary, thereby ensuring that all commands will reach their destination whatever the state of the power grid. Public lighting managers have long known that they could lower the operating costs of their systems if they could cost-effectively collect the critical data needed to make better planning and operational decisions. Starsense can achieve significant operating and energy cost savings while improving both the reliability and the quality of public lighting systems in combination with IP technology and the Internet. Starsense monitors the age and condition of every lamp, thus eliminating the guesswork inherent in conventional installations. Starsense can also be used to monitor failed lamps and report their location; maintenance costs can be minimized by considering the remaining life of nearby lamps that might be replaced during the same service call. Finally, data collected by Starsense to track the hours of illumination for each lamp can be used to claim warranty replacement, establish unbiased product and supplier selection criteria, and validate energy bills for the system. Architecture Starsense is based on the LonWorks® protocol over power lines. This is an open protocol which is fully CENELEC EN50065-1 compliant, is known to work in outdoor lighting telemanagement solutions and is also used by other companies, thus allowing our customers to choose between different solutions available in the market without having to worry about which technology to use.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.99

Lighting management

The Starsense system architecture consists of:

Outdoor Luminaire Controller (OLC) Either built into the luminaire or ﬁtted in the base of the pole, it switches and dims the lamp and detects lamp failures. It communicates to the Segment Controller via a power line and uses a 1-10 volt dimming signal as an interface to the electronic ballast and a relay to switch it on and off. The OLC has a digital input designed to connect to a photocell, enabling local control (switch on/off) when conﬁgured in this way.

Preferred selection Product ID

LLC7020/00

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

0.31

730868 99

Segment Controller (SC) Built into the feeder pillar, it controls a number of OLCs connected to the same power grid and gathers information from them to be sent when required to the remote PC via a TCP/IP connection. The SC also has two inputs and two outputs that can be used to interface to other devices in the cabinet, such as traffic counters or weather sensors. Integrated into the SC is the Starsense Configurator Software, which provides installers and integrators with easy-to-use Web applications for configuring the OLCs and SCs on site, without any special skills being required. Preferred selection Product ID

LFC7065

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

0.47

731841 00

Starsense Supervisor Software For monitoring and managing the data from the SCs. It collects, aggregates and ﬁlters data before storing them in a central and open database. It provides Facility Managers with Web applications for analyzing the data from this database in order to help them reduce maintenance costs and energy consumption and improve the lighting service. The Starsense Supervisor Software uses SOAP/XML commands, an open protocol to other asset management systems such as GIS (Geographical Information Systems) or billing systems.

3.100

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Lighting management

Road and tunnel lighting

Financial benefits • Savings through dimming • Low traffic dimming • Constant Light Output (CLO) • Virtual Power Output (VPO) • Daylight switching • Increased lifetime of components • Savings due to improved maintenance With feedback of information you have better forecasting and planning: • Improved group/spot replacement because no scouting is required • Predictive information about lamp failure • Only lamps that have reached group replacement time are replaced • Burning hours information can be used to manage guarantees Non-financial benefits • Green issue • Dimming = less light nuisance • Dimming = energy saving = lower consumption of fossil fuels • Less toxic lamp waste • Other • Crime prevention by ensuring lights always on • Saved maintenance time can be used for other purposes Suitable luminaires for Starsense • Iridium family • Modena • Koffer2 family • Other versions or other luminaires with Starsense available on request

Example: Iridium SGS254 SGS253 SON-T70W EB 230 II TP PC GR D6 SGS253 SON-T100W EB 230 II TP PC GR D6 SGS253 SON-T150W EB 230 II TP PC GR D6 Example: Modena SGP681 SGP681 MAC70W EB 230 II CR PC CO GR D6 SGP681 MAC100W EB 230 II CR PC CO GR D6 SGP681 MAC150W EB 230 II CR PC CO GR D6 Example: Koffer2 SGP SGP100 SON-T150W EB II ACF D6 SGP100 SON-T100W EB II ACF D6

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.101

Lighting management

3.102

Road and tunnel lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Lighting management

Road and tunnel lighting

Chronosense Chronosense allows energy savings by stand-alone step dimming without pilot cable; suitable for SON-T high-pressure sodium lamps. It is designed to work in combination with an external ignitor and standard electromagnetic ballast, coupled with an additional copper/iron dim coil, or tapped ballast. Chronosense can also be used in combination with a Dynavision driver (connected to the 1-10V input). Chronosense is not sold as an individual component, but is part of a luminaire. Main applications All applications that require dimming but for which no pilot cable is available: road and street lighting, residential and industrial areas, sports areas and tunnel lighting. Ideal for applications for which speciﬁc dimming periods must be set in different places. Features • Provides dimming when no pilot cable is available • Up to 35% energy savings • No additional equipment on the network is needed • Adaptable individual settings for dim down/up per luminaire • Setting by dip switches • For luminaires with lamp power up to 400 W • Intelligent: adapts to daylight-saving time • Built-in test mode • Dimming duration independent of the switch on/off times Installation • Chronosense is available inside many outdoor luminaires • Settings via dip switches directly on the component Suitable luminaires for Chronosense • Iridium family • Koffer2 family • Modena family • TrafﬁcVision • Other luminaires with Chronosense available only on request

Philips outdoor luminaires

Road and tunnel lighting

3.103

Architectural lighting

Familieheading LL

Build your city identity Identifying landmarks is an important step in developing a comprehensive approach to the urban environment. Lighting a building, a monument or a speciďŹ c architectural feature contributes to the identity of a city, town or village. It also creates a marker for orientation. Whether you are working on a single building or an entire masterplan, Philips Lighting can offer state-of-the-art technologies and solutions, backed up by more than a century of lighting application expertise.

4.2

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Vert Architectural balk tekstlighting rechts

Familieheading RL

OLAC, Lyon, France

Explore the opportunities The Philips Outdoor Lighting Application Center (OLAC), based near Lyon in France, is the only facility of its kind anywhere in the world. This unique life-sized city environment is a test-bed where designers, architects and city officials can experience how light can improve the quality of urban life. It offers access to Philips’ world-class expertise and application know-how in the field of outdoor lighting and city beautification. Allow us to demonstrate how innovative lighting can add an extra dimension to architecture. To visit the OLAC, please contact your local Philips representative.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.3

4.4

Architectural lighting

Octavio Frias de Oliveira bridge - Sao Paulo, Brazil Architect: Joao Valente Lighting design: PlĂnio Godoy

Architectural lighting

Transform your world Philips transforms environments through new, dynamic uses of light. Our lighting systems and technologies apply the beneďŹ ts of LED lighting, a highly efďŹ cient, long-lasting, environmentally friendly and inherently digital source of illumination, thus reinventing light itself as a highly controllable medium. For applications of color and color-changing light, Philips offers a growing line of ďŹ xtures, controllers and power/data supplies for diverse installations. Our systems mean color can now be used in places where this was previously impossible or cost-prohibitive, enabling ordinary walls to be transformed into animated, customizable surfaces that can change the entire mood of a space at the push of a button. For more information see the scene setting controls section of this chapter on page 4.69.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.5

Selection guide â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Architectural lighting

Luminaire

Type

Page

Ingress

Gear

Insulation

SON (-T)

protection

integrated (i)

class

PLUS

(IP value)

separate (s)

SDW-T

HAL PAR

Halogen

Flood lighting: LEDline2 BCS710/713/716/719/722

4.16

BBS713/716

4.20

BVS733

4.24

BCP470

4.28

BCP461

4.30

BCP460

4.32

BCP431

4.35

BCP731/732/733

4.38

65*1/66*2

I*1/II/III*2

BBP731/732/733/741/

4.40

I/II

BCP725

4.44

I/II

BCP466

4.48

BCP494

4.51

BCP468

4.56

III

BGC490

4.60

BGC491

4.61

BGC480

4.63

VWS

4.67

Color Blast 12 Powercore

Color Blast 12

Color Blast 6

iW Blast 12 Powercore

LEDflood

742/743 Beamer LED

Color Burst 6

iColor Accent Powercore

C-Splash 2

iColor Flex SL/SLX

eW Flex SLX

dTube

4.6

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Selection guide – Architectural lighting

Type

Page

CDM

CDM-R

CDM-TD MHN-TD

HPI-T

(-T/TT/TSA)

High/Low

Incan-

CPO-

(-C/E/T)

power

descent

TW/TG

CDM-Tm SDW-TG

Architectural lighting

LEDs

• • •

•

4.40

•

BCP725

4.44

•

BCP466

4.48

•

BCP494

4.51

•

BCP468

4.56

•

BGC490

4.60

4.61

• •

BGC491

BGC480

4.63

•

VWS

4.67

•

BCS710/713/716/719/722

4.16

BBS713/716

4.20

BVS733

4.24

BCP470

4.28

BCP461

4.30

BCP460

4.32

BCP431

4.35

BCP731/732/733

4.38

BBP731/732/733/741/

742/743

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.7

Selection guide – Architectural lighting

Luminaire

Type

Page

Ingress

Gear

Insulation

SON (-T)

protection

integrated (i)

class

PLUS

SDW-T

HAL PAR

Halogen

(IP value)

separate (s)

PROflood DCP608

4.80

MVF605

4.92

-/s

•

MVF606

4.94

I/II

•

MVF607

4.96

I/II

• •

MVF616

4.98

I/II

•

MVF617

4.102

I/II

•

Decoflood

MVF619

4.104

I/II

DWP603

4.106

I/II/III

•

DWP604

4..106

I/II

• •

DBP521

4.116

I/II

•

DBP522

4.118

I/II

DBP523

4.120

I/II

DBC270/271

4.128

•

DWP201

4.132

DWP211

4.132

HWP200

4.134

HWP201

4.134

HWP100

4.136

HWP101

4.136

HWP102

4.136

HWP103

4.136

HWP104

4.136

BBC211

4.139

III

BBC206

4.140

III

BBC212

4.141

BBG300

4.144

BBG310

4.145

BBG320

4.146

BBG301

4.144

III

BBG311

4.145

III

BBG321

4.146

III

Decoscene

Amazon

EFix Grazer Light

EFix Step Light

EFix Step Marker

Amazon LED

Marker LED

4.8

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Selection guide – Architectural lighting

Type

Page

CDM

CDM-R

CDM-TD MHN-TD

HPI-T

(-T/TT/TSA)

High/Low

Incan-

CPO-

(-C/E/T)

power

descent

TW/TG

CDM-Tm SDW-TG

Architectural lighting

LEDs

DCP608

4.80

•

MVF605

4.92

•

MVF606

4.94

MVF607

4.96

• •

MVF616

4.98

•

MVF617

4.102

•

• •

MVF619

4.104

• •

DWP603

4.106

DWP604

4..106

DBP521

4.116

•

DBP522

4.118

4.120

• •

DBP523

• •

•

DBC270/271

4.128

•

DWP201

4.132

• •

DWP211

HWP200

4.134

•

HWP201

4.134

•

• • •

• • • • • •

HWP100

4.136

HWP101

4.136

HWP102

4.136

HWP103

4.136

HWP104

4.136

• • • • •

BBC211

4.139

BBC206

4.140

BBC212

4.141

BBG300

4.144

BBG310

4.145

BBG320

4.146

BBG301

4.144

BBG311

4.145

BBG321

4.146

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.9

Selection guide â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Architectural lighting

Luminaire

Type

Page

Ingress

Gear

Insulation

SON (-T)

protection

integrated (i)

class

PLUS

(IP value)

separate (s)

SDW-T

HAL PAR

Halogen

Underwater LED BCB450

4.150

III

BCB451

4.151

III

BBB450

4.154

III

BBB451

4.155

III

BCC103

4.158

BCC106

4.158

BCC109

4.158

BCC112

4.158

BCC200

4.161

44/66

BCP310

4.163

III

BCP315

4.163

III

Contour Batten LED

Flex LED NG

Lattis LED

*1 Gear box *2 Optical module

4.10

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Selection guide – Architectural lighting

Type

Page

CDM

CDM-R

CDM-TD MHN-TD

HPI-T

(-T/TT/TSA)

High/Low

Incan-

CPO-

(-C/E/T)

power

descent

TW/TG

CDM-Tm SDW-TG

BCB450

4.150

BCB451

4.151

• • • •

Architectural lighting

LEDs

BBB450

4.154

BBB451

4.155

BCS103

4.158

BCS106

4.158

BCS109

4.158

BCS112

4.158

• • • •

BCG200

4.161

•

BCP310

4.163

• •

BCP315

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.11

4.12

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

ColorReach™ Powercore, extremely powerful Achieving Dynamic Effects in extremely large exterior projections – creating impressive illuminations ColorReach Powercore combines unprecedented output and digital control to make LED sources viable for even the largest exterior transformations. With more than 5000 lumens of output and up to 150 meter light projection, ColorReach Powercore brings saturated color and dynamic effects to large buildings and monuments. ColorReach Powercore uses Powercore® technology to directly accept line voltage, eliminating the need for external power supplies and simplifying installation. ColorReach Powercore can be controlled via a wide range of DMX512- compatible controllers.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.13

LEDlineÂ˛

4.14

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

LEDline2 – composing with light LEDline2 is a high-performance linear grazing light creating color-changing effects and seamless curtains of light. Available in a wide range of colors, optics and forms the linearity of LEDline2 complements the geometry of the architecture transforming light into objects. The new white color variations with LUXEON®K2 LEDs, from cool to warm white, are ideal for enhancing architecture or facades and buildings with high-quality white light. For detailed accent lighting applications, such as ornaments or window niches, the new 150 mm MiniLEDline2 offers maximum lighting ﬂexibility. A new crossbeam version is available for creating luminance effects on facades. For dynamic and scene setting applications a wide choice of controls can be used with LEDline2. Overall LEDline2 range offers easy installation by featuring DMX/RDM protocol and various connectors, cables lengths and mounting brackets. www.philips.com/lighting

LEDline², surface-mounted version

Philips outdoor luminaires

LEDline², recessed version

LEDline², ﬂood version

Architectural lighting

4.15

LEDline², surface-mounted

LEDline2, surface-mounted Type

BCS710 (150 mm length, 6 x LEDs version)

XLR connector (X-HD series, 5 poles, IP65)

BCS713 (300 mm length, 12 x LEDs version)

Options (in

BCS716/722 static mains throughwiring: Wieland

BCS716 (600 mm length, 6 x 60º wide beam LEDs

conﬁgurator)

connector (GESIS IP + RST 20i3)

version)

Leader cables (1/2/3/5 m length)

BCS716 (600 mm length, 24 x LEDs version) BCS719 (900 mm length, 36 x LEDs version)

Light source

Housing: anodized aluminum, extruded

BCS722 (1200 mm length, 12 x 60º wide beam

End caps: polycarbonate (grey)

LEDs version)

Flush and clear front cover: PMMA

BCS722 (1200 mm length, 48 x LEDs version)

Bracket: anodized aluminum, extruded

LUXEON I: cool white, amber, red, green, blue LUXEON® K2: warm white, neutral white

Light color

Glow wire acrylic 650º or polycarbonate 850º Materials and ﬁnishing

Screws: electro-zinc-plated steel Color

red (RD), cool white (CW), neutral white (NW),

Silver grey Other RAL colors available on request

Mono-color: blue (BL), amber (AM), green (GN), Installation

Wall and surface mounting

warm white (WW)

Optical module ﬁxed in position by universal and

BCS716/719/722: tri-color: amber, white, blue

tiltable bracket

(AWB), red, green, blue (RGB)

Tilt wall mounted: 315º

Power supply

220-240 V AC / 50-60 Hz (integrated gear)

Tilt surface mounted: 30º

Optic

Narrow beam: 6º

Cool touch glass temperature 50ºC Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Medium beam: 30º Wide beam: 60º

Lifetime

Wide beam crosswise: 60º

required

Asymmetric beam: 90º x [-7º ; + 43º] (I max at 36º)

Optical module sealed for life; no internal cleaning 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Accessories

Mounting brackets (100/150/200 mm)

Driver/electronic

DALI/1-10V protocol (mono-colors)

Jumper cables mains (1, 2 m)

interface

DMX/RDM protocol (RGB, AWB, neutral and

Mounting frame BVS733

Controls

ColourChaser Touch: DMX/RDM

warm white)

Termination block DMX with XLR5 connector Remarks

ColourChaser DMX144: DMX ColourChaser Wheel: DMX

Thermal management system to ensure long lifetime

Main applications

iPlayer3: DMX

Architectural outdoor (ﬂoodlighting, wallwashing, grazing)

MutliDim DALI/ 1-10V (note: DALI/1-10V version does not store DALIscenes)

A BCS710

156

BCS713

304

BCS716

594

BCS719

884

BCS722

1174

BCS710/713/716/719/722 LEDline² BCS710 surface-mounted

Preferred selection

architectural ﬂood-lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCS710 6xLED-LXN/CW 6

0.72

678796 00

BCS710 6xLED-LXN/CW 60

0.72

678802 00

BCS710 6xLED-K2/NW 60

0.72

678789 00

BCS710 6xLED-K2/WW 6

0.72

678758 00

BCS710 6xLED-K2/WW 60

0.72

678765 00

with 6 LEDs

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.16

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

LEDline² BCS713 surface-mounted

Preferred selection

architectural ﬂood-lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCS713 12xLED-K2/NW 60

0.96

678840 00

BCS713 12xLED-K2/WW 6

0.99

678819 00

BCS713 12xLED-K2/WW 60

0.96

678826 00

BCS713 12xLED-LXN/WH 6

0.93

714141 00

BCS713 12xLED-LXN/WH 60

0.96

714172 00

BCS713 12xLED-LXN/BL 6

0.93

714202 00

BCS713 12xLED-LXN/BL 60

0.96

714233 00

BCS713 12xLED-LXN/AM 6

0.93

714387 00

BCS713 12xLED-LXN/AM 60

0.96

714417 00

with 12 LEDs

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

LEDLine² BCS716 surface-mounted

Preferred selection

architectural ﬂood-lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCS716 24xLED-K2/NW 60

1.70

678888 00

BCS716 24xLED-K2/WW 6

1.66

678857 00

with 6 or 24 LEDs

BCS716 24xLED-K2/WW 60

1.70

678864 00

BCS716 24xLED-K2/WW 60 DMX

2.06

678925 00

BCS716 24xLED-LXN/CW 6 DMX

502.00

678956 00

BCS716 24xLED-K2/NW 60 DMX

2.06

678949 00

BCS716 24xLED-LXN/CW 60 DMX

502.05

678963 00

BCS716 24xLED-LXN/RGB 30 DMX

2.33

679816 00

BCS716 24xLED-LXN/AWB 30 DMX

2.06

679823 00

BCS716 24xLED-LXN/RGB 60 DMX

2.06

679830 00

BCS716 24xLED-LXN/AWB 60 DMX

2.06

679847 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

LEDline² BCS719 surface-mounted

Preferred selection

architectural ﬂood-lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCS719 36xLED-K2/WW 6

2.58

678994 00

BCS719 36xLED-K2/WW 60

2.65

679007 00

BCS719 36xLED-K2/NW 60

2.65

679021 00

BCS719 36xLED-LXN/CW 6

2.58

679038 00

BCS719 36xLED-LXN/CW 60

2.65

679045 00

BCS719 36xLED-LXN/RGB 30 DMX

2.76

679939 00

BCS719 36xLED-LXN/AWB 30 DMX

2.76

679946 00

BCS719 36xLED-LXN/RGB 60 DMX

2.76

679953 00

BCS719 36xLED-LXN/AWB 60 DMX

2.76

679960 00

with 36 LEDs

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.17

Architectural lighting

LEDline², surface-mounted

LEDline² BCS722 surface-mounted

Preferred selection

architectural ﬂood-lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCS722 48xLED-K2/WW 6

3.22

679052 00

BCS722 48xLED-K2/WW 60

3.31

679069 00

with 12 or 48 LEDs

BCS722 12xLED-K2/WW 60

2.80

679090 00

BCS722 48xLED-LXN/CW 6 DMX

503.32

679151 00

BCS722 48xLED-LXN/CW 6 DMX

503.42

679168 00

BCS722 48xLED-LXN/RGB 30 DMX

3.43

679854 00

BCS722 48xLED-LXN/AWB 30 DMX

3.43

679861 00

BCS722 48xLED-LXN/RGB 60 DMX

3.43

679878 00

BCS722 48xLED-LXN/AWB 60 DMX

3.43

679885 00

BCS722 48xLED-K2/NW 60

3.31

679083 00

BCS722 48xLED-K2/WW 60 DMX

3.43

679120 00

BCS722 48xLED-K2/NW 60 DMX

3.43

679144 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Mounting bracket Product ID

EOC

ZCS711 MB L71 W100

679670 00

ZCS711 MB L260 W150

679687 00

ZCS711 MB L260 W200

679694 00

ZVS733 MFRM

679748 00

Product ID

Description

ZCS711 TB-XLR5

Termination Block for DMX line with XLR5 connectors

679700 00

ZCS711 C1000W

Through Wiring Extension Cable 1 m

679311 00

ZCS711 C2000W

Through Wiring Extension Cable 2 m

679328 00

Wall and surface mounting possibilities

4.18

Architectural lighting

EOC

Wall and surface mounting possibilities: uplighting or downlighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

LEDlineÂ˛, surface-mounted

Chelsea Bridge, London, United Kingdom Lighting design: Atkins Odin Philips outdoor luminaires

Photography: Newbery Architectural Smith lighting Photography 4.19

LEDline², recessed

LEDline2, recessed Type

BBS713 (300 mm length, 12 x LEDs version) BBS716 (600 mm length, 24 x LEDs version)

Recessing box and cover:sheet steel

Light source

LUXEON® I: cool white, amber, red, green, blue

Flush tempered front glass with dark-grey screen

LUXEON® K2: warm white, neutral white

print and transparent optical window

Mono-color: blue (BL), amber (AM), green (GN),

Bracket: anodized aluminum

Light color

Materials and ﬁnishing

red (RD), cool white (CW), neutral white (NW),

Housing: cast aluminum

Frame and screws: stainless steel

warm white (WW)

Color

Black painted

BBS716: tri-color: amber, white, blue (AWB), red,

Installation

Wall- and in-ground mounting

green, blue (RGB)

Supplied with sheet-metal recessing box and cover

Power supply

220-240 V AC / 50-60 Hz (integrated gear)

for ground or wall preparation: ﬂush luminaire

Optic

Narrow beam: 6º

Suitable for permanent installation in ground with

Medium beam: 30º

drainage system

Wide beam: 60º

Internal optical unit tiltable: 10º

Wide beam crosswise: 60º

Cool touch glass temperature: 50ºC

Asymmetric beam: 90º x [-7º ; + 43º] (I max at

Optimal distance wall/optical unit: 150 to 300 mm

36º)

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Driver/electronic

DALI/1-10V protocol (mono-colors)

interface

DMX/RDM protocol (RGB, AWB, neutral and

Lifetime

required

warm white) Controls

Optical module sealed for life; no internal cleaning 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

ColourChaser Touch: DMX/RDM

Static load

500 kg

ColourChaser DMX144: DMX

Accessories

Termination block DMX with XLR5 connector

ColourChaser Wheel: DMX

Remarks

Thermal management system to ensure long

iPlayer3: DMX MutliDim DALI/ 1-10V

lifetime Main applications

(note: DALI/1-10V version does not store

Architectural outdoor (ﬂoodlighting, wallwashing, grazing)

DALIscenes) Options (in

XLR connector (X-HD series, 5 poles, IP65)

conﬁgurator)

Leader cables (1/2/3/5 m length)

A BBS713

432

BBS716

722

BBS713/716 LEDline² BBS713 recessed architectural

Preferred selection

ﬂood-lighting luminaire with 12 LEDs

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BBS713 12xLED-LXN/BL 6

7.48

715384 00

BBS713 12xLED-LXN/RD 6

0.99

715445 00

BBS713 12xLED-LXN/GN 6

7.48

715506 00

BBS713 12xLED-LXN/AM 6

7.48

715568 00

BBS713 12xLED-K2/WW 30

7.50

679199 00

BBS713 12xLED-LXN/CW 30

7.50

679212 00

BBS713 12xLED-K2/NW 30

7.50

679205 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.20

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

LEDline² BBS716 recessed architectural

Preferred selection

ﬂood-lighting luminaire with 24 LEDs

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BBS716 24xLED-LXN/WH 6

12.20

715629 00

BBS716 24xLED-LXN/BL 6

12.20

715681 00

BBS716 24xLED-LXN/RD 6

12.20

715742 00

BBS716 24xLED-LXN/GN 6

12.20

715803 00

BBS716 24xLED-LXN/AM 6

12.20

715865 00

BBS716 24xLED-K2/WW 30

12.24

679229 00

BBS716 24xLED-LXN/CW 30

12.24

679243 00

BBS716 24xLED-K2/NW 30

12.24

679236 00

BBS716 24xLED-LXN/RGB 30 DMX

12.96

679250 00

BBS716 24xLED-LXN/RGB 60 DMX

12.96

679267 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Recessed mounting box for LEDline²

Recessed mounting box for LEDline²

BBS713

BBS716

Product ID ZCS713 RMB

BBS713/716, exploded view

Philips outdoor luminaires

EOC

Product ID

715988 00

EOC

ZCS716 RMB

715995 00

Optical module tilt

Architectural lighting

4.21

Architectural lighting

LEDline², recessed

4.22

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting Buckingham Palace, London, United Kingdom Philips outdoor luminaires

Photography: Architectural Edmund lighting Summer 4.23

LEDline², ﬂood

LEDline2, ﬂood Type

BVS733 (3 x 300 mm length, 3 x 12 = 36 LEDs

Options (in conﬁgurator)

Glow wire acrylic 650º or polycarbonate 850º

version)

Color

Silver grey

Light source

LUXEON® I: cool white, amber, red, green, blue

Installation

Light color

Wall mounting for up- and downlighting

LUXEON® K2: warm white, neutral white

(up to 8 m)

Mono-color: blue (BL), amber (AM), green (GN),

Three independent optical modules ﬁxed together

red (RD), cool white (CW), neutral white (NW),

within a bracket

warm white (WW)

Modules can be tilted separately +/- 15º

Power supply

220-240 V AC / 50-60 Hz (integrated gear)

Adjustable bracket from 400 to 700 mm

Optic

Narrow beam: 6º

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Driver/electronic

DALI/1-10 V protocol

Lifetime

interface

Optical module sealed for life; no internal cleaning required

Controls

MutliDim DALI/ 1-10V (note: DALI/1-10V version does not store DALIscenes)

Materials and ﬁnishing

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance) Remarks

Housing: anodized aluminum, extruded End caps: polycarbonate

Thermal management system to ensure long lifetime

Main applications

Architectural outdoor (ﬂoodlighting)

Flush and clear front cover: PMMA Bracket: anodized aluminum, extruded Screws: electro-zinc-plated steel

BVS733 LEDline² BVS733 architectural ﬂood-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with cluster of three

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BVS733 36xLED-LXN/BL 6

6.83

715957 00

BVS733 36xLED-LXN/BL 6 D10

7.09

715971 00

modules

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.24

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

LEDlineÂ˛, ďŹ&#x201A;ood

Arctura, Ostersund, Sweden. Lighting design: Stefan Wiktorsson, LjusDesign AB. Philips outdoor luminaires

Photography: Stefan Gemzell; Mats Architectural Aldefelt,lighting SWECO FFNS 4.25

ColorBlast 12 Powercore

4.26

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

ColorBlast – shaping dynamic ambience The ColorBlast offers a wide range of wall-washing effects with rich, saturated colors and color changing effects. These compact, high-performance LEDbased units offer ease and flexibility of installation, operational efficiency and outstanding control. They are sufficiently robust to withstand the demands of a wide range of indoor and outdoor applications and can be controlled by a Philips controller or a DMX512-compatible third-party controller. The ColorBlast 12 Powercore offers high performance, operational efficiency and simplified installation. Powercore® technology integrates power and data management directly into the product and eliminates the need for an external power supply. The ColorBlast 12 Powercore offers a choice of three different beams and is suitable for a wide variety of indoor and outdoor applications. www.philips.com/lighting

ColorBlast 12 Powercore BCP470

Philips outdoor luminaires

ColorBlast 12 BCP461

ColorBlast 6 BCP460

Architectural lighting

4.27

ColorBlast 12 Powercore

ColorBlast 12 Powercore Type

BCP470

Color

Black (BK) or white (WH)

Light source

36 x LED-HB

Installation

Surface mounting

Light color

Red, green, blue (RGB)

Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Power supply

100 - 240 V AC / 50 - 60 Hz

Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Power consumption

Max. 50 W

Locking base swivel: after-installation rotation up to

Optic

Narrow beam angle 8º

350º rotation

Narrow beam angle 10º (clear lens)

Locking ﬁxture rotation: 110º

Medium beam angle 23º (ground lens) Controls

Lifetime Remarks

controllers Materials and ﬁnishing

50,000 hours at 50ºC (complies with IES LM-7908)

Compatible with full line of Philips DMX

Data enabler, controls equipment and cables to

Housing: die-cast aluminum

be ordered separately. See also Technical overview

Cover: tempered glass, clear or soft-focus

– data enablers page 4.72 Main applications

Architectural outdoor (ﬂoodlighting) and indoor

BCP470 ColorBlast 12 Powercore BCP470

Preferred selection

surface-mounted LED ﬁxture with

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP470 36xLED-HB/RGB 100-240V 23 BK DMX

3.00

711462 99

BCP470 36xLED-HB/RGB 100-240V 10 BK DMX

3.00

711509 99

BCP470 36xLED-HB/RGB 100-240V 6 BK DMX

3.00

711547 99

narrow or medium-beam optic

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

ColorBlast 12 Powercore BCP470

Preferred selection

surface-mounted LED ﬁxture with

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP470 36xLED-HB/RGB 100-240V 23 WH DMX

3.00

711455 99

BCP470 36xLED-HB/RGB 100-240V 10 WH DMX

3.00

711493 99

BCP470 36xLED-HB/RGB 100-240V 6 WH DMX

3.00

711530 99

narrow or medium-beam optic

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.28

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

ColorBlast 12 Powercore

Biloxi Hard Rock Hotel and Casino, Biloxi, Mississippi, USA. Lighting design: Jon Champelli, SHOP 12 and 4Wall Entertainment Lighting

Front view

Philips outdoor luminaires

Side view

Rear view

Aiming the ďŹ xture

Architectural lighting

4.29

ColorBlast 12 BCP461

ColorBlast 12 Type

BCP461

Color

Black (BK) or white (WH)

Light source

36 x LED-HB

Installation

Surface mounting

Light color

Red, green, blue (RGB)

Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Power supply

24 V DC

Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Power consumption

Max. 50 W

Locking base swivel: after-installation rotation up to

Optic

Narrow beam angle 10º

350º rotation

Medium beam angle 23º

Locking ﬁxture rotation: 110º

Controls

Compatible with full line of Philips DMX

Lifetime

Materials and ﬁnishing

50,000 hours at 50ºC (complies with IES LM-7908)

controllers Housing: die-cast aluminum

Remarks

Power/data supply enabler, controls equipment and cables to be ordered separately. See also Technical

Cover: tempered glass, clear or soft-focus

overview – data enablers page 4.72 Main applications

Architectural outdoor (ﬂoodlighting) and indoor

BCP461 ColorBlast 12 BCP461 surface-

Preferred selection

mounted LED ﬁxture with narrow or

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP461 36xLED-HB/RGB 24V 23 WH

3.50

711042 99

BCP461 36xLED-HB/RGB 24V 10 WH

3.50

711066 99

medium-beam optic

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

ColorBlast 12 BCP461 surface-

Preferred selection

mounted LED ﬁxture with narrow or

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP461 36xLED-HB/RGB 24V 23 BK

3.50

711059 99

BCP461 36xLED-HB/RGB 24V 10 BK

3.50

711073 99

medium-beam optic

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.30

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

ColorBlast 12 BCP461

Philips outdoor luminaires

Crown Fountain at Millennium Architectural Park, lighting Chicago, IL,4.31 USA. Lighting Design: Schuler Shook

ColorBlast 6 BCP460

ColorBlast 6 Type

BCP460

Color

Black (BK) or white (WH)

Light source

18 x LED-HB

Installation

Surface mounting

Light color

Red, green, blue (RGB)

Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Power supply

24 V DC

Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Power consumption

Max. 25 W

Locking base swivel: after-installation rotation up to

Optic

Narrow beam angle 10º

350º rotation

Medium beam angle 23º

Locking ﬁxture rotation: 110º

Controls

Compatible with full line of Philips DMX

Lifetime

Materials and ﬁnishing

50,000 hours at 50ºC (complies with IES LM-7908)

controllers Housing: die-cast aluminum

Remarks

Power/data supply enabler, controls equipment and cables to be ordered separately. See also Technical

Cover: tempered glass

overview – data enablers page 4.72 Main applications

Architectural outdoor (accentlighting) and indoor

BCP460 ColorBlast 6 BCP460 surface-mounted

Preferred selection

LED ﬁxture with narrow or medium-

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP460 18xLED-HB/RGB 24V 23 WH

2.95

711080 99

BCP460 18xLED-HB/RGB 24V 10 WH

2.95

711103 99

beam optic

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

ColorBlast 6 BCP460 surface-mounted

Preferred selection

LED ﬁxture with narrow or medium-

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP460 18xLED-HB/RGB 24V 23 BK

2.95

711097 99

BCP460 18xLED-HB/RGB 24V 10 BK

2.95

711110 99

beam optic

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.32

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

ColorBlast 6 BCP460

CN Tower, Toronto, Canada. Philips outdoor luminaires

Photography: Architectural lighting George Fischer. 4.33

iW Blast iW Blast – rich wall-washing effects The iW Blast family delivers color-temperature-controllable, high-quality white light with fixture-to-fixture color consistency, that is well suited for enhancing architectural detail, as well as a number of indoor applications (i.e. theatrical stage, and studio lighting). iW Blast 12 Powercore features Powercore® technology, which integrates power and data management directly into the product and eliminates the need for an external power supply. This robust, high-performance white-light system offers outstanding operational efficiency and simplified installation, as well as excellent control with any Philips iW controller. www.philips.com/lighting

4.34

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

iW Blast 12 Powercore BCP431

BCP431

Color

Black (BK) or white (WH)

Light source

30 x LED-HB

Installation

Surface mounting

Light color

White, tunable 3000 - 6500 K

Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Power supply

100 - 240 V AC / 50 - 60 Hz

Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Power consumption

50 W at 110 - 240 V AC (60 W at 100 V AC)

Locking base swivel: after-installation rotation up to

Optic

Narrow beam angle 18º

350º rotation

Medium beam angle 24º

Locking ﬁxture rotation: 110º

Controls

Compatible with full line of Philips DMX

Lifetime

Materials and ﬁnishing

50,000 hours at 50ºC (complies with IES LM-7908)

controllers Housing: die-cast aluminum

Remarks

Data enabler, controls equipment and cables to be ordered separately. See also Technical overview

Cover: tempered glass

– data enablers page 4.72 Main applications

Architectural outdoor (ﬂoodlighting) and indoor

BCP431 iW Blast 12 Powercore BCP431

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP431 30xLED-HB/WH-3000-6500 24 WH

2.30

711868 99

BCP431 30xLED-HB/WH-3000-6500 18 WH

2.30

711882 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

iW Blast 12 Powercore BCP431

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP431 30xLED-HB/WH-3000-6500 24 BK

2.30

711875 99

BCP431 30xLED-HB/WH-3000-6500 18 BK

2.30

711899 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.35

Architectural lighting

iW Blast 12 Powercore Type

LEDďŹ&#x201A;ood

4.36

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

LEDflood – enhancing structures LEDflood is a distinctive outdoor floodlight range for illuminating and enhancing structures with light. LEDflood can be used to floodlight facades, statues, columns or trees. Also it can be used to accentuate architectural details with light. Each LED is fitted with high-efficiency collimating optics, ensuring precise light distribution and uniform illuminance. The control platform for LEDflood is DMX, enabling dynamic light and ease of installation. The bi-, and tri-color combination deliver the full range of colors from saturated to pastels, revealing the beauty of the architectural material used. LEDflood comes in two distinct versions. LEDflood surface mounted, is available in various beams to create different light effects from spot to line. In combination with a Zoomspot system the spotbeam can be adjusted within one single floodlight to suit the application best. Flexible aiming ensures freedom of installation. LEDflood is suitable for wall and surface. LEDflood recessed, integrates seamlessly into architectures, by a choice of different frames flush into the ground. It offers different beams within one floodlight and an optimal optical aiming adjustment. www.philips.com/lighting

LEDﬂood BCP731 surface-mounted version

Philips outdoor luminaires

LEDﬂood BBP751 recessed version

Architectural lighting

4.37

LEDﬂood surface-mounted version

LEDﬂood Type

BCP731 (mono-color, surface-mounted version)

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: die-cast aluminum (anodic silver grey RAL

BCP732 (bi-color, surface-mounted version)

9006)

BCP733 (tri-color, surface-mounted version)

Cover: tempered glass with silver screen print

Light source

9 x LUXEON® K2 LEDs

around optic (anodic grey RAL 9006)

Light color

Mono-color: red (RD), amber (AM), green (GN),

Optics: collimating lenses in methacrylate

blue (BL), white (WH)

Frame: brushed stainless steel

Bi-color: white/blue (WH/BL), white/amber (WH/

Remote gearbox: die-cast aluminum (anodic silver

AM), blue/green (BL/GN) Tri-color: red, green, blue (RGB), amber, white, blue

grey paint RAL 9006) Color

(AWB) Power supply

230-240 V AC / 50-60Hz (with remote gearbox)

Optic

With Zoomspot: 6 up to 30º (6-30), all versions

Other RAL colors (for housing) available on request Installation

Without Zoomspot: 6º (6), mono- and bi-color

Drivers

Wall- and surface mounting Flexible positioning and aiming:

versions

Vertical axis adjustment: -67.5 to + 67.5º

Linear vertical ﬁxed prisms 8 to 60º (P-LIN-V), all

Horizontal axis adjustment: -170 to +170º

versions

Cable included: type HO7RNF 3 x 0.5 mm2, length

Linear horizontal ﬁxed prisms 8 to 60º (P-LIN-H),

all versions

Zoomspot beam externally adjustable

Driver/electronic interface DMX/ RDM protocol (with remote driver)

Controls

Anodic silver grey (RAL 9006)

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC Lifetime

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Main applications

Architectural outdoor

ColourChaser Touch: DMX/RDM ColourChaser DMX144: DMX

Thermal management system for long lifetime

ColourChaser Wheel: DMX linear prisms

iPlayer3: DMX

BCP733 RGB/AWB

BCP731 AM, GN, BL, WH, RD; BCP732 WH/ AM, BL/GN

4.38

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Adjustment possibilities

Philips outdoor luminaires

LEDﬂood surface mounted BCP731

Preferred selection

architectural ﬂood-lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP731 LED-K2/WH EB I 6 SI C3000

4.90

505269 00

BCP731 LED-K2/WH EB I 6-30 SI C3000

5.30

505283 00

BCP731 LED-K2/BL EB I 6 SI DMX C3000

4.90

505313 00

BCP731 LED-K2/AM EB I 6-30 SI C3000

5.30

505412 00

BCP731 LED-K2/WH EB I P-LIN-V SI C3000

4.80

506334 00

BCP731 LED-K2/BL EB I P-LIN-V SI C3000

4.80

506341 00

BCP732 LED-K2/WH/AM EB I 6-30 SI DMX C3K

5.30

505436 00

BCP732 LED-K2/WH/BL EB I 6-30 SI DMX C3K

5.30

505450 00

BCP733 LED-K2/RGB EB I 6-30 SI DMX C3000

5.30

505481 00

BCP733 LED-K2/AWB EB I 6-30 SI DMX C3000

5.30

505498 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Architectural lighting

4.39

Architectural lighting

LEDﬂood surface-mounted version

LEDFlood recessed version

LEDﬂood Type

BBP731/741/751 (mono-color, recessed versions)

Controls

ColourChaser Touch: DMX/RDM

BBP732/742/752 (bi-color, recessed versions)

ColourChaser DMX144: DMX

BBP733/743/753 (tri-color, recessed versions)

ColourChaser Wheel: DMX

Light source

9 x LUXEON® K2 LEDs

iPlayer3: DMX

Light color

Mono-color: red (RD), amber (AM), green (GN),

Materials and ﬁnishing

Recessing box and cover: sheet steel

Bi-color: white/blue (WH/BL), white/amber (WH/

Cover: die-cast aluminum

AM), blue/green (BL/GN)

Frame: stainless steel (BBP741/742/743) or

Tri-color: red, green, blue (RGB), amber, white, blue

aluminum frame (BBP731/732/733) (0 mm, ﬂush)

(AWB)

Mask: stainless steel (BBP751/752/753) (3 mm, not

Power supply

230-240 V AC / 50-60Hz

Optic

Narrow beam 10º (NB), tilt adjustable +/-22º

ﬂush) Installation

Medium beam 26º (MB), tilt adjustable +/-17º Linear beam angle 8 - 34º (LIN8-34), tilt adjustable

In recessing box, delivered with the luminaire Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Lifetime

+/-8º

Drivers

Housing: die-cast aluminum

blue (BL), white (WH)

50,000 hrs (70% lumen maintenance) Thermal management system for long lifetime

Asymmetrical elliptical beam -19º, +14º / 104º (A),

Remarks

Cool-touch glass temperature 50ºC

no tilt

Main applications

Architectural outdoor

DMX/ RDM protocol

BBP731/732/733/741/742/743 LEDﬂood recessed BBP731/732/733

Preferred selection

architectural ﬂood-lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BBP731 LED-K2/WH I MB SI C2000

9.37

603255 00

BBP731 LED-K2/WH I A SI C2000

9.30

603248 00

BBP732 LED-K2/WH/BL II MB GR DMX C2000

9.37

607000 00

BBP733 LED-K2/RGB II MB GR DMX C2000

9.37

607130 00

with gray aluminum frame

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

LEDﬂood recessed BBP741/742/743

Preferred selection

architectural ﬂood-lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BBP742 LED-K2/WH/BL I NB DMX C2000

9.87

603385 00

BBP742 LED-K2/WH/AM II MB DMX C2000

9.87

603422 00

BBP743 LED-K2/RGB I A DMX C2000

9.81

603446 00

BBP743 LED-K2/AWB II LIN8-34 DMX C2000

9.87

603538 00

with stainless-steel frame

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.40

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

LEDFlood recessed BBP730

Rectangular asymmetrical beam

Adjustment possibilities

Philips outdoor luminaires

Narrow beam

Linear rectangular beam

Medium beam

Adjustment possibilities

Architectural lighting

4.41

Beamer LED

4.42

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

Beamer LED – spot on Beamer LED is a projector luminaire for outdoor architectural accent-lighting. It incorporates a single high-power LED and is designed for light projection over distances up to 30 m, with perfect control of spill light. A choice of various beams, allows the product to be used in various outdoor applications, such as remote accent lighting, highlighting shapes and contrasts. The aluminum housing and U-bracket ensure a robust, solid construction, enabling the Beamer LED to withstand harsh outdoor conditions. This projector offers maximum aiming ﬂexibility – Zoomspot adjustment, beam rotation, tilt and pan – ensuring complete freedom of installation. In addition to cool white, warm white and saturated colors, thanks to the new Solgel ﬁlter technology yellow gold is also possible. Beamer LED is available in surface-mounted and pole-mounted versions. www.philips.com/lighting

Beamer LED offers maximum aiming ﬂexiblity - Zoomspot adjustment, beam rotation, tilt and pan - ensuring complete freedom of installation.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Zoomspot (reﬂector and honeycomb Grazer (reﬂector and grazer plate)

glass)

Spot (reﬂector only)

Architectural lighting

4.43

Beamer LED

Beamer LED Type

BCP725

Color

Grey, RAL 9006; silver (SI)

Installation

Surface mounting

Light source

1 x LUXEON I

Light color

Mono-color version: white (WH), red (RD), green

Other RAL colors available on request

(GN), blue (BL), amber (AM), cyan (CY)

Max horizontal aiming: -170 to +170º

White with Solgel ﬁlter: light blue (LBL); light

Max vertical aiming: -90 to +90º

transmission 55%

Beam rotation (external ring on the housing): -180

White with Solgel ﬁlter: yellow (YE), light

to +180º

transmission 67%

Through wiring; two M20 cable glands (3 x 2.5

White with dichroic ﬁlter: warm white 3400 K; light

mm2)

transmission 60% Power supply

110-240 V AC / 50-60 Hz (integrated gear, PSU)

Power consumption

Max 5 W

Optic

Spot 2º (RND2)

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC Lifetime

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance) Thermal management system for long lifetime

Main applications

Zoomspot 4 - 12º (RND2-6)

Accent lighting of facades, buildings, structures, parks, gardens

Linear beam 6 - 50° (LIN6-50) Grazer; high-gloss narrow beam (C-NB) Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing and U-bracket: die-cast aluminum (silver grey, RAL9006) Optic: anodized parabolic reﬂector, lense and prism in methacrylate Cover: tempered glass Cover frame: brushed stainless steel

BCP725 Beamer LED BCP725 architectural

Preferred selection

ﬂood-lighting luminaire with ultra-

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP725 LED-LXN/BL PSU I RND2 SI

3.66

478005 00

BCP725 LED-LXN/WH PSU I RND2 SI

3.66

478104 00

BCP725 LED-LXN/LBL PSU I RND2 SI

4.31

478364 00

narrow round-beam optic (RND2)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.44

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Beamer LED BCP725 architectural

Preferred selection

ﬂood-lighting luminaire with high-gloss

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP725 LED-LXN/BL PSU I C-NB SI

3.88

478043 00

BCP725 LED-LXN/WH PSU I C-NB SI

3.88

478142 00

BCP725 LED-LXN/YE PSU I C-NB SI

3.88

478357 00

narrow-beam optic (C-NB)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Beamer LED BCP725 architectural

Preferred selection

ﬂood-lighting luminaire with round-

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP725 LED-LXN/BL PSU I RND2-6 SI

4.31

478012 00

BCP725 LED-LXN/WH PSU I RND2-6 SI

4.31

478111 00

beam Zoomspot optic (RND2-6)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP725 LED-LXN/BL PSU I LIN6-50 SI

4.31

478036 00

BCP725 LED-LXN/WH PSU I LIN6-50 SI

4.31

478135 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Zoomspot adjustment device

Aiming device

Rear view, through-wiring

The aluminum housing and U-bracket

ensure a robust, solid construction

Architectural lighting

4.45

Architectural lighting

Beamer LED

ColorBurst 6 BCP466

4.46

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

ColorBurst 6 – colorful spotlighting The ColorBurst 6 is a small, sleek solution for spotlighting and wall-washing with rich, saturated colors and color-changing effects. Projecting a soft-edge beam of light, ColorBurst 6 is a sealed product designed for a variety of indoor and outdoor applications. The 350º locking base swivel, with 350º locking system rotation, offers a versatile range of light positioning. The housing is equipped with a three-screw accessory ring to afﬁx attachments, such as spread lenses and louvers. The ColorBurst 6 offers outstanding control via a Philips controller or a DMX512-compatible controller when using Philips power/data supply. www.philips.com/lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.47

ColorBurst 6 BCP466

ColorBurst 6 Type

BCP466

Installation

Light source

18 x LED-HB

Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Light color

Red, green, blue (RGB)

Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Power supply

24 V DC

Locking base swivel: after-installation rotation up to

Power consumption

Max. 25 W

350º rotation

Optic

Narrow beam angle 12º

Locking ﬁxture rotation: 350º Lifetime

50,000 hours at 50ºC

controllers

Accessories

Mounting brackets

Housing: die-cast aluminum

Remarks

Power/data supply enabler, controls equipment and

Medium beam angle 22º Controls

(complies with IES LM-79-08)

Compatible with full line of Philips DMX

Materials and ﬁnishing Color

Surface mounting

Cover: tempered glass

cables to be ordered separately. See also Technical

White (WH) or black (BK)

overview – data enablers page 4.72 Main applications

Architectural outdoor and indoor

BCP466 ColorBurst BCP466 surface-mounted

Preferred selection

LED ﬁxture with narrow or medium-

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP466 18xLED-HB/RGB 24V 22 WH

1.50

711127 99

BCP466 18xLED-HB/RGB 24V 12 WH

1.50

711141 99

beam optic

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

ColorBurst BCP466 surface-mounted

Preferred selection

LED ﬁxture with narrow or medium-

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP466 18xLED-HB/RGB 24V 22 BK

1.50

711134 99

BCP466 18xLED-HB/RGB 24V 12 BK TC

1.50

711158 99

beam optic

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.48

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

ColorBurst 6 BCP466

ColorBurst BCP466 surface-mounted

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

ZCP466 MB WH

1.92

711004 99

ZCP466 MB BK

1.92

711011 99

LED ďŹ xture with mounting base

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.49

Architectural lighting

Accessories

iColor Accent Powercore

iColor Accent Powercore – creating seamless columns of color The iColor Accent Powercore is a direct-view linear luminaire that generates seamless color-changing effects and enables low-resolution video displays for interior and exterior applications. Available in various sizes, the product is suitable for a variety of applications. The iColor Accent Powercore uses Chromasic® technology to offer precise control in 3 cm increments, which allows it to reproduce video, graphics and intricately designed effects in a host of architectural and entertainment settings. The patented Chromasic® technology is a custom designed microchip that integrates power, communications and control to enable next-generation digital lighting systems and networks. Chromasic is the ‘brain’ of next-generation LED lighting systems that make possible a host of previously unimaginable applications. www.philips.com/lighting 4.50

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

iColor Accent Powercore

iColor Accent Powercore BCP494

Light source

380 x LEDs (0.61 m) 760 x LEDs (1.22 m)

Lifetime

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta=

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: extruded aluminum

25ºC) Lense: plastic

1520 x LEDs (2.44 m) Installation

Connectors: over-molded, integral male/female

Light color

RGB

Power supply

100 - 240 V AC / 50 - 60 Hz

connectors

Power consumption

10 W per foot max

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Controls (optional)

Philips full line of DMX controllers including:

Remarks

Data enabler EO, cables and controls to be

Light System Manager

ordered separately. See also Technical overview

Video System Manager

– data enablers page 4.72 PSE

Other DMX512 (RS485) sources Optic

250 x 180º, symmetric direct view

Architectural lighting

Type

Main applications

Highlighting facades, buildings or low resolution video displays

BCP494 380x

BCP494 760x

BCP494 1520x iColorAccent Powercore® BCP494

Preferred selection

surface-mounted direct-view LED

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP494 380xLED-LP/RGB 100-240V

2.00

711554 99

BCP494 760xLED-LP/RGB 100-240V

4.20

711561 99

BCP494 1520xLED-LP/RGB 100-240V

8.60

711578 99

ﬁxture

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.51

iColor Accent Powercore Accessories Product ID

Description

EOC

ZCP494 C15250FL

Leader cable 15 m

710755 99

ZCP494 C3050FL

Jumper cable 3 m

710779 99

ZCP494 C1525FL

Jumper cable 1.5 m

710786 99

ZCP494 C610FL

Jumper cable 0.6 m

710793 99

ZCP494 C305FL

Jumper cable 0.3 m

710762 99

Chromasic速 technology enables precision-controlled RGB effects

4.52

Architectural lighting

End view: LEDs inside lens, and Side view: housing, lens and connectors

Aerial view: housing and lens

connector

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

iColor Accent Powercore

LG Towers, Beijing, China. Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural Lighting design: lighting Alto Lighting 4.53

C-Splash 2

4.54

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

C-Splash 2 – vibrant color-changing effects in water The C-Splash 2 is an ultra-thin, rugged submersible LED system that generates vibrant color-changing effects with outstanding control and flexibility. An IP68 rating makes it suitable for use in up to 5 metres of fresh or saltwater, even treated with bromine or chlorine - ideal for application in fountains, theme parks or harsh seaside environments. The C-Splash 2 is available with a soft focus diffuser (22º beam angle) or a clear lens for extended light projection (10º beam angle). C-Splash 2 fixtures use a unified power and data cable. They are addressed at the factory, making them easy to install, experience and maintain. www.philips.com/lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.55

C-Splash 2

C-Splash 2 Type

BCP468

Color

Brass ﬁnished

Light source

18 x LED-HB

Installation

Surface mounted with separately available PDS-

Light color

Tri-color: red, green, blue (RGB)

150e or PDS-60-24V drivers

Power supply

24 V DC

Locking base swivel: after-installation rotation up to

Power consumption

Max 25 W, at full intensity

360º rotation

Optic

Narrow beam: 10º

Locking ﬁxture rotation: 360º

Medium beam: 22º

Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Options Materials and ﬁnishing

Lighting controls: Philips full line of DMX

Lifetime

50,000 hours (50% lumen maintenance)

controllers

Aceessories

Range of drivers

Housing: cast brass (BRS)

Remarks

External power/data supply and controls required. See also Technical overview – data enablers page

Cover: tempered glass

4.72 Not suitable for human-occupied underwater locations Chromacore®, Optibin® Main applications

Underwater applications indoor and outdoor

BCP468 C-Splash 2 BCP468 surface-mounted

Preferred selection

LED ﬁxture with narrow or medium-

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCP468 18xLED-HB/RGB 24V IP68 22 BRS

10.00

711028 00

BCP468 18xLED-HB/RGB 24V IP68 10 BRS

10.00

711035 00

beam optic for underwater applications

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.56

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

C-Splash 2

RadioShack Corporate Headquarters, Fort Worth, TX, USA. Philips outdoor luminaires

LightingArchitectural Design: Boslighting Lighting Design 4.57

Video entertainment

4.58

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Video entertainment

Architectural lighting

iColor Flex – virtual experience The iColor Flex is a multi-purpose, LED-based strand of lights for medium resolution Video with Light™ or perimeter lighting that generates extraordinary effects indoors or outdoors without the constraints of luminaire size, shape or space. It incorporates 50 individually controllable full color LED nodes with clear or translucent lenses. Each node is powered by Chromasic® for individual control and self-addressing. The iColor Flex SL offers maximum lighting control, is extraordinarily ﬂexible (because any node can be virtually any color at any time) and represents a cost-effective way of producing medium resolution Video with Light™. The nodes are available in two spacings (10.1 and 30.5 cm), with custom spacing (up to 30.5 cm) available upon request. The ﬂexible form factor means iColor Flex SL is able to accommodate 3D shapes, logos, etc. The iColor Flex SLX is the larger-node and higher-intensity version for bigger impact and longer viewing distances. www.philips.com/lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.59

Video entertainment

iColor Flex SL Type

BGC490

Material Housing

Number of LEDs per pixel

1 x 3in1 SMD

Color

Number of RGB pixels per string

Color resolution

36 bits

Luminous Intensity per pixel

1 cd

Power supply

7.5V DC

Power consumption

25W Max. at full intensity

Controls (optional)

Video system manager

Viewing angle

120°

Lifetime

30,000 - 50,000 hours

Clear dome

Remarks

Power/data supply and controls

Lenses Operating temperature

Polycarbonate Black White

Installation

Surface mounted Through hole mounted

Pixel pitch

10.2 cm (4”) 30.5 cm (12”) Custom spacing available

Translucent dome

need to be ordered separately.

-20°C > Ta > 50°C

See also Technical overview – data enablers page 4.74

BGC490

iColor Flex SL with clear dome

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

BGC490 150xLED-MD/RGB 7.5V 120 CLDM4 BK

0.80

710007 99

BGC490 150xLED-MD/RGB 7.5V 120 CLDM12 WH

0.87

710083 99

BGC490 150xLED-MD/RGB 7.5V 120 CLDM12 BK

0.87

710113 99

BGC490 150xLED-MD/RGB 7.5V 120 CLDM4 CL

0.80

710168 99

BGC490 150xLED-MD/RGB 7.5V 120 CLDM12 CL

0.93

710175 99

BGC490 150xLED-MD/RGB 7.5V 120 CLDM2 WH

0.87

713923 99

BGC490 150xLED-MD/RGB 7.5V 120 CLDM6 WH

0.80

713930 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

iColor Flex SL with translucent dome

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

BGC490 150xLED-MD/RGB 7.5V 120 TSDM4 WH

0.80

709940 99

BGC490 150xLED-MD/RGB 7.5V 120 TSDM4 WH

0.80

709957 99

BGC490 150xLED-MD/RGB 7.5V 120 TSDM4 BK

0.80

709995 99

BGC490 150xLED-MD/RGB 7.5V 120 TSDM2 WH

0.87

710076 99

BGC490 150xLED-MD/RGB 7.5V 120 TSDM12 BK

0.87

710106 99

BGC490 150xLED-MD/RGB 7.5V 120 TSDM2 WH

0.87

713916 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.60

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Video entertainment

iColor Flex SLX BGC491

Material Housing

Polycarbonate

Number of LEDs per pixel

7 (3 red, 2 green, 2 blue)

Color

Black

Number of RGB pixels per string

Color resolution

36 bits

Installation

Surface mounted

Luminous Intensity per pixel

1,9 cd

Power supply

12V DC

Pixel pitch

10.2 cm (4”)

Power consumption

50W Max. at full intensity

Viewing angle

115°

Lenses

Clear ﬂat

Lifetime

30,000 - 50,000 hours

Translucent dome

Remarks

Power/data supply and controls

Operating temperature

-20°C > Ta > 50°C

Architectural lighting

Type

White Through hole mounted 30.5 cm (12”) Custom spacing available

need to be ordered separately. See also Technical overview – data enablers page 4.74

BCG491 CLFT4/CLFT12

BCG491 TSDM4/TSDM12

iColor Flex SLX with clear ﬂat lenses

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

BGC491 50xLED-MD/RGB 12V 115 CLFT4 WH

1.63

710267 99

BGC491 50xLED-MD/RGB 12V 115 CLFT12 WH

2.05

710281 99

BGC491 50xLED-MD/RGB 12V 115 CLFT4 BK

1.63

710304 99

BGC491 50xLED-MD/RGB 12V 115 CLFT12 BK

2.08

710328 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

iColor Flex SLX with translucent dome

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

BGC491 50xLED-MD/RGB 12V 115 TSDM4 WH

1.63

710250 99

BGC491 50xLED-MD/RGB 12V 115 TSDM12 WH

2.08

710274 99

BGC491 50xLED-MD/RGB 12V 115 TSDM4 BK

1.63

710298 99

BGC491 50xLED-MD/RGB 12V 115 TSDM12 BK

2.15

710311 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.61

Video entertainment

eW Flex SLX – a versatile solution The eW Flex SLX is a versatile strand of 50 white LED nodes that apply Chromasic® -based intelligence for individual control. Designed for accent or perimeter lighting or as a component of a custom fixture, eW Flex SLX provides lighting professionals with a ‘building block’ for the design and creation of custom applications. The durable, flexible form factor allows dynamic points of white light to be installed across nearly any interior or exterior surface – walls, ceilings, floors, as well as three-dimensional sculptures and set pieces. A choice of color temperature (2700 K or 4200 K) ensures design flexibility, while the high intensity node of light allows longer-distance viewing. These factors make eW Flex SLX an excellent choice for building outlines, signage applications, under-cabinet lighting, architectural details, amusement themes, store windows or other retail displays, museum lighting, restaurant, bar or nightclub lighting. Furthermore this product can also be used for Monochromatic Video. www.philips.com/lighting

4.62

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Video entertainment

eW Flex SLX Type

BGC480

Material Housing

Number of LEDs per pixel

Color

White

Number of RGB pixels per string

Installation

Surface mounted

Luminous intensity per pixel

3,3 cd

Power supply

24V DC

Power consumption

50W Max. at full intensity

30,5 cm (12”)

Viewing angle

115°

Custom spacing available

Lenses Operating temperature

Architectural lighting

Polycarbonate

Through hole mounted Pixel pitch

10, 2cm (4”)

Clear ﬂat

Lifetime

30.000 – 50.000 hours

Translucent dome

Remarks

Power/data supply and controls need

-40°C > Ta > 50°

to be ordered separately. See also Technical overview – data enablers page 4.74

BGC480 CLFT4/CLFT12 BGC480 CLDM/TSDM eW Flex with clear ﬂat lenses

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

BGC480 50xLED-MD/WW 24V 115 CLFT4 WH

1.63

711653 99

BGC480 50xLED-MD/WW 24V 115 CLFT12 WH

2.11

711677 99

BGC480 50xLED-MD/NW 24V 115 CLFT4 WH

1.72

711691 99

BGC480 50xLED-MD/NW 24V 115 CLFT12 WH

2.19

711714 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

eW Flex with translucent dome

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

BGC480 50xLED-MD/WW 24V 280 CLDM4 WH

1.74

711646 99

BGC480 50xLED-MD/WW 24V 280 TSDM12 WH

2.15

711660 99

BGC480 50xLED-MD/NW 24V 280 TSDM4 WH

1.73

711684 99

BGC480 50xLED-MD/NW 24V 280 TSDM12 WH

2.23

711707 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.63

Video entertainment

Accessories iColor Flex SLX and eW Flex SLX Product ID

Description

EOC

ZGC491 RA WH

Mounting track for SLX - white - 1.2m

ZGC491 RA BK

Mounting track for SLX - black - 1.2m

710342 99

ZGC491 SNC WH (50PCS)

Single node holders for SLX - white

710359 99

ZGC491 SNC BK (50PCS)

Single node holders for SLX - black

710366 99

ZGC491 SPA-4 (50PCS)

Mounting track spacer for SLX - white - 10 cm

710373 99

ZGC491 SPA-12 (50PCS)

Mounting track spacer for SLX - white - 30 cm

710380 99

ZGC491 SPA-4 BK (50PCS)

Mounting track spacer for SLX - black - 10 cm

710410 99

ZGC491 SPA-12 BK (50PCS)

Mounting track spacer for SLX - black - 30 cm

710427 99

ZGC491 RA CL

Mounting track for SLX - clear - 1.2m

715644 99

ZGC480 IN-LINE ON/OFF ADAPTER

Used to connect eW Flex SLX to a PS-96 24V power supply

710571 99

710335 99

Accessories iColor Flex SL Product ID

Description

ZGC490 RA WH

Mounting track for SL - white - 1.2m

710045 99

ZGC490 RA BK

Mounting track for SL - black - 1.2m

710052 99

ZGC490 RA CL

Mounting track for SL - clear - 1.2m

710069 99

ZGC490 SNC WH (50PCS)

Single node holders for SL - white

710144 99

ZGC490 SNC BK (50PCS)

Single node holders for SL - black

710151 99

ZGC490 SPA-4 WH (50PCS)

Mounting track spacer for SL - white - 10 cm

710199 99

ZGC490 SPA-4 BK (50PCS)

Mounting track spacer for SL - black - 10 cm

710205 99

ZGC490 SPA-12 WH (50PCS)

Mounting track spacer for SL - white - 30 cm

710212 99

ZGC490 SPA-12 BK (50PCS)

Mounting track spacer for SL - black - 30 cm

710229 99

4.64

Architectural lighting

EOC

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

Video entertainment

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.65

Video entertainment

dTube – full video experience The dTube is a transparent outdoor rated tube mounted in an aluminum profile housing 12 or 16 best in class RGB LED pixels, specifically designed for creative video capable displays. This capability allows content managers and creative media specialists to display video from any source or any format, ranging from animations up to live broadcasts. The dTube is one of the most energy efficient creative LED video systems in the market due to a balanced design of high efficient LEDs and industry leading integrated power management. This “green” solution allows designers and architects to save up to 50% in power consumption with the same display brightness and resolution. The dTube concept is very robust with no need for complex back structures, allowing the final installation to remain transparent and lightweight. The design allows for free format layout and scalability, ranging from few m2 up to thousands of m2. As all system components are fully outdoor proof there is no need for additional arrangement for environmental protection. www.philips.com/vidiwall

4.66

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Video entertainment

Type

VWS130 016 001 1B BK

VWS130 016 001 2D BK

VWS130 016 001 4F BK

Number of LEDs per pixel

1 x 3in1 SMD

2 x 3in1 SMD

4 x 3in1 SMD

Number of RGB pixels per tube

Color resolution

48 bits

Luminous Intensity per pixel

2 cd

4 cd

8 cd

Power supply

24V DC

Power consumption per pixel

0.5 W Max. at full intensity

0.8 W Max. at full intensity

1.4 W Max. at full intensity

Controls (optional)

SP600 with DVI input

Viewing angle

120°

Operating temperature

-20°C > Ta > 45°C

Material Housing

Aluminum base with polycarbonate

tube

Color

Black

Installation

Surface mounted

Pixel pitch

75 mm

Lifetime

50,000 - 70,000 hours

Ingress protection

IP66

Approbations

Remarks

Power/data supply and controls

need to be ordered separately

Architectural lighting

dTube - 75 mm pitch

Speciﬁcations subject to change without notice dTube - 100 mm pitch Type

VWS140 012 001 1B BK

VWS140 012 001 2D BK

VWS140 012 001 4F BK

Luminous Intensity per pixe

1 x 3in1 SMD

2 x 3in1 SMD

4 x 3in1 SMD

Number of RGB pixels per tube

Color resolution

48 bits

Brightness per pixel

2 cd

4 cd

8 cd

Power supply

24V DC

Power consumption per pixel

0.5 W Max. at full intensity

0.8 W Max. at full intensity

1.4 W Max. at full intensity

Controls (optional)

SP600 with DVI input

Viewing angle

120°

Operating temperature

-20°C > Ta > 45°C

Material Housing

Aluminum base with polycarbonate

tube

Color

Black

Installation

Surface mounted

Pixel pitch

100 mm

Lifetime

50,000 - 70,000 hours

Ingress protection

IP66

Approbations

Remarks

Power/data supply and controls

need to be ordered separately

Speciﬁcations subject to change without notice

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.67

Plaza del Sol, M贸stoles, Spain Architect: Enrique Fombella Lighting design: Enriqueta Diaz

4.68

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Scene setting controls Philips transforms environments through new, dynamic uses of light. Our lighting systems and technologies apply the beneďŹ ts of LED lighting, a highly efďŹ cient, long-lasting, environmentally friendly and inherently digital source of illumination, thus reinventing light itself as a highly controllable medium. For applications of color and color-changing light, Philips offers a growing line of ďŹ xtures, controllers and power/data supplies for diverse installations. The following tables provide a short overview of available controllers and power/data supplies.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.69

Scene setting lighting controls

•

LRC9612

27557499

•

LRC9624

71178399

LRC9600/00

73089900

•

LRC9611

80896399

•

LRC9613

27559899

•

LRC9621

71442500

•

LRC9626

71559000

•

interface

Color

Triggering

Dynamic presets

•

Build in User

Static presets

•

iWhite Control

73088200

control

EOC

LRC9610/00

Remote / External

Interaction Scheduler (clock)

Preset type

Product ID

Luminaire type

Basic: Push and rotational control to ColourChaser Wheel

directly set a color, dim or set a pre-programmed automatic color sequence Push and rotational control of

ColorDial

eight pre-programmed effects

Pushbutton control of color iW Scene Controller

•

temperature including 4 zone presets and 4 static presets

Medium: Compact controller that

•

stores and plays up to 4 preColourChaser DMX144

programmed light shows

Intuitive and touch sensitive ColourChaser Touch

•

controller to directly set a color or recall one of the 4 pre-programmed light shows Compact controller that

iPlayer3

•

stores and plays up to 5 preprogrammed light shows

Advanced: Combined software and Light System Manager

•

hardware solution providing control for large scale, Ethernet based installations Combined software and hardware solution providing

Video System Manager Pro DVI

control for large scale, videobased Ethernet control installations

4.70

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Basic scene

• •

Philips outdoor luminaires

•

• •

• • •

•

• 10.000

•

250.000

• 1 512

• 60 180

4 zones

48 144

100 512

•

340 1024

•

Architectural lighting

•

Architectural lighting

Desktop

19” rack mount

Control capacity DIN Rail mount

box US

Wall mount

Surface mount

DMX addresses

Maximum

RGB luminaires

Control protocol

controlable

individual

Ethernet

Programming

RDM

DMX 512 A

D VI input

programming

Advanced scene

programming

Scene setting lighting controls

Mounting

•

(no RGB)

•

4.71

Technical overview â&#x20AC;&#x201C; data enablers

Luminaire

Supplied with

Accessories

Connector on luminaire, cable to be ordered separately

Leader cable 15 m EOC 71075599Jumper cable 30 cm EOC 71076299 / 60 cm EOC 71079399

iColor Accent Powercore

/ 1.5 m EOC 71078699 / 3 m EOC 71077999 ColorBlast 12 Fixed cable with flying leads ColorBlast 12 Powercore Fixed cable with flying leads ColorBlast 6 Fixed cable with flying leads ColorBurst 6 Fixed cable with flying leads ColorGraze Powercore Connector on luminaire, cable to be ordered separately

Leader cable and jumper cable (available April 2009)

ColorReach Powercore Connector on luminaire, cable to be ordered separately

Leader cable and jumper cable (available April 2009

C-splash 2 Fixed cable with flying leads iW Blast Powercore Fixed cable with flying leads

Features

Ethernet input

DMX512 input

Stand alone use/ preprogrammed

Indoor use

Outdoor use (ip??)

Operating Voltage

EOC

4.72

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Technical overview – data enablers

PDS-60 24V

PDS-60 24V DMX/

pre-programmed

Ethernet

PDS-750 TR

Data Enabler

iW Data

DMX

Ethernet

Enabler

Architectural lighting

Compatibility PDS-150E

●

●*

●

●*

●

●*

●

●*

●

100-240Vac

71081699

71085499

71090800

27556799

71053399

71054099

71179099

There are limitations to the amount of luminaires that can be connected to a PDS/DataEnabler. Please refer to the manual of the product for details. ● See product manual how to connect ●* Ask your local sales representave how to connect

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.73

Technical overview – data enablers

Luminaire

Supplied with

Compatibility PDS-60ca 24V Preprogrammed

PDS-60ca 24V Ethernet

PDS-60ca 24V DMX

iColor Flex SL fixed cable with connector

fixed cable with connector

●

Ethernet input

●

DMX512 input

●

Stand alone use/ preprogrammed

●

Indoor use

●

Outdoor use (ip??)

●

Operating Voltage

100-240Vac

EOC

71084799

71561399

71560699

iColor Flex SLX

eW Flex SLX

Features

4.74

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Technical overview – data enablers

Compatibility PDS-60ca12V

PDS-60ca 7,5V

preprogrammed

DMX/Ethernet

sPDS-60ca 24V

sPDS-480ca 24V

sPDS-480ca 12V

●

sPDS-480ca 7,5V

Architectural lighting

PDS-60ca12V

●

100-240Vac

71093999

71094699

71083099

71095399

71099100

71097700

71096000

●

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.75

PROďŹ&#x201A;ood

4.76

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

PROflood – eye-catching display effects PROflood is a waterproof projector allowing both image projection and creative light framing – a powerful tool that gives display lighting designers great creative freedom. PROflood makes its mark in many different ways. It highlights the most attractive architectural and natural features of the city. It can create a welcoming, safe and intriguing ambience. It is ideal for drawing attention to retail displays. And it can be used to great effect supporting and enlivening cultural events and special occasions. Its output can be adjusted to precisely match the surroundings or to create a particular effect. Color Solgel filters are available to bring a touch of color to the projected light, while textured glass screens create specific lighting effects. www.philips.com/lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.77

PROﬂood

Light framing PROﬂood has four adjustable parallelepiped shutters, made of stainless steel, for accurate direction of the projected beam. Each shutter is secured in position by means of a nut brake. For thermal reasons, the shutter can be adjusted manually for approximately 15 minutes after the PROﬂood has been switched on, then it becomes too hot.

Shutters

Image projection A gobo support mounted in the projector allows ﬁxation of any customized steel or glass gobo. The gobo support has a nut brake and protective rings to ﬁrmly secure it. The gobo to be used is size A: 100 mm gobo diameter and 75 mm image diameter. The gobo support can be adjusted between +15° and –15°, which allows very accurate positioning of the gobo itself.

Gobo support

Anamorphosis When the PROﬂood is installed to one side above or below the axis, the projected image without gobo correction becomes distorted. To overcome this, dedicated software has been developed to calculate the required gobo form to offset the distortion.

PROﬂood’s internal structure

Example of anamorphosis

4.78

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

PROﬂood

Architectural lighting

Accessories Blue, light blue, green, magenta or yellow Solgel filters or a red tinted filter can be added to PROflood. The color filter support needs to be ordered separately.

Color ﬁlters to bring a touch of color to the projected light

Glass screens There are also two different types of textured glass screen for the creation of speciﬁc lighting effects. The grained screen softens the beam, whereas the ﬁne-ridged screen spreads the beam in either a horizontal or vertical direction (on demand only).

Fine-ridged glass

Object lit by ﬁne-ridged glass

Photometrical data Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.79

PROﬂood DCP608

PROﬂood Type

DCP608

Color

Dark grey (GR)

Light source

HID:

Installation

Pole at anything up to 6 m above the ground and

1 x CDM-SA/T / G12 / 150 W

wall mounting with a special bracket

Lamp included

Yes (K)

One M20 cable gland

Gear (integrated)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC (35ºC under

Electronic (EB) Optic

certain restrictions) SCx): 0.12 m2

Four non-reﬂecting lenses: beam angle adjustments

Max. vertical aiming: -30 to +90º

of 2 x 10º to 2 x 20º (Zoom spot) Image size (Ø): adjustable by moving the lens along

Maintenance

affect the optical settings)

the optical axis

No internal cleaning required

Image focus: adjustable by moving the two lenses along the optical axis

Accessories

Materials and ﬁnishing

Gobo (GOBO), diaphragm shutter (DSHT) Solgel color ﬁlters, support for glasses

Image uniformity: adjustable by moving the diaphragm (Ø 50 mm) along the optical axis

Lamp access by opening the rear cover (does not

Remarks

Integrated electronic ballast, PrimaVision HID

Housing and canon: high-pressure die-cast

PV/150 220 - 240 V AC, 50 / 60 Hz, increases the

aluminum

lifespan of the CDM by up to 30% through faster

Glass: thermally hardened, 4 mm thick

elimination of the effects of mains voltage variation and by controlling the lamp ignition

Brackets and supports for gobo and glass ﬁlters: stainless steel

Main applications

Modern and classical buildings, architectural ﬂoodlighting

Reﬂector: high-quality anodized aluminum

DCP608 PROﬂood DCP608 architectural ﬂood-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire, standard with gobo

Product ID

support (GOBO) and/or shutters (DSHT)

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

DCP608 CDM-TSA150W K 230-240V GOBO DSHT

19.00

845289 00

DCP608 CDM-TSA150W K 230-240V GOBO

19.00

845296 00

DCP608 CDM-TSA150W K 230-240V DSHT

19.00

845302 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.80

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

PROﬂood DCP608

Accessories Solgel color ﬁlters to bring a touch of Product ID

EOC

ZCP608 GLS

503104 00

ZCP608 SGF-BL

477473 00

ZCP608 SGF-GN

477480 00

ZCP608 SGF-MG

502350 00

ZCP608 SGF-YE

477503 00

ZCP608 SGF-LBL

600346 00

ZCP608 F-RD

503111 00

Architectural lighting

color to the projected light

Dijon, France

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.81

4.82

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural Liverpool,lighting United Kingdom 4.83

DecoďŹ&#x201A;ood

4.84

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

Decoflood – the ideal solution for city beautification Decoflood is a family of seven high-performance floodlights, offering aesthetically pleasing yet surprisingly rugged luminaire designs. An extensive range of lamps provides a choice of color appearance and color rendering, while twenty different optics offer a wide selection of beam-spread patterns. Even more options are available, with further choices of refractive glass plates and stylish louvers. www.philips.com/lighting

Decoﬂood MVF607

Philips outdoor luminaires

Mini Decoﬂood DWP603/604

Decoﬂood MVF605

Decoﬂood MVF606

Decoﬂood MVF616

Decoﬂood MVF617

Decoﬂood MVF619

Architectural lighting

4.85

Decoﬂood – Accessories

Decoflood filtering accessories A wide range of accessories can be used with the various products in the Decoflood range, providing specifiers with maximum flexibility in complying with the increasingly stringent requirements of urban lighting applications. The following table illustrates the many effects which can be obtained with the different accessories.

Prevents glare in all

Round louver

directions

• Decoflood 605 • Decoflood 606 • Decoflood 607 • Decoflood 619

Without accessory

With accessory

Prevents glare in a single

Glare shield

direction

• Decoflood 605 • Decoflood 606 • Decoflood 607

Ensures total visual

Cannon

comfort without glare

• Decoflood 605 • Decoflood 606 • Decoflood 607

4.86

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

Decoﬂood – Accessories

Prevents glare in a lateral

Vertical louver

direction

• Decoflood 616 (narrow-beam, medium-beam and wide-beam reflectors) • Decoflood 617 (narrow-beam, medium-beam and wide-beam reflectors) Without accessory

With accessory

Prevents glare on

Horizontal louver

the lower part of the

• Decoﬂood 616

luminaire

(narrow-beam reflector) • Decoflood 617 (narrow-beam, medium-beam and wide-beam reflectors) • Decoflood 619 (symmetrical reflector)

Reduces unwanted light

Barndoors

output in a horizontal or

• Decoﬂood 605

vertical direction

• Decoflood 606 • Decoflood 607 • Decoflood 616 (narrow-beam, medium-beam and wide-beam reflectors) • Decoflood 617 (narrow-beam, medium-beam and wide-beam reflectors)

Prevents impacts and

Protection grid

damage to the glass

• Decoflood 605 • Decoflood 606 • Decoflood 607 • Decoflood 616 • Decoflood 617

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.87

Decoﬂood – Accessories

Decoflood 605/606 accessories For the Decoflood floodlights with a round form (605 and 606), a support (ACS) is required before any accessory can be fitted. If a cannon, refractive glass and/or a color filter are to be fitted alone (without any other accessory), a special base (BS) is required.

ACS RL

PG GS

Filters and/or

Filters or

Filters and/or

glasses (*)

Filters

Lighting effect on a façade, with the ﬂoodlight positioned opposite the façade.

Standard glass

Grained glass (BSO)

Honeycomb glass,

Honeycomb glass, horizontal

vertical pattern (VBSO)

pattern (HBSO)

Diamond-point glass, vertical

Diamond-point glass, horizontal

Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern

Fine ridged glass, horizontal

pattern (VBSP)

pattern (HBSP)

(VLBSP)

pattern (HLBSP)

4.88

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Decoﬂood – Accessories

Architectural lighting

Decoflood 607 accessories For the Decoflood 607 floodlight, a glass support (GLS) is required if refractive glass and/or a color filter are to be fitted (with or without another accessory).

GLS

Filters and/or

glasses (*)

Combination ﬁlter+glass 250 W max (*)

Lighting effect on the façade, with the ﬂoodlight positioned opposite the façade.

Standard glass

Grained glass (BSO)

Diamond-point glass, horizontal pattern (HBSP)

Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern

Fine ridged glass, horizontal

(VLBSP)

pattern (HLBSP)

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.89

Decoﬂood – Accessories

Decoflood 616/617 accessories For the Decoflood floodlights with a rectangular form (616 and 617), a glass support (GLS) is required if refractive glass and/or a color filter are to be fitted (with or without another accessory).

PG VL BD

Combination ﬁlter+glass

GLS

Filters and/or

glasses (*)

Decoﬂood 616 : 100 W max (*) Decoﬂood 617 : 250 W max (**)

Lighting effect on the wall, with the ﬂoodlight positioned at the foot of the façade and directed upwards

Standard glass

4.90

Architectural lighting

Grained glass (BSO)

Diamond-point glass (BSP)

Philips outdoor luminaires

Decoﬂood – Accessories

Architectural lighting

Decoflood 619 accessories For the Decoflood 619 floodlight, the refractive glass or filters are supplied together with their support, if ordered separately. It should be noted that if specifically requested in advance, these and the louver can be fitted by us. Please, contact your local Philips representative for these configurations.

Glasses or ﬁlters provided

with their support

The accessories available are louvers: • round (RL) for the versions with the round optic • horizontal (HL) for the versions with the symmetrical rectangular optic These accessories are secured systematically on the exterior of the floodlight, but without adding a support frame. It should be noted that if specifically requested in advance, in some cases they can be fitted inside the floodlight.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.91

Decoﬂood MVF605

Decoﬂood Type

MVF605

Light source

Halogen:

Maintenance

Hinged front window with quick-release fastener

Accessories

Solgel and glass ﬁlters in various colors, refractive

No internal cleaning required

1 x HalogenA PAR38 / E27 / 75, 100 W 1 x PAR38E / E27 / 60, 80, 120 W

glass plates, louvers, protection grid, barndoors, base ring, accessory support

HID: 1 x MASTERColour CDM-R / E27 / 35 W Lamp included

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing, front frame and rear cover: high-pressure

Remarks

Compliant with IEC 598 and EN 60598

Main applications

Parks, pathways, architectural ﬂoodlighting, bridges, structures, sculptures

die-cast aluminum Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick Gaskets: silicone rubber Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum End caps: polypropylene, UV-stabilized Color

Housing and bracket: dark grey (GR), RAL 10714 End caps: light grey Other RAL colors available on request

Installation

Ceiling, wall or ﬂoor mounting, optional pole mounting Rear access for mains connection, cable entry via M20 cable gland Angle indicator with marking integrated Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC Drag factor (Cx): n/a Projected area in horizontal position: 0.03 m2 Max adjustment from the horizontal: -180 to +180º Max vertical aiming: -30 to +90º

MVF605 Decoﬂood MVF605 ﬂood-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

MVF605 MAX120W-E27 GR

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

2.40

283265 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.92

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Decoﬂood MVF605

Product ID

Description

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

ZVF605 ACS

Accessory support

0.30

234717 00

ZVF605 TPG

Protection grid

0.80

234694 00

ZVF605 GS

Glare shield

0.80

234700 00

ZVF605 RL

Round louver

0.60

234687 00

ZVF605 BD

Barndoors

0.80

234670 00

ZVF605 BS

Base ring

0.30

234724 00

ZVF605 CN

Cannon

0.90

234663 00

ZVF605 F-RD

Red ﬁlter

0.60

234564 00

ZVF605 SGF-BL

Blue Solgel ﬁlter

0.60

477060 00

ZVF605 SGF-GN

Green Solgel ﬁlter

0.60

477077 00

ZVF605 SGF-YE

Yellow Solgel ﬁlter

0.60

477091 00

ZVF605 SGF-MG

Magenta Solgel ﬁlter

0.60

502305 00

ZVF605 SGF-LBL

Light blue Solgel ﬁlter

0.60

502299 00

ZVF605 SGF-WAF2

Warmer ﬁlter

0.60

477114 00

ZVF605 SGF-COF2

Cooler ﬁlter

0.60

477107 00

ZVF605 HLBSP

Fine ridged glass, horizontal pattern

0.30

234656 00

ZVF605 VLBSP

Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern

0.30

235967 00

Helmond Castle, Helmond, The Netherlands

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.93

Architectural lighting

Accessories

Decoﬂood MVF606

Decoﬂood Type

MVF606

Light source

HID:

Installation

Ceiling, wall or ﬂoor mounting, optional pole mounting

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

Rear access for mains connection, cable entry via

150 W

M20 cable gland (2 cable glands for through-wiring

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 35, 50, 100 W

facilities)

1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

Protractor scale integrated

Lamp included

Yes (K or light color 830 or 942)

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

Drag factor (Cx): 0.78

Mains voltage

230 or 240 V

Projected area in horizontal position: 0.07 m2

Gear and compensation

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Max adjustment from the horizontal: -180 to

(integrated) Optic

Inductive (IN)

+180º

Capacitive (C)

Max vertical aiming: -30 to +90º

Narrow beam (NB)

Maintenance

Hinged front window with quick-release fastener

Accessories

Solgel and glass ﬁlters in various colors, refractive

No internal cleaning required

Medium beam (MB) Wide beam (WB) Ignitor

Wide beam, large (WB-L)

glass plates, glare shield, cannon, louvers, protection

Series (SI)

grid, barndoors, base ring, accessory support

Semi-parallel (SP) Options

Other voltages or versions without gear

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing, front frame and rear cover: high-pressure die-cast aluminum

Remarks

‘Memory ring’ integrated for immediate re-aiming if

Main applications

Parks, pathways, architectural ﬂoodlighting, bridges,

the ﬂoodlight should be swivelled off-beam structures, sculptures

Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick Gaskets: silicone rubber Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum End caps: polypropylene, UV-stabilized Reﬂectors: high-grade anodized aluminum Color

Housing and bracket: dark grey (GR), RAL 10714 End caps: light grey Other RAL colors available on request

MVF606

4.94

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Decoﬂood MVF606 ﬂood-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

MVF606 SDW-T50W 230V I NB GR

6.31

282435 00

MVF606 CDM-T70W 230V I NB GR

6.36

282527 00

MVF606 CDM-T150W 230V I NB GR

7.11

282558 00

MVF606 SDW-T50W 230V I MB GR

6.36

282442 00

MVF606 CDM-T70W 230V I MB GR

6.36

282534 00

MVF606 CDM-T150W 230V I MB GR

7.11

282565 00

MVF606 SDW-T50W 230V I WB GR

6.36

282459 00

MVF606 CDM-T70W 230V I WB GR

6.36

282541 00

MVF606 CDM-T150W 230V I WB GR

7.11

282572 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Product ID

Description

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

ZVF606 ACS

Accessory support

0.30

233796 00

ZVF606 PG

Protection grid

0.80

233741 00

ZVF606 GS

Glare shield

0.50

233765 00

ZVF606 RL

Round louver

0.90

233772 00

ZVF606 BD

Barndoors

1.90

233758 00

ZVF606 BS

Base ring

0.30

233802 00

ZVF606 CN

Cannon

1.20

233789 00

ZVF606 F-RD

Red ﬁlter

0.90

233581 00

ZVF606 SGF-BL

Blue Solgel ﬁlter

0.90

477121 00

ZVF606 SGF-GN

Green Solgel ﬁlter

0.90

477138 00

ZVF606 SGF-YE

Yellow Solgel ﬁlter

0.60

477152 00

ZVF606 SGF-MG

Magenta Solgel ﬁlter

0.90

477510 00

ZVF606 SGF-LBL

Light blue Solgel ﬁlter

0.60

477169 00

ZVF606 BSO

Grained glass

0.90

233680 00

ZVF606 HBSO

Honeycomb glass, horizontal pattern

0.90

233697 00

ZVF606 VBSO

Honeycomb glass, vertical pattern

0.90

233703 00

ZVF606 HBSP

Diamond-point glass, horizontal pattern

0.50

235950 00

ZVF606 VBSP

Diamond-point glass, vertical pattern

0.90

233710 00

ZVF606 HLBSP

Fine ridged glass, horizontal pattern

0.90

233727 00

ZVF606 VLBSP

Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern

0.90

233734 00

ZVF606 SGF-COF2

Warmer ﬁlter

0.60

477176 00

ZVF606 SGF-WAF2

Cooler ﬁlter

0.60

477183 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.95

Architectural lighting

Decoﬂood MVF606

Decoﬂood MVF607

Decoﬂood Type

MVF607

Light source

HID:

Color

Housing and bracket: dark grey (GR), RAL 10714 End caps: light grey Other RAL colors available on request

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 250 W 1 x SON-T / E40 / 150, 250, 400, 600 W

Installation

Ceiling, wall or ﬂoor mounting, optional pole

Yes (K)

mounting

Front access for mains connection, cable entry via

Mains voltage

230 or 240 V

M20 cable gland (2 cable gland for through-wiring

Gear and compensation

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

facilities)

Lamp included

(integrated)

Inductive (IN)

Protractor scale integrated

Capacitive (C)

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

Optic

Narrow beam (NB)

Drag factor (Cx): 1.18

Ignitor

Series (SI)

Projected area in horizontal position: 0.18 m2

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Max adjustment from the horizontal: -180 to

Semi-parallel (SP)

+180º

Options

Other voltages or versions without gear

Max vertical aiming: -90 to +90º

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing, front frame and rear cover: high-pressure

Maintenance

Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick

Hinged front window with quick-release fastener No internal cleaning required

die-cast aluminum Accessories

Solgel and glass ﬁlters in various colors, refractive

Gaskets: silicone rubber

glass plates, glare shield, cannon, louvers, protection

Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum

grid, barndoors, glass support

End caps: polypropylene, UV-stabilized

Remarks

‘Memory ring’ integrated for immediate re-aiming if

Main applications

Parks, pathways, architectural ﬂood lighting, bridges,

the ﬂoodlight should be swivelled off-beam

Reﬂectors: high-grade anodized aluminum

structures, sculptures

MVF607 SON-T

MVF607 CDM-T Decoﬂood MVF607 ﬂood-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

MVF607 SON-T150W K C NB GR SP

10.98

847801 00

MVF607 SON-T250W K C I NB GR SP

12.01

847818 00

MVF607 SON-T400W K C I NB GR SP

13.77

847825 00

MVF607 CDM-T250W K I NB GR ST

11.47

850016 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.96

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Decoﬂood MVF607

Product ID

Description

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

ZVF617 GLS

Glass support

1.50

234014 00

ZVF617 PG

Protection grid

1.50

233994 00

ZVF607 GS

Glare shield

2.30

234045 00

ZVF607 RL

Round louver

2.20

234038 00

ZVF617 BD

Barndoors

2.50

234007 00

ZVF607 CN

Cannon

2.50

234021 00

ZVF617 F-RD

Red ﬁlter

1.50

233840 00

ZVF617 SGF-BL

Blue Solgel ﬁlter

1.50

477190 00

ZVF617 SGF-GN

Green Solgel ﬁlter

1.50

477206 00

ZVF617 SGF-YE

Yellow Solgel ﬁlter

1.50

477220 00

ZVF617 SGF-MG

Magenta Solgel ﬁlter

1.50

502343 00

ZVF617 SGF-LBL

Light blue Solgel ﬁlter

1.50

502336 00

ZVF617 SGF-WAF2

Warmer ﬁlter

1.50

477244 00

ZVF617 SGF-COF2

Cooler ﬁlter

1.50

477237 00

ZVF617 BSO

Grained Glass

1.50

233932 00

ZVF607 HBSP

Diamond-point glass, horizontal pattern

1.00

236506 00

ZVF607 HLBSP

Fine ridged glass, horizontal pattern

1.50

233987 00

ZVF607 VLBSP

Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern

1.50

233970 00

The Parthenon, the Erechtheion, the Propylaea, Athens, Greece. Lighting design: Pierre Bideau

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.97

Architectural lighting

Accessories

Decoﬂood MVF616

Decoﬂood Type

MVF616

Light source

HID:

Color

End caps: light grey Other RAL colors available on request

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12 / 60 W

Housing and bracket: dark grey (GR) RAL 10714

Installation

Ceiling, wall or ﬂoor mounting, optional pole

1 x SON-T / E27 / 70, 100, 150 W

mounting

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 100 W

Front access for mains connection, cable entry via

1 x MHN-TD / RX7s / 70, 150 W

M20 cable gland (2 cable glands for through-wiring

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TD / RX7s / 70,

facilities)

150 W

Protractor scale integrated

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70 W

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

Yes (K or light color 728, 830 or 942)

Drag factor (Cx): 1.26

Projected area in horizontal position: 0.10 m2

Mains voltage

220 or 240 V

Max adjustment from the horizontal: -180 to

Gear and compensation

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

+180º

Lamp included

(integrated)

Capacitive (C) Optic

Max vertical aiming: -90 to +90º

Inductive (IN) Maintenance

Medium beam (MB)

Accessories

Solgel and glass ﬁlters in various colors, refractive

Wide beam (WB)

glass plates, louvers, protection grid, barndoors,

Asymmetrical axis angle 45º (A45)

glass support

Asymmetrical axis angle 60º (A60)

Ignitor

Hinged front window with quick-release fastener No internal cleaning required

Narrow beam (NB)

Remarks

‘Memory ring’ integrated for immediate re-aiming if

CosmoPolis optic (OC)

the ﬂoodlight should be swivelled off-beam

Facetted open T-POT, small (TP-S)

Tilt angle 5º minimum when installed post-top

Series (SI) Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Main applications

Parks, pathways, architectural ﬂoodlighting, bridges, structures, sculptures

Semi-parallel (SP) Options

Other voltages or versions without gear

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing, front frame and rear cover: high-pressure die-cast aluminum Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick Gaskets: silicone rubber Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum End caps: polypropylene, UV-stabilized Reﬂectors: high-grade anodized aluminum

MVF616

4.98

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Decoﬂood MVF616 ﬂood-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with narrow beam (NB),

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

MVF616 SDW-T100W 230V I NB GR

6.11

280295 00

MVF616 SDW-T100W 230V I MB GR

6.11

280301 00

MVF616 SDW-T100W 230V I WB GR

6.11

280318 00

MVF616 SON-T100W 230V I NB GR

5.91

280202 00

MVF616 SON-T100W 230V I MB GR

5.91

280219 00

MVF616 SON-T100W 230V I WB GR

5.91

280226 00

MVF616 MHN-TD70W 230V I NB GR

5.66

280349 00

MVF616 MHN-TD70W 230V I MB GR

5.66

280356 00

MVF616 MHN-TD70W 230V I WB GR

5.66

280363 00

medium beam (MB) or wide beam (WB)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Decoﬂood MVF616 ﬂood-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with façade lighting A45

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

MVF616 SON-T70W 230V I A45 GR

5.81

838731 00

MVF616 SON-T150W 230V I A45 GR

6.48

838724 00

reﬂector (A45), max at 45°

MVF616 SDW-T100W 230V I A45 GR

6.11

838748 00

MVF616 CDM-TD70W 230V I A45 GR

5.66

838755 00

MVF616 CDM-TD150W 230V I A45 GR

6.41

838762 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Decoﬂood MVF616 ﬂood-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with CosmoPolis system

Product ID

(CPO-TW 60 W) MVF616 CPO-TW60W K I OC GR

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

6.00

678610 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Decoﬂood MVF616 ﬂood-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with area lighting A60

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

MVF616 SON-T70W 230V I A60 GR

5.81

838779 00

MVF616 SDW-T100W 230V I A60 GR

6.11

838786 00

MVF616 CDM-TD70W 230V I A60 GR

5.66

838793 00

MVF616 CDM-TD150W 230V I A60 GR

6.41

838809 00

reﬂector (A60), max at 60°. Mast height up to 6 m.

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.99

Architectural lighting

Decoﬂood MVF616

Decoﬂood MVF616 ﬂood-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with street lighting reﬂector

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

MVF616 CDM-T35W 230V I TP-S GR

4.40

838816 00

MVF616 CDM-T70W 230V I TP-S GR

4.40

838823 00

MVF616 CDM-T70W/830 K C I TP-S GR SP

6.40

848068 00

(TP-S)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Product ID

Description

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

ZVF616 GLS

Glass support

1.80

234359 00

ZVF616 PG

Protection grid

2.00

234373 00

ZVF616 HL

Horizontal louver

2.20

234397 00

ZVF616 VL

Vertical louver

2.20

234380 00

ZVF616 BD

Barndoors

2.00

234366 00

ZVF616 F-RD

Red ﬁlter

1.00

234205 00

ZVF616 SGF-BL

Blue Solgel ﬁlter

1.00

477251 00

ZVF616 SGF-GN

Green Solgel ﬁlter

1.00

477268 00

ZVF616 SGF-YE

Yellow Solgel ﬁlter

1.00

477282 00

ZVF616 SGF-MG

Magenta Solgel ﬁlter

1.00

502329 00

ZVF616 SGF-LBL

Light blue Solgel ﬁlter

1.00

502312 00

ZVF616 SGF-WAF2

Warmer ﬁlter

1.00

477305 00

ZVF616 SGF-COF2

Cooler ﬁlter

1.00

477299 00

ZVF616 BSO

Grained glass

1.00

234298 00

ZVF616 BSP

Diamond-point glass

1.00

234328 00

ZVF616 BESP

Fine ridged glass

1.00

234342 00

4.100

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

DecoďŹ&#x201A;ood MVF616

Palazzo Vecchio, Florance, Italy Philips outdoor luminaires

Lighting design: Lorella Architectural Primavera, lighting Marco Dipilato 4.101

Decoﬂood MVF617

Decoﬂood Type

MVF617

Light source

HID:

Color

End caps: light grey Other RAL colors available on request

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12 / 140 W

Housing and bracket: dark grey (GR) RAL 10714

Installation

Ceiling, wall or ﬂoor mounting, optional pole

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70,

mounting

100, 150 W

Front access for mains connection, cable entry via

1 x SON-T / E27 / 70, 100, 150, 250, 400 W

M20 cable gland (2 cable glands for through-wiring

1 x MASTER HPI-T Plus / E40 / 250, 400 W

facilities)

1 x MHN-TD / RX7s / 250 W

Protractor scale integrated

1 X MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 150 W

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

Yes (K or light color 728, 828, 830 or 942)

Drag factor (Cx): 1.26

Projected area in horizontal position: 0.10 m2

Mains voltage

220 or 240 V

Max adjustment from the horizontal: -180 to

Gear and compensation

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

+180º

Lamp included

(integrated) Optic

Max vertical aiming: -90 to +90º

Capacitive (C) Narrow beam (NB)

Maintenance

Wide beam (WB)

Ignitor

Hinged front window with quick-release fastener No internal cleaning required

Medium beam (MB) Accessories

Solgel and glass ﬁlters in various colors, refractive

CosmoPolis optic (OC)

glass plates, louvers, protection grid, barndoors,

Facetted open CT-pot (OR)

glass support

Series (SI)

Remarks

‘Memory ring’ integrated for immediate re-aiming if

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

the ﬂoodlight should be swivelled off-beam

Semi-parallel (SP)

Tilt angle 5º minimum when installed post-top

Options

Other voltages or versions without gear

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing, front frame and rear cover: high-pressure

Main applications

Parks, pathways, architectural ﬂoodlighting, bridges, structures, sculptures

die-cast aluminum Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick Gaskets: silicone rubber Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum End caps: polypropylene, UV-stabilized Reﬂectors: high-grade anodized aluminum

MVF617

4.102

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Decoﬂood MVF617 ﬂood-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with narrow beam (NB),

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

MVF617 SON-T250W 230V I NB GR

11.61

280684 00

MVF617 MHN-TD250W 230V I NB GR

11.61

280714 00

MVF617 HPI-TP250W 230V I NB GR

10.56

280745 00

MVF617 SON-T250W 230V I MB GR

11.61

280691 00

MVF617 MHN-TD250W 230V I MB GR

11.61

280721 00

MVF617 HPI-TP250W 230V I MB GR

10.56

280752 00

MVF617 SON-T250W 230V I WB GR

11.61

280707 00

MVF617 MHN-TD250W 230V I WB GR

11.61

280738 00

MVF617 HPI-TP250W 230V I WB GR

10.56

280769 00

medium beam (MB) or wide beam (WB)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Decoﬂood MVF617 ﬂood-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with CosmoPolis system

Product ID

(CPO-TW) MVF617 CPO-TW140W K I OC GR

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

9.35

678627 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Product ID

Description

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

ZVF617 GLS

Glass support

1.50

234014 00

ZVF617 PG

Protection grid

1.50

233994 00

ZVF617 HL

Horizontal louver

2.30

234052 00

ZVF617 VL

Vertical louver

2.30

234069 00

ZVF617 BD

Barndoors

2.50

234007 00

ZVF617 F-RD

Red ﬁlter

1.50

233840 00

ZVF617 SGF-BL

Blue Solgel ﬁlter

1.50

477190 00

ZVF617 SGF-GN

Green Solgel ﬁlter

1.50

477206 00

ZVF617 SGF-YE

Yellow Solgel ﬁlter

1.50

477220 00

ZVF617 SGF-MG

Magenta Solgel ﬁlter

1.50

502343 00

ZVF617 SGF-LBL

Light blue Solgel ﬁlter

1.50

502336 00

ZVF617 SGF-WAF2

Warmer ﬁlter

1.50

477244 00

ZVF617 SGF-COF2

Cooler ﬁlter

1.50

477237 00

ZVF617 BSO

Grained glass

1.50

233932 00

ZVF617 BSP

Diamond-point glass

1.00

236490 00

ZVF617 BESP

Fine ridged glass

1.00

236483 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.103

Architectural lighting

Decoﬂood MVF617

Decoﬂood MVF619

Decoﬂood Type

MVF619

Light source

HID:

Color

RAL1015 Other RAL colors available on request

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70, Installation

150 W

Lamp included Gear and compensation (integrated)

Front access for mains connection, cable entry

150 W

via M20 cable glands (2 cable glands for through-

Yes (light color 830 or 942)

wiring facilities)

Protractor scale integrated

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC SCx: 0.035 m2

Conventional

Max adjustment from the horizontal: -180 to

Electronic (EB)

+180º Max vertical aiming: -90 to +60º

Narrow beam (NB) Medium beam (MB)

Maintenance

Symmetrical (S)

Accessories Remarks

If accessories are included in the luminaire package,

Main applications

Parks, pathways, architectural ﬂoodlighting, bridges,

the letter Z is included in the product designation

Semi-parallel, digital (SND) Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: high-pressure die-cast aluminum

Solgel ﬁlters in various colors, diamond-point glasses, ﬁne-ridged glasses, louvers

Asymmetrical (A) Digital serial (SUD)

Hinged front window with one Allen screw No internal cleaning required

Wide beam (WB)

Ignitor

Ceiling, wall or ﬂoor mounting

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TD / RX7s / 70,

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz: Optic

Dark grey (GR), RAL 10714 or ivory white,

structures, sculptures

Glass: tempered, 4 mm thick Gaskets: silicone Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum Reﬂectors: high-grade anodized aluminum

MVF619 Decoﬂood MVF619 ﬂood-lighting

Preferred selection

luminaire with narrow (NB), medium

Product ID

(MB), wide (WB), symmetrical (S) or assymmetrical (A) beam

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

MVF619 CDM-T35W/830 I NB GR SND

4.97

505603 00

MVF619 CDM-T35W/830 I MB GR SND

4.97

505610 00

MVF619 CDM-T35W/830 I WB GR SND

4.97

505627 00

MVF619 CDM-T70W/830 I NB GR SND

5.56

505634 00

MVF619 CDM-T70W/830 I MB GR SND

5.56

480589 00

MVF619 CDM-T70W/830 I WB GR SND

5.56

505665 00

MVF619 CDM-TD70W/830 I S GR SND

5.56

505702 00

MVF619 CDM-TD70W/830 I A GR SND

5.56

505689 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.104

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Decoﬂood MVF619

Product ID

Description

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

ZVF619 RL GR

Round louver

0.11

506082 00

ZVF619 HL GR

Horizontal louver

0.22

506099 00

ZVF619 F-RD GR

Red ﬁlter

0.65

608069 00

ZVF619 SGF-BL GR

Blue Solgel ﬁlter

0.65

608014 00

ZVF619 SGF-GN GR

Green Solgel ﬁlter

0.65

608021 00

ZVF619 SGF-YE GR

Yellow Solgel ﬁlter

0.65

608038 00

ZVF619 SGF-MG GR

Magenta Solgel ﬁlter

0.65

608052 00

ZVF619 SGF-LBL GR

Light blue Solgel ﬁlter

0.65

608045 00

ZVF619 WAF1 GR

Warmer ﬁlter 3000 to 2300K

0.65

506105 00

ZVF619 WAF2 GR

Warmer ﬁlter 3000 to 2500K

0.65

506112 00

ZVF619 WAF3 GR

Warmer ﬁlter 3000 to 2700K

0.65

506129 00

ZVF619 COF2 GR

Cooler ﬁlter 3000 to 3800K

0.65

506136 00

ZVF619 COF3 GR

Cooler ﬁlter 3000 to 3500K

0.65

506143 00

ZVF619 COF4 GR

Cooler ﬁlter 3000 to 3300K

0.65

506150 00

ZVF619 HBSP GR

Horizontal beam spreader glass

0.65

506174 00

ZVF619 VBSP GR

Vertical beam spreader glass

0.65

506167 00

ZVF619 HLBSP GR

Horizontal linear beam spreader glass

0.65

506198 00

ZVF619 VLBSP GR

Vertical linear beam spreader glass

0.65

506181 00

Brandenburg Gate, Germany

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.105

Architectural lighting

Accessories

Mini Decoﬂood DWP603/604

Mini Decoﬂood Type

DWP603 (with or without remote gear box)

Color

Dark grey (GR), RAL 10714

Installation

Floor mounting by the integrated gear box

DWP604 (with gear included) Light source

HID:

Other RAL colors available on request

1 x MASTERColour CDM-R / E27 / 35 W

(DWP604 version) or base plate (BA) and

Halogen:

separate gear box (DWP603 version)

1 x or 2 x MASTERLine ES / GU5.3 / 45 W

Two cable glands for through-wiring facility

1 x MASTER PAR20 E / E27 / 20 W (only for

Angle indicator with marking integrated

DWP603 version)

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC, 25ºC for

Lamp included

MASTER PAR20 E lamp version

Mains voltage

230 or 240 V

Drag factor (Cx): n/a

Gear (integrated)

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Max adjustment from the horizontal: 350º

Conventional Electronic, 230 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Max vertical aiming: -90 to +60º Maintenance

Lamp access by opening the front glass

Accessoies

Solgel ﬁlters in various colors, glare shields with

Electronic (EB) Transformer

Electronic (ET)

Options

Extension arm of 350 mm length (HMA)

No internal cleaning required and without color ﬁlters, vertical louver

Safety classes: Class I, Class II, and Class III too for

Remarks

Compliant with IEC 598 and EN 60598

DWP603 version

Main applications

Modern and classic buildings, architectural ﬂood

Dimming possibility for halogen lamp versions Materials and ﬁnishing

lighting, sculptures

Housings: die-cast high-pressure aluminum Glass: toughened, 6 mm thick Gasket: silicone rubber

for CDM-R and MASTERPAR20-E lamps

for halogen dichroic lamps

for compact model with halogen lamps

Screws: stainless-steel Extension arm: extruded aluminum Glare shield (accessory): die-cast aluminum Mini Decoﬂood DWP603, compact

Preferred selection

with base plate, ﬂood-lighting luminaire

Product ID

with CDM-R20 lamp DWP603 CDM-R20-35W 230V GR BA

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

4.00

502381 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

DWP603 1 x CDM-R20/HAL-P20E BA

4.106

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Mini Decoﬂood DWP603, compact

Preferred selection

with base plate, ﬂood-lighting luminaire

Product ID

with Dichroic halogen lamp (HALMR50)

DWP603 HAL-MR50-45W ET II GR BA

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

2.50

506716 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

DWP603 1x HAL-MR50 BA Mini Decoﬂood DWP603 ﬂood-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with Halogen Master

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

DWP603 HAL-P20E20W 230-240V GR

1.80

152905 00

DWP603 CDM-R20-35W 230V GR

4.00

152950 00

DWP603 HAL-P20E20W 230-240V HMA GR

2.10

545370 00

DWP603 CDM-R20-35W 230V HMA GR

4.30

545394 00

PAR20-E (HAL-P20E) or CDM-R20 lamp

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

DWP603 1 x CDM-R20/HAL-P20E

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.107

Architectural lighting

Mini Decoﬂood DWP603/604

Mini Decoﬂood DWP603 ﬂood-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with Dichroic halogen

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

DWP603 HAL-MR50-45W ET 230-240V II GR

2.50

152929 00

DWP603 HAL-MR50-45W ET 230-240V HMA II

2.80

545325 00

lamp (HAL-MR50)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

DWP603 1x HAL-MR50 Mini Decoﬂood DWP604 ﬂood-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

DWP604 CDM-R20-35W 230V GR

3.70

152875 00

DWP604 CDM-R20-35W EB 230-240V GR

3.00

152899 00

DWP604 CDM-R20-35W 230V HMA GR

4.00

545349 00

DWP604 CDM-R20-35W EB 230-240V HMA GR

3.30

545363 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

DWP604 1x CDM-R20/HAL-P20E

4.108

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Mini Decoﬂood DWP604 ﬂood-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with Dichroic halogen

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

DWP604 HAL-MR50-45W ET 230-240V II GR

2.00

152837 00

DWP604 HAL-MR50-45W ET 230-240V HMA II

2.30

545295 00

lamp (HAL-MR50)

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

DWP604 1x HAL-MR50 Mini Decoﬂood DWP604 ﬂood-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire with two Dichroic

Product ID

halogen lamps (HAL-MR50) DWP604 2xHAL-MR50-45W ET 230-240V II GR

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

3.30

152851 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

DWP604 2x HAL-MR50

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.109

Architectural lighting

Mini Decoﬂood DWP603/604

Mini Decoﬂood DWP603/604 Accessories Product ID

Description

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

ZWP600 GS-D118 GR

Glare shield diameter 118 mm

0.23

544922 00

ZWP600 GS-VL-D118 GR

Glare shield, vertical louver 118 mm

0.25

545127 00

ZWP600 GS-F-RD-D118 GR

Glare shield, ﬁlter red 118 mm

0.25

544960 00

ZWP600 SGF-BL GS D118 GR

Solgel ﬁlter, blue, glare shield (radial) 118 mm

0.29

477398 00

ZWP600 SGF-GN GS D118 GR

Solgel ﬁlter, green, glare shield (radial) 118 mm

0.29

477404 00

ZWP600 SGF-YE GS D118 GR

Solgel ﬁlter, yellow, glare shield (radial) 118 mm

0.29

477428 00

ZWP600 SGF-MG GS D118 GR

Solgel ﬁlter, magenta, glare shield (radial) 118 mm

0.29

477435 00

ZWP600 SGF-LBL GS D118 GR

Solgel ﬁlter, light blue, glare shield (radial) 118 mm

0.29

477442 00

ZWP600 SGF-WAF2 GS D118 GR

Solgel warmer ﬁlter, glare shield (radial) 118 mm

0.29

477466 00

ZWP600 SGF-COF2 GS D118 GR

Solgel cooler ﬁlter, glare shield (radial) 118 mm

0.29

477459 00

ZWP600 GS-D90 GR

Glare shield diameter 90 mm

0.14

544908 00

ZWP600 GS-F-RD-D90 GR

Glare shield, ﬁlter red 90 mm

0.24

544977 00

ZWP600 SGF-BL GS D90 GR

Solgel ﬁlter, blue, glare shield (radial) 90 mm

0.15

477312 00

ZWP600 SGF-GN GS D90 GR

Solgel ﬁlter, green, glare shield (radial) 90 mm

0.15

477329 00

ZWP600 SGF-YE GS D90 GR

Solgel ﬁlter, yellow, glare shield (radial) 90 mm

0.15

477343 00

ZWP600 SGF-MG GS D90 GR

Solgel ﬁlter, magenta, glare shield (radial) 90 mm

0.15

477350 00

ZWP600 SGF-LBL GS D90 GR

Solgel ﬁlter, light blue, glare shield (radial) 90 mm

0.15

477367 00

ZWP600 SGF-WAF2 GS D90 GR

Solgel warmer ﬁlter, glare shield (radial) 90 mm

0.15

477381 00

ZWP600 SGF-COF2 GS D90 GR

Solgel cooler ﬁlter, glare shield (radial) 90 mm

0.15

477374 00

Mini Decoﬂood DWP603/604 ﬂood-

4.110

Architectural lighting

Color ﬁlters to bring a touch of color

lighting luminaire with glare shield, color

to the projected light

ﬁlter (yellow) and two vertical strips

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

Mini DecoďŹ&#x201A;ood DWP603/604

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.111

DecoScene

4.112

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

DecoScene – bringing the night scene to life DecoScene is an uplighter for enhancing, highlighting or even revealing the architecture of the city at night. During the day this ground-recessed luminaire is unobtrusive and has an elegant visual presence. Its modular concept and the wide choice of lamps, beams, adjustment possibilities and accessories deliver the optimum upward lighting effect for any application. Because the DecoScene range is so versatile, it can be used to illuminate monuments, highlight a striking piece of contemporary architecture or mark out a luminous path through a public park or garden. The DecoScene range, available in three versions, complies with the CEI 60598-2-13 norm and offers a glass temperature below 80ºC. The optional electronic gear extends the lifetime of the lamp and reduces energy consumption. The small DecoScene is designed around the compact high-performance MASTERColour CDM-Tm Mini 20/35 W lamp. Together with the integrated PrimaVision mini-gear, it offers a unique combination of miniature size, excellent light quality and energy efficiency. The small DecoScene also incorporates dichroic halogen lamps, which offer ideal color rendering, and a PL-T lamp for marking a path. Dynamic guidance is also possible with the small DecoScene with LEDs. The medium-sized DecoScene is designed around the MASTERColour CDM-T 35/70 W lamp and offers the advantage of compactness. The optional electronic gear extends the lifetime of the lamp and reduces energy consumption. The large DecoScene is designed around the MASTERColour CDM-T 70/150 W lamp and also incorporates the mini warm-white sodium lamp MASTER SDW-TG 50/100 W. To ensure optimum thermal behavior, the gear is fitted in a separate box that can be fixed under the product or placed nearby. www.philips.com/lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

DecoScene DBP521 ground recessed

DecoScene DBP522 ground recessed

DecoScene DBP523 ground recessed

luminaire

Architectural lighting

4.113

DecoScene

A wide choice of optics The DecoScene housing is made up of four main parts: the ground housing, the luminaire housing, the protective glass and the top ﬁxing element. In the luminaire housing the anodized aluminum reﬂector offers a large choice of different beams: circular narrow, medium or wide beams for accent lighting and rectangular symmetrical and asymmetrical beams for uniform illumination of facades. The optic can be adjusted up to 20° for circular beams and up to 10° for rectangular beams with 100% of the beam being utilized.The optic is locked after adjustment and does not need to be unlocked during relamping.

Beam angles Circular beams

Narrow beam

2x3°

4.114

Architectural lighting

Rectangular beams

Medium beam

2x9°

Wide beam

2x14°

Rectangular symmetrical

Rectangular asymmetrical

beam

8° / 2x39°

-15°, +9° / 2x37°

Philips outdoor luminaires

DecoScene

Architectural lighting

Color your light DecoScene integrates the innovative SolGel color filters, which are available in different colors. SolGel filters are a highly cost-effective means of creating attractive color effects on illuminated facades or objects and creating grazing light free of unwanted color variations. Six standard colors and six warm and cool filters are available.

Range of colors

Glass effects Clear glass

Philips outdoor luminaires

Frosted glass

Half moon frosted glass

Honeycomb glass

Fine-ridged glass

Frosted inside for softening the beam and creating diffuse and uniform light.

Partially frosted inside to soften the edges of the beams against the wall and to give a nice horizontal cut-off at the bottom. The frosted part of the glass faces the facade.

Multidirectional beam softener. The glass creates a diffuse and uniform light.

Unidirectional beam spreader. The ﬁne-ridged glass aimed towards the facade spreads the beam vertically.

Architectural lighting

4.115

DecoScene DBP521

DecoScene Type

DBP521

Light source

HID:

Installation

Two M20 cable glands for through wiring facility

1 x MASTERLine ES / GU5.3 / 20, 30, 35, 45 W

Delivered with mains supply cable of 2 m

1 x MASTERColour CDM-Tm Mini / PGJ5 / 20,

Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC (indoor:

35 W

15ºC for CDM-Tm 35 W version) Static load: 4000 kg

Compact ﬂuorescent: 1 x MASTER PL-T 2 Pin / GX24d-2 / 18 W Lamp included

(integrated)

Maintenance

Lamp access by opening the front glass

Accessories

Frosted glass (GF), half-moon frosted glass

No internal cleaning required

Yes (light color 830 or 930) No

Gear and compensation

(HMG-FR), honeycomb glass (BSO), ﬁne-ridged

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

glass (LBSP), SolGel ﬁlters in various colors, anti-

Conventional

slip glass (GC-AS), round or horizontal louvers

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

(HRL, RL, HL, MK), shallow glass bowl (GB), radial

Electronic (EB) Optic

In recessing box delivered with the luminaire

Narrow (NB), medium (MB), wide (WB),

shields (GS1, GS4), square tile (SV), stainless-steel

symmetrical (S) and asymmetrical (A) beams

decorative ring (DR), anti-vandal screws (SVP),

Options

Fuse (F) integrated

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: die-cast aluminum

recessing box (RMR) Remarks

If accessories are included in the luminaire package,

Main applications

Architectural ﬂoodlighting, parks, squares,

the letter Z is included in the product designation

Glass: tempered, 15 mm thick Gasket: silicon

residential and shopping areas, indoor applications

Optics: anodized aluminum Installation tube: PVC Screws: stainless steel Color

Dark grey (GR), RAL 10714 Other RAL colors are available on request Recessed mounting box (ZBP521 RMR), standard delivered with DecoScene DBP521

DBP521

DBP521 DecoScene DBP521 ground recessed

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

DBP521 PL-T/2P18W I GR Z

4.65

727110 00

DBP521 HAL-MR50 I GR

5.25

727103 00

DBP521 CDM-Tm20W/830 EB I NB GR Z

4.60

727134 00

DBP521 CDM-Tm20W/830 EB I MB GR Z

4.60

727141 00

DBP521 CDM-Tm20W/830 EB I WB GR Z

4.60

727158 00

DBP521 CDM-Tm35W/930 EB I NB GR Z

4.60

727189 00

DBP521 CDM-Tm35W/930 EB I MB GR Z

4.60

727196 00

DBP521 CDM-Tm35W/930 EB I WB GR Z

4.60

727202 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.116

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

DecoScene DBP521

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting Cernay, France 4.117

DecoScene DBP522

DecoScene Type

DBP522

Light source

HID:

Lamp included

Installation

One M20 cable gland

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70 W

Delivered with mains supply cable of 2 m

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TD / RX7s / 70 W

Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC (25ºC indoor)

Yes (light color 830 or 942)

Static load: 5000 kg

No Gear and compensation (integrated)

In recessing box delivered with the luminaire

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Maintenance

Lamp access by opening the front glass

Accessories

Frosted glass (GF), half-moon frosted glass (HMG-

Conventional

No internal cleaning required

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

FR), honeycomb glass (BSO), ﬁne-ridged glass

Electronic (EB) Narrow (NB), medium (MB), wide (WB),

(LBSP), Solgel ﬁlters in various colors, anti-slip glass

symmetrical (S) and asymmetrical (A) beams

(GC-AS), round or horizontal louvers (HRL, RL,

Options

Heat-resistant glass, cool glass (HPG)

HL, MK), square tile (SV), stainless-steel decorative

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: die-cast aluminum

ring (DR), anti-vandal screws (SVP), recessing box

Glass: tempered, 19 mm thick

(RMR)

Optic

Remarks

Gasket: silicon Installation tube: metal

Main applications

Architectural ﬂoodlighting, parks, squares, residential and shopping areas, indoor applications

Screws: stainless steel Color

If accessories are included in the luminaire package, the letter Z is included in the product designation

Optics: anodized aluminum

Dark grey (GR), RAL 10714

Recessed mounting box (ZBP522 RMR), standard delivered with DecoScene DBP522

DBP522

DBP522 DecoScene DBP522 ground recessed

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

DBP522 CDM-T35W/830 I NB GR RMR

13.36

727660 00

DBP522 CDM-T35W/830 I MB GR

16.21

727677 00

DBP522 CDM-T35W/830 I WB GR

16.21

727684 00

DBP522 CDM-T35W/830 I S GR

16.21

727691 00

DBP522 CDM-T35W/830 I A GR

16.21

727707 00

DBP522 CDM-T70W/830 I NB GR

16.21

727813 00

DBP522 CDM-T70W/830 I MB GR

16.21

727820 00

DBP522 CDM-T70W/830 I WB GR

16.21

727837 00

DBP522 CDM-TD70W/830 I S GR

16.21

727936 00

DBP522 CDM-TD70W/830 I A GR

16.21

727943 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.118

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

DecoScene DBP522

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural Abbey, lighting LĂŠhon, France 4.119

DecoScene DBP523

DecoScene Type

DBP523

Color

Dark grey (GR), RAL 10714

Light source

HID:

Installation

In recessing box delivered with the luminaire

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

Two M20 cable glands for through-wiring facility

150 W

Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC (25ºC

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TD / RX7s / 70,

indoor)

150 W

Static load: 5000 kg

1 x MASTER SDW-TG Mini / GX12-1 / 50,

Maintenance

Lamp access by opening the front glass

Accessories

Frosted glass (GF), half-moon frosted glass (HMG-

100 W Lamp included Gear and compensation (integrated)

No internal cleaning required

Yes (K or light color 830 or 942) No

FR), honeycomb glass (BSO), ﬁne-ridged glass

Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

(LBSP), SolGel ﬁlters in various colors, anti-slip glass

Conventional

(GC-AS), round or horizontal louvers (HRL, RL,

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

HL, MK), square tile (SV), stainless-steel decorative

Electronic (EB) Optic

ring (DR), anti-vandal screws (SVP), recessing box

Narrow (NB), medium (MB), wide (WB), symmetrical (S) and asymmetrical (A) beams

Options

(RMR), recessing box L-shape (RMLR) Remarks

Heat-resistant glass, cool glass (HPG) Fuse (F) included

Materials and ﬁnishing

the letter Z is included in the product designation Main applications

Housing: die-cast aluminum

If accessories are included in the luminaire package, Architectural ﬂoodlighting, parks, squares, residential and shopping areas, indoor applications

Glass: tempered, 19 mm thick Gasket: silicon Optics: anodized aluminum Installation tube: metal Screws: stainless steel

ZBP523 RMRL

ZBP523 RMR Recessed mounting box (ZBP523

Recessed mounting box, L-shaped

RMR), standard delivered with

(ZBP523 RMRL)

DecoScene DBP523

4.120

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Decoscene DBP523 ground recessed

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

DBP523 CDM-T70W/830 I NB GR

19.36

728339 00

DBP523 CDM-T70W/830 I MB GR

19.36

728346 00

DBP523 CDM-T70W/830 I WB GR

19.36

728353 00

DBP523 CDM-TD70W/830 I S GR

19.36

728483 00

DBP523 CDM-TD70W/830 I A GR

19.36

728490 00

DBP523 CDM-T150W/830 I NB GR

19.96

728582 00

DBP523 CDM-T150W/830 I MB GR

19.96

728599 00

DBP523 CDM-T150W/830 I WB GR

19.96

728605 00

DBP523 CDM-TD150W/830 I S GR

19.96

728735 00

DBP523 CDM-TD150W/830 I A GR

19.96

728742 00

DBP523 SDW-TG100W K EB I NB GR

18.26

728889 00

DBP523 SDW-TG100W K EB I MB GR

18.26

728896 00

DBP523 SDW-TG100W K EB I WB GR

18.26

728902 00

DBP523 SDW-TG100W K EB I S GR

18.26

728919 00

DBP523 SDW-TG100W K EB I A GR

18.26

728926 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conďŹ gurations

DBP523 Castle Saint Sauveur le Vicomte, France

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.121

Architectural lighting

DecoScene DBP523

DecoScene DBP521/522/523 accessories Accessories Horizontal louver (ZBP521 for

Glare mask (ZBP521 for DBP521 and

DBP521 and ZBP523 for DBP522/523)

ZBP523 for DBP522/523)

Product ID

EOC

Product ID

EOC

ZBP521 HL

727547 00

ZBP521 MK

727554 00

ZBP523 HL

729138 00

ZBP523 MK

729145 00

Half moon louver (for DBP523)

Product ID

4.122

Architectural lighting

Full moon louver (for DBP523)

EOC

Product ID

EOC

ZBP521 HRL

727523 00

ZBP523 RL

729121 00

ZBP523 HRL

729114 00

ZBP521 RL

727530 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

DecoScene DBP521/522/523 accessories

Shallow glass (only available for

and ZBP523 for DBP522/523)

DBP521)

Product ID

EOC

ZBP521 GC-AS

727592 00

Product ID

EOC

ZBP523 GC-AS

729060 00

ZBP521 GB

727608 00

Frosted glass (ZBP521 for DBP521 and

Partly frosted glass (ZBP521 for

ZBP523 for DBP522/523)

DBP521 and ZBP523 for DBP522/523)

Product ID

EOC

ZBP521 GF

727578 00

Product ID

ZBP523 GF

729046 00

ZBP521 HMG

EOC 727585 00

Honeycomb glass (ZBP521 for

Fine-ridged glass (ZBP521 for DBP521

DBP521 and ZBP523 for DBP522/523)

and ZBP523 for DBP522/523)

Product ID

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

Anti-slip glass (ZBP521 for DBP521

EOC

Product ID

EOC

ZBP521 BSO

727363 00

ZBP521 LBSP

727370 00

ZBP523 BSO

729091 00

ZBP523 LBSP

729107 00

Color ﬁlters, and warm and cool ﬁlters

Product ID

(ZBP521 for DBP521 and ZBP523 for

ZBP521 SGF-BL

727424 00

DBP522/523)

ZBP523 SGF-BL

729152 00

ZBP521 SGF-GN

727400 00

ZBP523 SGF-GN

729169 00

ZBP521 WAF1

727479 00

ZBP523 WAF1

729213 00

ZBP521 COF2

727448 00

ZBP523 COF2

729244 00

EOC

Architectural lighting

4.123

DecoScene DBP521/522/523 accessories

Radial shield with 1 opening (only

Radial shield with 4 openings (only

available for DBP521)

Product ID ZBP521 GS1 GR

4.124

Architectural lighting

EOC

Product ID

727509 00

ZBP521 GS4 GR

Decorative ring (ZBP521 for DBP521

Product ID

Description

and ZBP523 for DBP522/523)

ZBP523 HPG

Heat-protection glass

Product ID

EOC

ZBP521 DR

727356 00

ZBP523 DR

729084 00

EOC 727516 00

EOC 291476 00

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

DecoScene DBP521/522/523 accessories

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.125

Amazon

4.126

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

Amazon – a touch of ambience Amazon is a ground-recessed floodlight for outdoor uplighting effects, e.g. for guidance along a garden pathway or to create a dramatic outdoor ambience. It comes with three color filters (forest green, marine blue and natural white) and a refractor for appealing effects. The vandal-resistant TouchSafe cover means the diffuser can be touched without fear of burning your fingers. Thanks to its shallow recess depth, Amazon is particularly easy to install. At the heart of the Amazon LED range of marker lights are top-quality diodes that deliver outstanding brightness. Amazon LED offers a choice of five different colors – yellow, red, blue, green and white (color temperature 5600-6500 K) – to add a touch of ambience to a variety of settings. www.philips.com/lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.127

Amazon

Amazon Type

DBC270/271

Installation

Light source

DBC270

Adequate drainage must be available to prevent a

Halogen:

build-up of water around the luminaire

1 x HalogenA PAR20 / E27 / 40 W Compact ﬂuorescent: 1 x PL-E / E27 / max 15 W

Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC Static load

1000 kg

Remarks

Vandal-resistant ‘TouchSafe’ polycarbonate cover Luminaires delivered as standard with three color

Incandescent: 1 x Incandescent R63 / E27 / max 40 W

ﬁlters and a refractor Main applications

DBC271

Ground-recessed

Residential areas, parks, gardens, squares, pathways

Halogen: 1 x Twistline Dichroic / GZ10 / max 50 W Lamp included

Yes

Materials

Housing: technopolymer (PBT) Diffuser: polycarbonate Deco ring: stainless steel

DBC270/271 Amazon DBC270/271 architectural

Preferred selection

ﬂood-lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

DBC270 MAX40W-E27

1.45

140339 00

DBC271 MAX50W-GZ10

1.45

140346 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.128

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

Amazon

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.129

EFix

4.130

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

EFix decorative wall and step lighting – enhancing the city The new outdoor EFix decorative range is ideally suited to asymmetrical wall lighting, step lighting and marking as well as creating grazing lighting effects. The family design means the luminaires can be combined to cover a wide variety of applications. The EFix Grazer light produces a powerful uni- or bi-directional light distribution that will enhance the architecture with a narrow or wide beam. The EFix Step light is available with both fluorescent and HID light sources. The EFix Step marker offers a variety of five different front finishes. www.philips.com/lighting

EFix Step marker EFix Grazer light DWP201/211

Philips outdoor luminaires

EFix Step light HWP200/201

HWP100/101/102/103/104

Architectural lighting

4.131

EFix Grazer Light DWP201

EFix Grazer light Type

DWP201 (uni-directional version)

Materials and ﬁnishing

DWP211 (bi-directional version)

Housing: die-cast aluminum Cover: tempered glass, 10 mm thick

Light source

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G8.5 / 35 or 70 W

Color

Silver grey (GR), close to RAL 9006

Lamp included

Installation

Wall mounting

Gear and compensation

Electro magnetic, 230 V / 50 Hz:

Maintenance

Lamp accessible by opening the front glass (three

Inductive (IN) with capacitor Optic

screws)

DWP201

No internal cleaning required

Narrow beam, 2 x 15º (NB)

Main applications

Grazing effects on walls

Wide beam, 2 x 30º (WB) DWP211 Narrow, 2 x 15º and narrow beam, 2 x 15º (NBNB) Narrow, 2 x 15º and wide beam, 2 x 25º (NBWB) Wide, 2 x 25º and wide beam 2 x 25º (WBWB)

DWP211

DWP201 EFix Grazer Light DWP201 with uni-

Preferred selection

directional light distribution

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

DWP201 CDM-T35W IN NB GR

5.50

809090 99

DWP201 CDM-T35W IN WB GR

5.50

809106 99

DWP201 CDM-T70W IN NB GR

4.60

807539 99

DWP201 CDM-T70W IN WB GR

4.60

807546 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

EFix Grazer Light DWP211 with bi-

Preferred selection

directional light distribution

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

DWP211 CDM-T35W IN NB-NB GR

5.50

807553 99

DWP211 CDM-T35W IN NB-WB GR

5.50

809113 99

DWP211 CDM-T35W IN WB-WB GR

5.50

807560 99

DWP211 CDM-T70W IN NB-NB GR

4.10

807577 99

DWP211 CDM-T70W IN NB-WB GR

5.50

809120 99

DWP211 CDM-T70W IN WB-WB GR

4.10

807584 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.132

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

EFix Grazer Light DWP201

EFix Grazer Light DWP201, uni-

directional wide beam, vertical lamp

directional narrow beam, vertical lamp

Horizontal lamp position for bi-

position

directional EFix Grazer Light DWP211

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.133

EFix Step Light HWP200

EFix Step light Type

HWP200 (HID-lamp version)

Light source

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: die-cast aluminum

HWP201 (compact ﬂuorescent lamp version)

Recessing housing part: polyamide (ﬂuorescent

HWP200

version) and steel (HID version)

HID:

Diffuser: glass Color

Silver grey (GR), close to RAL 9006

HWP201

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70 W

Installation

Wall recessed

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Maintenance

Lamp accessible by opening the front cover (four

1 x MASTER PL-C 2 Pin / G24d-3 / 26 W Lamp included

Gear and compensation

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 V / 50 Hz:

screws) No internal cleaning required Main applications

Outdoor path/stairs guidings

Inductive (IN), with capacitor for HID version and without capacitor for ﬂuorescent version

HWP200

HWP201

4.134

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

EFix Step Light HWP200

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

HWP200 CDM-T70W IN GR

3.30

807461 99

HWP201 PL-C/2P18W IN GR

3.50

807478 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conďŹ gurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.135

Architectural lighting

EFix Step Light HWP200/201

EFix Step Marker HWP100

EFix Step marker Type

HWP100/101/102/103/104

Color

Light source

Compact ﬂuorescent:

Installation

Wall recessed

Maintenance

Lamp accessible by opening the front cover (2

1 x MASTER PL-C 2 Pin / G24d-3 / 18 W Lamp included

Gear and compensation

Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 V / 50 Hz:

screws)

Inductive (IN), without capacitor Materials and ﬁnishing

Silver grey (GR), close to RAL 9006

No internal cleaning required Main applications

Outdoor path/stairs guidings

Housing: die-cast aluminum Recessing housing part: polyamide

HWP100 EFix Step Marker HWP100

Preferred selection Product ID

HWP100 PL-C/2P18W IN GR

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

1.50

807485 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

EFix Step Marker HWP101

Preferred selection Product ID

HWP101 PL-C/2P18W IN GR

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

1.30

807492 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

EFix Step Marker HWP102

Preferred selection Product ID

HWP102 PL-C/2P18W IN GR

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

1.40

807508 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.136

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

EFix Step Marker HWP100

Product ID

HWP103 PL-C/2P18W IN GR

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

1.20

807515 99

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

1.30

807522 99

Preferred selection Product ID

HWP104 PL-C/2P18W IN GR

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.137

Architectural lighting

Preferred selection

Amazon LED

Amazon LED – a touch of ambience Create an attractive and appealing entrance or pathway with guiding lights. At the heart of the Amazon LED range of marker lights are top-quality diodes that deliver outstanding brightness. Amazon LED offers a choice of ﬁve different colors – yellow, red, blue, green and white (color temperature 5600 - 6500 K), in three sizes – to add a touch of ambience to a variety of settings. Amazon LED Mini Kit, available in white and blue, is a complete guiding light kit with remote control that can be applied on your deck, terrace or garden. www.philips.com/lighting

Amazon LED BBC211

4.138

Architectural lighting

Amazon LED BBC206

Amazon LED BBC212

Philips outdoor luminaires

Amazon LED

BBC211 (single pack, 10 pack, 10 pack KIT version)

Color

Gray

Light source

1 x SMD LED-HB

Installation

Ceiling, wall and ground recessed

Light color

Single pack, 10 pack: red (RD), green (GN), blue

Operating temperature -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC Liftetime

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta=

Single pack: 9 V DC

Accessories

230 V / 9 V transformer + remote control

10 pack KIT: 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz

Remarks

Conﬁguration of kit version: 10 markers,

(BL), amber (AM), white (WH).

25ºC)

10 pack KIT: mono: Blue (BL), white (WH). Power supply Power consumption

Architectural lighting

Amazon LED Type

Single pack: 0.25 W

transformer, remote control, battery, 20 m cable

10 pack KIT: 3 W

and 22 quick-ﬁt connectors; for the set version:

Optic/cover

Frosted polycarbonate

Options

Remote control unit

10 markers Main applications

Ofﬁce, retail, hospitality

static load: 1000 kg

BBC211 Amazon LED BBC211 kit of 10

Preferred selection

markers (with single SMD LEDs),

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BBC211 1xLED-HB/WH 9V SET10

0.90

800479 99

BBC211 1xLED-HB/BL 9V SET10

0.90

800486 99

BBC211 1xLED-HB/GN 9V

0.02

809199 99

BBC211 1xLED-HB/WH 9V SET10

0.21

809229 99

combipacked transformer and remote control. Also available in single units and sets of 10 pieces. Respective codes for new kit and set versions, and related accessories are available separately

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.139

Amazon LED

Amazon LED Type

BBC206 (single pack version)

Color

Gray

Light source

6 x LED-HB (5 mm)

Installation

Ceiling, wall and ground recessed

Light color

Mono: red (RD), green (GN), blue (BL), amber (AM), white (WH)

Operating temperature -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC Liftetime

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta=

Accessories

Aluminum decorative ring, recessed tube,

25ºC)

Power supply

24 V DC

Power consumption

0.5 W

Optic/cover

Frosted glass

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: technopolymer (PBT)

transformer covers, ceiling ﬁxation clips, 230 V /

Top cover: tempered glass and polycarbonate

24 V transformer Main applications

Ofﬁce, retail, hospitality

(patented LED Guard® technology) Top ring: stainless steel static load: 1000 kg

BBC206 Amazon LED BBC206 with 6 LEDs

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BBC206 6xLED-HB/BL 24V

0.41

143507 00

BBC206 6xLED-HB/WH 24V

0.41

143491 00

BBC206 6xLED-HB/GN 24V

0.41

143514 00

BBC206 6xLED-HB/RD 24V

0.41

143521 00

BBC206 6xLED-HB/YE 24V

0.41

143538 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.140

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Amazon LED

BBC212 (single pack version)

Color

Gray

Light source

12 x LED-HB (5 mm)

Installation

Ceiling, wall and ground recessed

Light color

Mono: red (RD), green (GN), blue (BL), amber

Operating temperature -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

(AM), white (WH) Power supply

220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz

Power consumption

0.8 W

Optic/cover

Frosted glass

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: technopolymer (PBT)

Liftetime

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta =

Accessories

Aluminum decorative ring, recessed tube, ceiling

25ºC) ﬁxation clips Main applications

Ofﬁce, retail, hospitality

Top cover: tempered glass and polycarbonate (patented LED Guard® technology) static load: 1000 kg

Top ring: stainless steel

BBC212 Amazon LED BBC212 with 12 LEDs

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BBC212 12xLED-HB/GN 230V

0.50

143415 00

BBC212 12xLED-HB/RD 230V

0.50

143422 00

BBC212 12xLED-HB/YE 230V

0.50

143439 00

BBC212 12xLED-HB/WH 230V

0.50

145822 00

BBC212 12xLED-HB/BL 230V

0.50

145839 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Product ID

Description

ZBC206 DR ALU

Deco ring Aluminum for Amazon LED 6 and 12

143644 00

ZBC206 TUBE

Recessed tube for ground installation Amazon LED 6 and 12

143651 00

EBC206 ETR 230/24V IP65

Electronic power supply for BBC206 in recessed box IP65

145808 00

ZBC206 CFC

Ceiling ﬁxation clips for Amazon LED 6 and 12

145846 00

ZBC206 TRC ALU

Aluminum cover for BBC206 transformer

145853 00

ZBC206 TRC IX

Stainless steel cover for BBC206 transformer

145860 00

EBC211 ETR-RC 230/9V

Electronic power supply for BBC211

809427 99

Philips outdoor luminaires

EOC

Architectural lighting

4.141

Architectural lighting

Amazon LED Type

Marker LED

4.142

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

Marker LED â&#x20AC;&#x201C; eye-catching Featuring SMD LEDs in combination with a diffusing glass cover, this luminaire is a clearly visible marker with a uniform light output. The Marker LED RGB version enables dynamic color changes, opening up a wide range of creative options and effects. The robustly designed Marker LED is available in round, rectangular and square versions and has an easy-to-install wall- and ground-recessed mounting box. www.philips.com/lighting

Marker LED BBG300 ground- and wall-

Marker LED BBG301 ground- and wall-

Marker LED BBG310/311 ground- and

Marker LED BBG320/321 ground- and

recessed luminaire, round

wall-recessed luminaire, square

wall-recessed luminaire, rectangular

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.143

Marker LED

Marker LED Type

BBG300 (round, 220 - 240 V version)

Materials and ﬁnishing

BBG301 (round, 24 V version) Light source Light color

Top ring: stainless steel

Mono: 12 x SMD LED RGB: 10 x SMD LED

Gearbox: polycarbonate Installation

Ground or wall recessed

Mono-color version: cool white (WH), red (RD),

Two M20 cable glands for through-wiring facility Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

green (GN), blue (BL), amber (AM) Power supply Power consumption

Top cover: tempered glass (with internal diffuser)

Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)

Maintenance

No internal cleaning required

BBG300: 220 - 240 V AC / 50 Hz (PSU)

Lifetime

50,000 hrs (70% lumen maintenance)

BBG301: 24 V DC

Accessories

Recessed and pre-recessed boxes

Main applications

Urban areas, indoor applications

(for outdoor use)

BBG300 (220 - 240 V version): Red,amber: 2,3 W Blue, green, white: 3.1 W RGB: 3.6 W

BBG300

BBG301

BBG301 (24 V version): Red,amber: 1.4 W Blue, green, white: 2.2 W RGB: 3.1 W Controls

Compatible with full line of Philips DMX controllers

BBG301 BBG300 Marker LED BBG300 ground- and wall-

Preferred selection

recessed luminaire, round

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BBG300 LED-HB/WH PSU 220-240V II

0.48

009926 99

BBG300 LED-HB/AM PSU 220-240V II

0.48

009933 99

BBG300 LED-HB/RD PSU 220-240V II

0.48

009940 99

BBG300 LED-HB/GN PSU 220-240V II

0.48

009957 99

BBG300 LED-HB/BL PSU 220-240V II

0.48

009964 99

BBG300 LED-HB/RGB PSU 220-240V II

0.40

802350 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Marker LED BBG301 ground- and wall-

Preferred selection Product ID

4.144

Architectural lighting

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BBG301 LED-HB/WH 24V II

0.30

009971 99

BBG301 LED-HB/AM 24V II

0.30

009988 99

BBG301 LED-HB/RD 24V II

0.30

009995 99

BBG301 LED-HB/GN 24V II

0.30

797007 99

BBG301 LED-HB/BL 24V II

0.30

797014 99

BBG301 LED-HB/RGB 24V III

0.30

802367 99

Philips outdoor luminaires

Marker LED

Marker LED BBG310 (square, 220 - 240 V version)

Materials and ﬁnishing

BBG311 (square, 24 V version) Light source Light color

Top ring: stainless steel

Mono: 16 x SMD LED RGB: 20x SMD LED

Gearbox: polycarbonate Installation

Ground or wall recessed

Mono-color version: white (WH), red (RD), green

Two M20 cable glands for through-wiring facility Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

(GN), blue (BL), amber (AM) Power supply

Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)

Maintenance

No internal cleaning required

BBG310: 220 - 240 V AC / 50 Hz (PSU)

Accessories

Recessed and pre-recessed boxes (for outdoor use)

BBG311: 24 V DC Power consumption

Top cover: tempered glass (with internal diffuser)

BBG310 (220 - 240 V version):

Main applications

Urban areas, indoor applications

Red, amber: 2,3 W Blue, green, white: 3.8 W

BBG310

BBG311

RGB: 6.6 W BBG311 (24 V version): Red, amber: 1.4 W Blue, green, white: 2.9 W RGB: 5.8 W

BBG310/311 Marker LED BBG310/311 ground- and

Preferred selection

wall-recessed luminaire, square

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BBG310 LED-HB/WH PSU 220-240V II

0.54

797076 99

BBG310 LED-HB/AM PSU 220-240V II

0.54

797083 99

BBG310 LED-HB/RD PSU 220-240V II

0.54

797090 99

BBG310 LED-HB/GN PSU 220-240V II

0.54

797106 99

BBG310 LED-HB/BL PSU 220-240V II

0.54

797113 99

BBG310 LED-HB/RGB PSU 220-240V II

0.54

802374 99

BBG311 LED-HB/WH 24V II

0.35

797120 99

BBG311 LED-HB/AM 24V II

0.35

797137 99

BBG311 LED-HB/RD 24V II

0.35

797144 99

BBG311 LED-HB/GN 24V II

0.35

797151 99

BBG311 LED-HB/BL 24V II

0.35

797168 99

BBG311 LED-HB/RGB 24V III

0.35

802381 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.145

Architectural lighting

Type

Marker LED

Marker LED Type

BBG320 (rectangular, 220 - 240 V version)

Materials and ﬁnishing

BBG321 (rectangular, 24 V version) Light source Light color

Top ring: stainless steel

Mono: 40 x SMD LED RBG: 40 x SMD LED

Gearbox: polycarbonate Installation

Ground or wall recessed

Mono-color version: white (WH), red (RD), green

Two M20 cable glands for through-wiring facility Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

(GN), blue (BL), amber (AM) Power supply

Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)

Maintenance

No internal cleaning required

BBG320: 220 - 240 V AC / 50 Hz (PSU)

Accessories

Recessed and pre-recessed boxes (for outdoor use)

BBG321: 24 V DC Power consumption

Top cover: tempered glass (with internal diffuser)

BBG320 (220 - 240 V version):

Main applications

Urban areas, indoor applications

Red, amber: 4.6 W Blue, green, white: 7.6 W

BBG320

BBG321

RGB: 12.7 W BBG321 (24 V version): Red, amber: 2.8 W Blue, green, white: 5.8 W RGB: 11 W Controls

Compatible with full line of Philips DMX controllers

BBG320/321 Marker LED BBG320/321 ground- and

Preferred selection

wall-recessed luminaire, rectangular

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BBG320 LED-HB/WH PSU 220-240V II

1.06

797175 99

BBG320 LED-HB/AM PSU 220-240V II

1.08

797182 99

BBG320 LED-HB/RD PSU 220-240V II

0.89

797199 99

BBG320 LED-HB/GN PSU 220-240V II

1.08

797205 99

BBG320 LED-HB/BL PSU 220-240V II

1.08

797212 99

BBG320 LED-HB/RGB PSU 220-240V II

1.08

802398 99

BBG321 LED-HB/WH 24V II

0.70

797229 99

BBG321 LED-HB/AM 24V II

0.70

797236 99

BBG321 LED-HB/RD 24V II

0.70

797243 99

BBG321 LED-HB/GN 24V II

0.70

797250 99

BBG321 LED-HB/BL 24V II

0.70

797267 99

BBG321 LED-HB/RGB 24V III

0.70

802404 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.146

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Marker LED

Accessories

Product ID

Architectural lighting

Recessed box for BBG300/301

EOC

ZBG300 RMB

797274 99

ZBG300 RMB RMBH

802008 99

ZBG300 RMB-RGB RMBH

802022 99

ZBG300 RMB-RGB

801988 99

ZBG300 RMB ZBG300 RMBH Recessed box for BBG310/311

Product ID

EOC

ZBG310 RMB

797328 99

ZBG310 RMB-RGB

802237 99

ZBG310 RMB RMBH

802251 99

ZBG310 RMB-RGB RMBH

802275 99

ZBG310 RMB ZBG310 RMBH

Recessed box for BBG320/321

Product ID

EOC

ZBG320 RMB

797342 99

ZBG320 RMB-RGB

802299 99

ZBG320 RMB RMBH

802312 99

ZBG320 RMB-RGB RMBH

802336 99

ZBG320 RMB

ZBG320 RMBH

Pre-recessed box for BBG320/321

Philips outdoor luminaires

Pre-recessed box for BBG310/311

Pre-recessed box for BBG300/301

Stainless steel top ring

Architectural lighting

4.147

Underwater LED

4.148

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

Underwater LED – illumination in water and beyond Underwater LED is a family of ultra-efﬁcient LED micro spots and recessed markers designed to create amazing effects in wet or normal environments. Fully IP68 to a depth of 10 m, it offers a choice of beams between 10 and 40º for precision illumination of architecture as well as fountains or ponds. The DMXcompliant Underwater LED is available in blue, white and RGB versions; with both LUXEON® I and K2 LEDs. www.philips.com/lighting

Underwater LED BCB450

Philips outdoor luminaires

Underwater LED BCB451

Underwater LED BBB450

Underwater LED BBB451

Architectural lighting

4.149

Underwater LED BCB450/451

Underwater LED Type

BCB450 (surface-mounted version) ®

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: stainless steel and chrome, tempered glass

Light source

3 x LUXEON I

Color

Glossy silver

Light color

Mono-color version: cool white (CW), blue (BL)

Installation

Surface mounted with separate available ECB450

Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)

range of drivers (and ECB450 DMX slave for tri-

Power supply

Current driven, 350 mA

color version)

Power consumption

Max 4 W

No preference in orientation

Optic

Beam angles:

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Mono-color: 12 and 30º

Lifetime

Tri-color: 12, 30 and 40º Options

Lighting controls:

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta < 25ºC

Accessories

Range of drivers and DMX slave

for RGB version: Philips full line of DMX

Remarks

External driver required

controllers, with slave interface

Main applications

Underwater, outdoor and indoor

BCB450 Underwater LED BCB450 architectural

Preferred selection

ﬂood-lighting luminaire, surface-

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCB450 3xLED-LXN-12-/CW III

0.43

801346 99

BCB450 3xLED-LXN-12-/BL III

0.43

801353 99

BCB450 3xLED-LXN-12-/RGB III

0.43

801360 99

BCB450 3xLED-LXN-30-/CW III

0.43

801377 99

BCB450 3xLED-LXN-30-/BL III

0.43

801384 99

BCB450 3xLED-LXN-30-/RGB III

0.43

801391 99

BCB450 3xLED-LXN-40-/RGB III

0.43

801407 99

mounted

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.150

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Underwater LED BCB450/451

BCB451 (surface-mounted version) ®

Color

Glossy silver

Installation

Surface mounted with separate available

Light source

3 x LUXEON K2

Light color

Mono-color version: cool white (CW), blue (BL)

ECB450/451 range of drivers (and ECB451 DMX

Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)

slave for tri-color version)

Power supply

Current driven, 350 mA, 700 mA

No preference in orientation

Power consumption

Max 8 W

Optic

Beam angles 10, 25 and 40º

Lifetime

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Options

Lighting controls (for RGB version):

Materials and ﬁnishing

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC Accessories

Range of drivers and DMX slave

for RGB version: Philips full line of DMX

Remarks

External driver required

controllers, with slave interface

Main applications

Underwater, outdoor and indoor

Housing: machined brass and anodized aluminum Bracket: stainless steel, tempored glass CB

BCB451 Underwater LED BCB451 architectural

Preferred selection

ﬂood-lighting luminaire, surface-

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCB451 3xLED-K2-10-/CW III

0.54

807874 99

BCB451 3xLED-K2-10-/BL III

0.54

807881 99

BCB451 3xLED-K2-10-/RGB III

0.60

807898 99

BCB451 3xLED-K2-25-/CW III

0.54

807904 99

BCB451 3xLED-K2-25-/BL III

0.54

807911 99

BCB451 3xLED-K2-40-/RGB III

0.60

807928 99

BCB451 3xLED-K2-40-/CW III

0.54

807935 99

BCB451 3xLED-K2-40-/BL III

0.54

807942 99

BCB451 3xLED-K2-40-/RGB III

0.60

807959 99

mounted

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.151

Architectural lighting

Underwater LED Type

4.152

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting Philips outdoor luminaires

Hofvijver,Architectural The Hague, lighting The Netherlands 4.153

Underwater LED BBB450/451

Underwater LED Type

BBB450 (recessed version) ®

Color

Glossy silver

Installation

In recessing box, delivered with the luminaire, with

Light source

3 x LUXEON I

Light color

Mono-color version: cool white (CW), blue (BL)

separate available ECB450 range of drivers (and

Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)

ECB450 DMX slave for tri-color version)

Power supply

Current driven, 350 mA

No preference in orientation

Power consumption

3 x LED version: max 4 W

Optic

Beam angles:

Option

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC Lifetime

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Mono-color: 12 and 30º

Accessories

Range of drivers and DMX slave

Tri-color: 12, 30 and 40º

Remarks

External driver required

Main applications

Underwater, outdoor and indoor

Lighting controls: for RGB version: Philips full line of DMX controllers, with slave interface

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: stainless steel and chrome, tempered glass

Recessed box: plastic

BBB450 3x Underwater LED BBB450 architectural

Preferred selection

ﬂood-lighting luminaire, recessed, with

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BBB450 3xLED-LXN-12-/CW III

0.19

801278 99

BBB450 3xLED-LXN-12-/BL III

0.19

801285 99

BBB450 3xLED-LXN-12-/RGB III

0.19

801292 99

BBB450 3xLED-LXN-30-/CW III

0.19

801308 99

BBB450 3xLED-LXN-30-/BL III

0.19

801315 99

BBB450 3xLED-LXN-30-/RGB III

0.25

801322 99

BBB450 3xLED-LXN-40-/RGB III

0.25

801339 99

3 LEDs

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Product ID

Description

ZBB451 RMB-1

Underwater LED 2 recessed box 3W

ZBB451 RMB-3

Underwater LED 2 recessed box 9W

807973 99

ECB450 PSU220-240V-4W

Power Supply Unit

801445 99

ECB450 PSU220-240V-15W

Power Supply Unit

801469 99

ECB450 PSU220-240V/24V-60W

Power Supply Unit

801483 99

ECB450 PSU220-240V/24V-100W

Power Supply Unit

801506 99

ECB450 DMX SLAVE

DMX Slave

801803 99

ECB450 PSU230-240V/24V-150W

Power Supply Unit

812151 99

ECB451 PSU220-240V-10W

Power Supply Unit

808376 99

ECB451 PSU220-240V-36W

Power Supply Unit

808383 99

ECB451 DMX SLAVE

DMX Slave

808420 99

4.154

Architectural lighting

EOC 807966 99

Philips outdoor luminaires

Underwater LED BBB450/451

BBB451 (recessed version) ®

Color

Glossy silver

Installation

In recessing box, delivered with the luminaire, with

Light source

1 x or 3 x LUXEON K2

Light color

Mono-color version: cool white (CW), blue (BL)

separate available ECB450/451 range of drivers

Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)

(and ECB451 DMX slave for tri-color version)

Power supply

Current driven, 350 mA, 700 mA

No preference in orientation

Power consumption

1 x LED version: max 3 W

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

3 x LED version: max 8 W

Lifetime

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Optic

Beam angles 10, 25 and 40º

Accessories

Range of drivers and DMX slave

Option

Lighting controls (for RGB version):

Remarks

External driver required

Main applications

Underwater, outdoor and indoor

for RGB version: Philips full line of DMX controllers, with slave interface Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: machined brass and anodized aluminum, tempered glass

Recessed box: plastic

BBB451 1x BBB451 3x Underwater LED BBB451 architectural

Preferred selection

ﬂood-lighting luminaire, recessed, with

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

0.27

807720 99

BBB451 1xLED-K2-10-/BL III

0.27

807737 99

BBB451 1xLED-K2-25-/CW III

0.27

807744 99

BBB451 1xLED-K2-25-/BL III

0.27

807751 99

BBB451 1xLED-K2-40-/CW III

0.27

807768 99

BBB451 1xLED-K2-40-/BL III

0.27

807775 99

1 LED BBB451 1xLED-K2-10-/CW III

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Underwater LED BBB451 architectural

Preferred selection

ﬂood-lighting luminaire, recessed, with

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BBB451 3xLED-K2-10-/CW III

0.35

807782 99

BBB451 3xLED-K2-10-/BL III

0.35

807799 99

BBB451 3xLED-K2-10-/RGB III

0.41

807805 99

BBB451 3xLED-K2-25-/CW III

0.35

807812 99

BBB451 3xLED-K2-25-/BL III

0.35

807829 99

BBB451 3xLED-K2-25-/RGB III

0.41

807836 99

BBB451 3xLED-K2-40-/CW III

0.35

807843 99

BBB451 3xLED-K2-40-/BL III

0.35

807850 99

BBB451 3xLED-K2-40-/RGB III

0.41

807867 99

3 LEDs

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.155

Architectural lighting

Underwater LED Type

Contour Batten LED

4.156

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

Contour Batten LED – ideal for dynamic scene-setting Contour Batten LED is an IP65-rated outdoor luminaire available in mono and dyna-color versions, which can be seamlessly interlinked. The intuitive Controller operates the battens and enables even sectional programming, synchronized up to 60 meters. Thus an array of effects can be created in ﬁve mono colors - red, green, blue, yellow and white, as well as RGB, whilst at the same time keeping energy consumption to a minimum. Contour Batten LED’s integrated wide-voltage driver, dedicated controller, IP65interconnectors and the cabling supplied ensure plug-and-play installation. No complicated addressing procedure or programming is required – just use the presets, which can be individually ﬁne-tuned to achieve the lighting results you require. Featuring a UV-resistant housing for diffuse lighting, Contour Batten LED is available in four standard lengths: 320, 600, 900 and 1200 mm. www.philips.com/lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.157

Contour Batten LED

Contour Batten LED Type

Light source

BCC103 (320 mm length version)

Optical cover

BCC106 (600 mm length version)

Driver (LED only)

Integrated, sealed driver

BCC109 (900 mm length version)

External controller (ZCC100) needed

BCC112 (1200 mm length version)

for operating, sectional programming and

BCC103: 20 (mono) or 3 x 10 (tri-color) LED-LP

synchronizing up to 60 meters of interconnected

BCC106: 40 (mono) or 3 x 20 (tri-color) LED-LP

battens

BCC109: 60 (mono) or 3 x 30 (tri-color) LED-LP

6 static and 48 dynamic effects are pre-loaded

BCC112: 80 (mono) or 3 x 40 (tri-color) LED-LP Light color

Optically proﬁled diffuser

Materials and ﬁnishing

Mono-color version:

Housing: extruded polycarbonate 3103, UV resistant

Red, 620 - 630 nm

End caps: polycarbonate 2807

Green, 520 - 530 nm

Optical cover: polycarbonate

Blue, 465 - 475 nm

Sealed mounting clips: stainless steel SSL 301

Yellow, 585 - 595 nm

Color

Ivory white, glossy dirt resistant diffuser

White, 4590 - 5620 K

Installation

Wall mounted via provided mounting clips

Tri-color version:

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 40ºC

Red, green, blue (RGB) Mains voltage

110-240 V

Power consumption

BCC103: 3.8 W (mono), 3.2 W (tri-color)

(max)

BCC106: 5.2 W (mono), 5.0 W (tri-color)

Adjustable tilt angle: -90 / +90º (with optional rotary brackets) IP65 inter-connectors (data) Lifetime

BCC109: 6.5 W (mono), 7,0 W (tri-color) BCC112: 7.7 W (mono), 8.9 W (tri-color)

10,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta = 25ºC)

Accessories

Rotary mounting bracket, external controller

Main applications

Architectural contour lighting, facade, display

BCC103/106/109/112

BCC103

320

BCC106

600

BCC109

900

BCC112

1200

Contour Batten LED

Preferred selection

BCC103/106/109/112 outdoor

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCC103 20xLED-LP/BL PSU II L320

0.49

811635 99

BCC103 30xLED-LP/RGB PSU II L320

0.49

811666 99

BCC106 40xLED-LP/GN PSU II L600

0.63

811703 99

BCC106 60xLED-LP/RGB PSU II L600

0.63

811727 99

BCC109 90xLED-LP/RGB PSU II L900

0.77

811789 99

BCC109 60xLED-LP/WH PSU II L900

0.77

811796 99

BCC112 80xLED-LP/BL PSU II L1200

0.91

811819 99

BCC112 80xLED-LP/GN PSU II L1200

0.91

811826 99

BCC112 80xLED-LP/RD PSU II L1200

0.91

811833 99

BCC112 120xLED-LP/RGB PSU II L1200

0.91

811840 99

BCC112 80xLED-LP/WH PSU II L1200

0.91

811857 99

BCC112 80xLED-LP/YE PSU II L1200

0.91

811864 99

luminaire, Mono/Dyna color

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

4.158

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Contour Batten LED

Accessories

Product ID

Architectural lighting

ZCC100 controller

EOC

ZCC100 MB-A (2PCS)

811871 99

ZCC100 5V CLIII IP20 EXTERNAL CONTROLLER

811888 99

Milennium Dome, Greenwich, United Kingdom

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.159

Flex LED NG

Flex LED – bendable light, in vivid colors The next generation Flex LED is a linear luminaire that enables smooth contour lighting, even around corners. 79 LEDs per meter encapsulated in insulating PVC produce a high and uniform luminosity. Its miniaturized, supple structure and uniform luminance makes it ideal for integration in architectural elements as well as cove and decorative lighting. Real ﬂexibility is ensured via different standard lengths and interconnectivity up to 100 meters, even between different colors. The next generation Flex LED can be custom conﬁgured on site with the help of tool-free IP44 connectors. Moreover high impact resistance and very low consumption, make it a great replacement for expensive neon lighting. Each color is available in 5 standard lengths - however the unit lengths may vary depending on the color. Two different power supply units and special mounting accessories are also available. www.philips.com/lighting

4.160

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Flex LED NG

Type

BCC200

Light source

79 x LED-LP per meter

Light color

Mono-color version: cool white (CW), red (RD),

Lifetime

10,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta =

Accessories

Drivers 1.6 Amp IP44 and 4 Apm IP44, mounting

25ºC

green (GN), blue (BL), amber (AM)

tracks, extension cable

Power supply

220-240 V / 50-60 Hz

Power consumption

5.7 W per meter

Remarks

External driver required

Optic

PVC diffuser

Red and amber versions: 1.52, 3.04, 10.64, 19.76

Materials and ﬁnishing

Silicon modiﬁed PVC encapsulation

and 50.16 m

Installation

Surface mounting via provided clips, shielded from

Green, blue, cool white: 0.91, 1.82, 10.10, 20.20

Available in different lengths:

direct ingress

and 50.50 m

Connection via built-in weatherproof connectors

Main applications

Operating temperature -20ºC < Ta < 40ºC

connectors

Adjustment: as indicated in mounting instructions

Architectural contour lighting, signage, coves tubing

FlexLED NG BCC200 is available in ﬁve standard lengths per color: red and amber in 1.52m, 3.04m, 10.64m, 19.76m, 50.16m - green, blue and cool white in 0.91m, 1.82m, 10.10m, 20.20m, 50.50m

Flex LED NG BCC200

L1520

1520

L1820

1820

L3040

3040

L10010

10010

L10640

10640

L19760

19760

L20020

20020

L50050

50050

L50160

50160

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

BCC200 1xLED-LP/RD 220-240V II L1520

0.79

809601 99

BCC200 1xLED-LP/AM 220-240V II L1520

0.79

809632 99

BCC200 1xLED-LP/RD 220-240V II L3040

1.58

809656 99

BCC200 1xLED-LP/AM 220-240V II L3040

1.58

809687 99

BCC200 1xLED-LP/GN 220-240V II L910

0.48

809618 99

BCC200 1xLED-LP/BL 220-240V II L910

0.48

809625 99

BCC200 1xLED-LP/CW 220-240V II L910

0.48

809649 99

BCC200 1xLED-LP/GN 220-240V II L1820

0.95

809663 99

BCC200 1xLED-LP/BL 220-240V II L1820

0.95

809670 99

BCC200 1xLED-LP/CW 220-240V II L1820

0.95

809694 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Product ID

Description

ECC200 PSU 220-240V 1.6A CLII IP44

Power Supply 1.6A

ECC200 PSU 220-240V 4A CLII IP44Power Supply 4A

EOC 812250 99 812267 99

ZCC200 CMC L50 ALU (5PCS)

Mounting Track 50 mm

812274 99

ZCC200 CMC L1000 ALU

Mounting Track 1000 mm

812281 99

ZCC200 CMC L2000 ALU

Mounting Track 2000 mm

812298 99

ZCC200 C1000P-M-F

Extension Cable

812304 99

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.161

Architectural lighting

Flex LED NG

LattisLED

Lattis LED – dynamic dots The Lattis LED is a RGB luminaire that can be combined to form matrix arrangements on architectural surfaces, creating color-changing effects. Applications for the Lattis LED range from façade beautiﬁcation to scene setting and it can be used for outdoor and indoor environments. The DMX compatibility enables synchronized color transitions. With four IP-connectors covering all sides, cable clutter is a thing of the past. Offering low voltage operation combined with IP66, Class III protection ensures complete safety and compatibility in the most demanding outdoor situations. The Lattis LED is available in 2 wide-angle view sizes of 90 and 145 mm, and can be driven and controlled via standard solutions. www.philips.com/lighting

4.162

Architectural lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

LattisLED

Light source

BCP310 (90 mm view size diameter version)

Color

Grey (GR)

BCP315 (145 mm view size diameter version)

Installation

Surface mounted (4 mounting holes provided on

BCP310: 12 x SMD LED (12)

base) connected via provided M16 glands, with

BCP315: 32 x SMD LED

separate available IP65 PSU’s (PS050/100/150)

Light color

Tri-color: red, green, blue (RGB)

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 40ºC

Power supply

24 V DC

Power consumption

BCP310: 4 W

Lifetime

20,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta 35ºC)

ambient

BCP315: 9.7 W

Accessories

Range of drivers

Optic

Frosted diffuser

Remarks

External driver and controller required, DMX

Materials and ﬁnishing

Housing: aluminum Main applications

Facades, indication lighting

Cover: PMMA

compatible (synchronized en masse control)

IP connectors: engineering plastic CB

BCP310

BCP315 Lattis LED BCP310 Dyna-color pixel

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

BCP310 12xLED-HB/RGB 24V III GR

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

0.69

810645 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Lattis LED BCP315 Dyna-color pixel

Preferred selection

luminaire

Product ID

BCP315 32xLED-HB/RGB 24V III GR

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

1.25

810652 99

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Preferred selection Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

ECS100 PSU220-240/24V-150W-50-60Hz

2.60

009018 00

ECS100 PSU220-240/24V-50W-50-60Hz

2.60

810669 00

ECS100 PSU220-240/24V-100W-50-60Hz

2.60

810676 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Philips outdoor luminaires

Architectural lighting

4.163

Architectural lighting

Lattis LED Type

Sports and area lighting

Championship lighting for champion players Today, sport is the world’s biggest entertainment industry. Events such as the Olympics, soccer’s World Cup and the NBA Championships capture the attention of almost everyone on the planet – thanks mainly to media coverage. High-end sports In fact, TV is largely responsible for sport’s current status and it is the main driver of sports business development. At evening or night-time events, broadcasters require excellent lighting of the playing surface. Although the lighting should illuminate the players perfectly – and in some cases the live spectators too – it should never disturb them. Players and fans must experience optimal visual conditions – without glare – at all times. Philips has available in-house the lighting technology and sports broadcasting know-how required to design all the elements of an optimized sports lighting system – housing, lamp, optic and gear. In addition, many years of experience have enabled Philips to gain unrivalled competence in application development and sports lighting design. And thanks to the ArenaVision concept, Philips Lighting is present in all major sports, in the most prestigious stadia across all continents, and is recognized as the true world champion in sports lighting. 5.2

Sports and area lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Sports and area lighting

The answer to all your needs Being a market leader in top-end sports lighting has given Philips Lighting the expertise to define the most efficient and appropriate lighting systems for recreational sports. Recreational sports Philips Lighting’s leadership is also the result of its long-term technical co-operation with many international sports federations, such as for football, basketball, tennis and hockey, to name just a few. This technical partnership has helped these sports federations to define the lighting standards for their sports and has further strengthened Philips Lighting’s competence in recreational sports lighting. Building upon this partnership, Philips Lighting has for many years now been developing innovative optical systems which help reduce light pollution thanks to sharp cut-off beam characteristics. On top of its unrivalled expertise, Philips Lighting is the only manufacturer that has all the necessary technologies in-house – lamps, controls and gear, optical systems and housings – and is therefore able to guarantee optimum system performance. So, whatever the sport, whatever the level of competition, whatever the venue, Philips Lighting’s impressive range of sports lighting solutions will provide the answer to all your needs.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Sports and area lighting

5.3

For safety and efficiency The 24-hour economy has led to a massive increase in human activity around the clock. Whether at a production center, airport, container terminal or industrial site, activity can be ongoing throughout the night. The efficiency of such locations is greatly increased by lighting, which also contributes to the safety and security of those working on site. The two most relevant criteria when selecting area lighting are: the efficiency of the system (long burning hours) and the limitation of spill light (of key importance for the surrounding environment, which might be residential).

5.4

Sports and area lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Sports and area lighting

In area floodlighting, Philips Lighting’s first objective is to understand and adapt to the specific customer needs. For each situation, Philips Lighting can define the right level of lighting, uniformity, comfort and color quality. Also, we can optimize the cost of ownership, enabling the end user as well as society in general to benefit from the resulting energy savings. Moreover, in line with our policy of environmental care, Philips Lighting has developed innovative optical systems which help reduce light pollution thanks to sharp cut-off beam characteristics. These reflectors are integrated in an impressive range of floodlights.

5.5

Selection guide – Sports and area lighting

Luminaire

Type

Page

Ingress

Gear

Insulation

Ambient

Drag

Max.

Availability

protection

integrated (i)

class

temperature

factor

windage

barndoors /

IP value

separate (s)

outdoor (°C)

(Cx)

area (m2)

louvers

ArenaVision MVF404

5.14

0.93

0.20

MVF403

5.18

35/45

0.93

0.20

• •

MVF024

5.21

1.08

0.30

•

MVP507

5.26

0.45

0.12

SNF111

5.32

1.00

0.19

MVF480

5.35

1.40

0.36

•

ZVF320 LV

5.40

ZVF320 WV

5.40

MVP504

5.44

1.00

0.10

MVP506

5.46

I/II

1.00

0.10

DGP333

5.52

1.20

0.20

DWP333

5.54

1.20

0.20

DVP333

5.56

1.20

0.20

SNF100

5.60

1.18

0.08

•

SNF300

5.60

i/s

1.18

0.14

•

Tempo 1 RVP151

5.66

0.105

Tempo 2 RVP251

5.67

0.117

Tempo 3 RVP351

5.68

0.186

• •

MVF415

5.72

0.06

•

QKF102

5.75

0.025

QVF415

5.79

0.028

QVF416

5.79

0.075

QVF417

5.79

0.084

• • •

PowerVision

OptiVision

ComfortVision

MVF480

Geartrays

OptiFlood

MINI 300 Stealth

SNF100/300

Tempo

MVF415

QKF102

QVF415/416/417

5.6

Sports and area lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Selection guide – Sports and area lighting

Type

Page

Cosmo- SON(-T) SDW-T Polis

PLUS

Halogen

CDM-

CDO-

CDM-

MHN-

HPI-

Sports and area lighting

Luminaire

ArenaVision MVF404

5.14

•

MVF403

5.18

•

MVF024

5.21

•

MVP507

5.26

•

SNF111

5.32

•

MVF480

5.35

•

ZVF320 LV

5.40

• •

ZVF320 WV

• •

MVP504

5.44

• •

5.46

• •

MVP506

• •

•

• • •

• •

•

• •

•

PowerVision

OptiVision

ComfortVision

MVF480

Geartrays

OptiFlood

MINI 300 Stealth DGP333

5.52

DWP333

5.54

DVP333

5.56

• • •

SNF100

5.60

SNF300

5.60

Tempo 1 RVP151

5.66

Tempo 2 RVP251

5.67

Tempo 3 RVP351

5.68

• • •

MVF415

5.72

•

QKF102

5.75

•

QVF415

5.79

QVF417

5.79

• • •

QVF416

SNF100/300

Tempo

MVF415

QKF102

QVF415/416/417

Philips outdoor luminaires

Sports and area lighting

5.7

ArenaVision

5.8

Sports and area lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

ArenaVision

Sports and area lighting

ArenaVision – now with even greater optical efficiency Since it was first introduced in 1988, Philips ArenaVision has proven to be the best floodlighting system ever for sports lighting applications, most of which have to fulfill the highest specifications to enable television coverage of national and international events. ArenaVision – a great partner

ArenaVision is an integrated system that is supplied by one manufacturer as part of a complete system. Philips is the only manufacturer to provide all relevant technologies from lamp to gear to floodlight, so that everything works in synergy. With ArenaVision, the key disciplines of lamp, optic and gear design were brought together with a single mission: to create the best possible floodlight that will operate effectively for many years. Thanks to the innovative new Philips MHN-SE 2000 W compact single ended metal-halide lamp and hightech single-piece precision optics, the new 2 kW ArenaVision MVF404 offers much higher optical efficiency than ever before. In addition to increased light output and optical efficiency, the upgraded 2 kW ArenaVision floodlight boasts many improvements, such as easy lamp fitting and replacement, a new safety knife connector system and a breakthrough electronic hot-restrike solution – while continuing to offer all the benefits of its predecessor as well. The ArenaVision range includes two floodlights: The ArenaVision MVF404, dedicated to outdoor sports stadiums and large indoor arenas, is specially designed to increase dramatically the theatrical and emotional value of sports for TV-audiences, spectators and players. The ArenaVision MVF403 is ideal for indoor sports halls as well as many outdoor sports and other illumination uses. Both come with a variety of reflectors and lamps and offer a choice of optical systems and three levels of power output for every conceivable application. www.philips.com/lighting

MVF403

Philips outdoor luminaires

MVF404

Sports and area lighting

5.9

ArenaVision MVF404

Exclusive lamp technology only in ArenaVision The innovative ArenaVision MVF404 floodlight is fitted with a new compact single-ended lamp, which has been developed specifically and exclusively for ArenaVision and brings out the best in the game. This new Philips Short-Arc MASTER MHN-SE 2000 W / 956 lamp is a quartz metal-halide lamp designed to meet high demanding lighting and TV broadcasting requirements, e.g. excellent color rendering (Ra >90), daylight appearance (Tc 5600K) and hot re-strike capabilities to ensure immediate re-ignition after a short power cut. Its single-ended GX22 lamp base enables it to be mounted in the lampholder in an axial position, without an outer envelope and is suitable only for a mains voltage of 380-415 V/50 Hz. Together with the special optics designed around the axial concept, this ensures maximum optical efficiency and enables accurate light distribution with a minimum of spill light. Sports floodlighting The new lamp has been developed for universal burning positions to allow the floodlights to be mounted in any standard positions needed. The hot-restrikeable MASTER MHN-SE 2000 W lamp operates in combination with a standard Philips gear unit.

Lamp speciﬁcations

MHN-SE 2000W/956 400V

Power

Supply

Light

Luminous

Cap/

Operating

Average

Lamp

(W)

voltage

output

efficacy

base

position

lifetime

current

voltage

(V)

(Lm)

(Lm/W)

(h)

(A nominal)

(V nominal)

2000

400

202.000

101

GX22

Universal

5000

11.6

205

Color

Chromaticity

rendering

temperature

coordinate

(Ra)

(K)

5600

0.320

0.355

Nom.

Max.

Nom.

196

198

Lamp dimensions

MHN-SE 2000W/956 400V

5.10

Sports and area lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

ArenaVision MVF404

Cat B1 reﬂector (extra narrow beam)

MVF 4 04 C A T - B 1 1 x MHN- S E 2000W/956 1 x 200000 lm L.O.R. = 0.81

40000

Sports and area lighting

(cd/1000lm)

Cartesian intensity diagram 50000

30000

20000

10000

K -60o L -60o

-40o -40o

-20o -20o

0o 0o

20o 20o

40o 40o

60o J 60o M

/2Imax = -3o, 2o -3o, 3o Imax = 39937 cd/1000 lm, 0o

LVM0700500

Cat B2 reﬂector (narrow beam)

MVF 4 04 C A T - B 2 1 x MHN- S E 2000W/956 1 x 200000 lm L.O.R. = 0.81

(cd/1000lm)

Cartesian intensity diagram 20000

16000

12000

8000

4000

K -60o L -60o

-40o -40o

-20o -20o

0o 0o

20o 20o

40o 40o

60o J 60o M

/2Imax = -5o, 4o -6o, 5o Imax = 17897 cd/1000 lm, 0o

LVM0700800

Cat B3 reﬂector (medium beam)

MVF 4 04 C A T - B 3 1 x MHN- S E 2000W/956 1 x 200000 lm L.O.R. = 0.81

(cd/1000lm)

Cartesian intensity diagram 15000

12000

9000

6000

3000

K -60o L -60o

-40o -40o

-20o -20o

0o 0o

20o 20o

40o 40o

60o J 60o M

/2Imax = -5o, 5o -7o, 7o Imax = 12697 cd/1000 lm, 0o

LVM0700900

Cat B4 reﬂector (medium beam)

MVF 4 04 C A T - B 4 1 x MHN- S E 2000W/956 1 x 200000 lm L.O.R. = 0.81

(cd/1000lm)

Cartesian intensity diagram 10000

8000

6000

4000

2000

K -60o L -60o

-40o -40o

-20o -20o

0o 0o

20o 20o

40o 40o

60o J 60o M

/2Imax = -6o, 6o -12o, 9o Imax = 8049 cd/1000 lm, 0o

LVM0701100

Cat B5 reﬂector (medium beam)

MVF 4 04 C A T - B 5 1 x MHN- S E 2000W/956 1 x 200000 lm L.O.R. = 0.81

(cd/1000lm)

Cartesian intensity diagram 7500

6000

4500

3000

1500

K -60o L -60o

-40o -40o

-20o -20o

0o 0o

20o 20o

40o 40o

60o J 60o M

/2Imax = -10o, 8o -9o, 9o Imax = 6170 cd/1000 lm, 0o

LVM0701400

Cat B6 reﬂector (wide beam)

MVF 4 04 C A T - B 6 1 x MHN- S E 2000W/956 1 x 200000 lm L.O.R. = 0.80

(cd/1000lm)

Cartesian intensity diagram 5000

4000

3000

2000

1000

K -60o L -60o

-40o -40o

-20o -20o

0o 0o

20o 20o

40o 40o

60o J 60o M

/2Imax = -10o, 10o -10o, 10o Imax = 3885 cd/1000 lm, 0o

LVM0701500

Cat B7 reﬂector (wide beam)

MVF 4 04 C A T - B 7 1 x MHN- S E 2000W/956 1 x 200000 lm L.O.R. = 0.79

(cd/1000lm)

Cartesian intensity diagram 3000

2400

1800

1200

600

K -60o L -60o

-40o -40o

-20o -20o

0o 0o

20o 20o

40o 40o

60o J 60o M

/2Imax = -15o, 14o -14o, 15o Imax = 2367 cd/1000 lm, 0o

LVM0700700

Cat B8 reﬂector (wide beam)

MVF 4 04 C A T - B 8 1 x MHN- S E 2000W/956 1 x 202000 lm L.O.R. = 0.78

(cd/1000lm)

Cartesian intensity diagram 2000

1600

1200

800

400

K -60 o L -60 o

-40 o -40 o

-20 o -20 o

0o 0o

20 o 20 o

40 o 40 o

60 o J 60 o M

LVM0796100

Philips outdoor luminaires

/2Imax = -13 o, 11 o -20 o, 20 o Imax = 1827 cd/1000 lm, 0 o

Sports and area lighting

5.11

ArenaVision MVF404

Increased optical efficiency The ArenaVision MVF404 floodlights have been designed with the latest 2000 W axial lampoptical concept providing more light, which is controlled by the world-class design optical system to give greater efficiency. Consequently, even fewer luminaires are required for the application coverage, allowing substantial savings on capital, energy and maintenance. Like the previous 2 kW version, the innovative ArenaVision MVF404 offers a choice of several distinct beam distributions, each with sharp cut-off characteristics. The new mono-block optics, which have been designed specifically for the new axial lamp-optic concept using the highestpurity aluminum, enable greater freedom in lighting design than ever before.

5.12

Sports and area lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Sports and area lighting

ArenaVision MVF404

Lower installation and maintenance costs Thanks to the new compact lamp and a simple spring-clip device, lamping and relamping have been made much easier, and can be done with one hand. The lamp can easily be ďŹ tted into the lamp socket, while tight tolerances mean there is no room for error. On-site handling is more straightforward, quicker and therefore cheaper.

Safety knife connector system In the ArenaVision MVF404, safety is ensured by means of the built-in safety knife connector system, which automatically disconnects the mains power when the rear-access back cover is opened, without the need for an additional relay or contactor or any extra cabling. This can also give rise to savings on capital and installation costs. Breakthrough electronic hot-restrike option The (optional) hot-restrike version of the ArenaVision MVF404 is designed to ensure immediate re-ignition after a short power cut, so as to prevent long periods without light. The ďŹ&#x201A;oodlight comes equipped with a special electronic compact hot-restrike module, which is permanently ďŹ xed to the luminaire. Thanks to innovations in technology, with the new electronic hot-restrike system everything is incorporated into a single module with integral timer to provide the most economical solution.

Philips outdoor luminaires

Sports and area lighting

5.13

ArenaVision MVF404

ArenaVision Type

MVF404

Light source

HID: 1 x MASTER MHN-SE / GX22-HR / 2000 W

On mast headframe, ceiling, wall and ﬂoor mounting Installation

The lamp is easily installed and lamping/relamping

Lamp included

Yes (light color 956)

can be done with one hand only

Optic

Beam category B1 (B1)

Precision aiming facilities at both top and bottom

Beam category B2 (B2)

of the housing for use in conjunction with the

Beam category B3 (B3)

ZVF403 PAD accessory

Beam category B4 (B4)

Adjustment of mounting bracket: 360º

Beam category B5 (B5)

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC (25ºC

Beam category B6 (B6)

indoor)

Beam category B7 (B7)

Drag factor (Cx): 0.93

Beam category B8 (B8)

Projected area in 70º position: 0.20 m2

Optical cover

uplighting versions (UP) Ignitor Options

Max adjustment from the horizontal: -90 / +90º

Front-glass for downlighting (DOWN) and Maintenance

Series (SI), integral

less)

Hot-restrike, electronic (HRE), integral

Equipped with knife connector system, which

Aiming memory (AM) to safeguard the original

automatically disconnects the mains power when

aiming position of the luminaire during servicing

the rear-access back cover is opened (no need for

Hot re-strike versions enabling immediate

additional relay/contactor or any extra cabling)

restoration of lighting after power supply failure

No internal cleaning required

Uplighting versions available for architectural

Accessories

Special cable sleeve version for tropical regions

External louver (ZVF403 GS), precision (ZVF403 PAD) aiming device

lighting Materials and ﬁnishing

Lamp access by opening clips of rear cover (tool-

Remarks

Equipped with series ignitor (SI) and terminal block

Housing and rear cover: non-corrosive, high-

in aluminum connection box on the bracket

pressure die-cast aluminum

Color ﬁlters for architectural lighting are available

Glass: chemically toughenend, 1.6 mm thick (for

on request

downlighting versions), ceramic 3 mm thick (for

Wire mesh to prevent large glass falling out

uplighting versions)

Pre-wired 380 - 415 V / 50 Hz gear trays (ZVF320) are available, to be ordered separately

Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized, painted steel

Main applications

Outdoor sport stadiums

Clips: stainless steel (to secure the back cover) Reﬂector: anodized and brightened 99.99% aluminum Finishing in raw aluminum

MVF404 SI

5.14

MVF404 HRE

Sports and area lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

ArenaVision MVF404 sports ﬂood-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

MVF404 MHN-SE2000W/956 380-415V B1 SI

15.00

502008 00

MVF404 MHN-SE2000W/956 380-415V B2 SI

15.00

502015 00

MVF404 MHN-SE2000W/956 380-415V B3 SI

15.00

502022 00

MVF404 MHN-SE2000W/956 380-415V B4 SI

15.00

502039 00

MVF404 MHN-SE2000W/956 380-415V B5 SI

15.00

502046 00

MVF404 MHN-SE2000W/956 380-415V B6 SI

15.00

502053 00

MVF404 MHN-SE2000W/956 380-415V B7 SI

15.00

502060 00

MVF404 MHN-SE2000W/956 B8 SI

15.06

604092 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Precision aiming device

Product ID ZVF403 PAD

External louver

EOC

Product ID

EOC

140438 00

ZVF403 GS

239996 00

ArenaVision MVF404 sports ﬂoodlighting luminaire with precision aiming

Side view of ArenaVision MVF404 with

device (ZVF403 PAD)

connection box on the bracket

Built-in safety knife connector system,

Philips outdoor luminaires

The AreaVision MVF404 ﬂoodlight is

which automatically disconnects the

ﬁtted with a Philips Short-Arc MASTER

mains power when the rear-access

Compact lamp with conventional hot-

MHN-SE 2000W lamp.

back cover is opened.

restrike ignitor (HRE)

Sports and area lighting

5.15

Sports and area lighting

ArenaVision MVF404

5.16

Sports and area lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires

Sports and area lighting Stade Yves du Manoirâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;, Montpellier, France Philips outdoor luminaires

Sports Photography: and area lighting Pierre Crouzet 5.17

ArenaVision MVF403

ArenaVision Type

MVF403

Light source

HID:

Installation

On mast headframe, ceiling, wall and ﬂoor mounting

1 x MASTER MHN-SA / XW / 1800 W

The lamp only needs to be installed mechanically;

1 x MASTER MHN-LA / XWH / 1000 W

electrical connection achieved by closing the rear

Lamp included

Yes (K or light color 842 or 956)

cover

Optic

Beam category A1 (A1)

Precision aiming facilities at both top and bottom

Beam category A2 (A2)

of the housing for use in conjunction with the

Beam category A3 (A3)

ZVF403 PAD accessory

Beam category A4 (A4)

Adjustment of mounting bracket: 360º

Beam category A5 (A5)

Ambient temperature outdoor:

Optical cover Ignitor

Beam category A6 (A6)

MASTER MHN-SA 1800 W lamp version: 35ºC

Beam category A7 (A7)

(25ºC indoor)

Beam category A8 (A8)

MASTER MHN-LA 1000 W lamp version: 45ºC

uplighting versions (UP)

Drag factor (Cx): 0.93

Series (SI), 1000 W, integral

Projected area in 70º position: 0.20 m2

Semi-parallel (SP), external on a seperate gear tray

Max adjustment from the horizontal: -90 / +90º

(ZVF320) Options

(and indoor)

Front glass for downlighting (DOWN) and

Maintenance

less)

Aiming memory (AM) to safeguard the original

Equipped with safety switch to cut off current

aiming position of the luminaire during servicing

when luminaire is opened (requires additional

Hot re-strike versions enabling immediate

contactor - supplied by others)

restoration of lighting after power supply failure

No internal cleaning required

Uplighting versions available for architectural

Accessories

lighting Special cable sleeve version for tropical regions Materials and ﬁnishing

Lamp access by opening clips of rear cover (tool-

Hot-restrike (HR), integral

External louver (ZVF403 GS), precision (ZVF403 PAD) and simple (ZVF403 SAD) aiming devices

Remarks

Equipped with aluminum connection box with

Housing and rear cover: non-corrosive, high-

series ignitor (SI) or semi-parallel ignitor (SP)

pressure die-cast aluminum

installed on a separate gear tray (ZVF320)

Glass: chemically toughenend, 1.6 mm thick (for

Color ﬁlters for architectural lighting are available

downlighting versions), ceramic 3 mm thick (for

on request

uplighting versions)

Wire mesh to prevent large glass falling out

Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized, painted

Pre-wired 220 - 240 V / 50 Hz gear trays (ZVF320)

steel

are available, to be ordered separately

Clips: stainless steel (to secure the back cover)

Main applications

Reﬂector: anodized and brightened 99.99%

Outdoor sport stadiums, indoor sport halls, architectural ﬂoodlighting

aluminum Finishing in raw aluminum

MVF403 SP/SI

5.18

Sports and area lighting

MVF403 HR

Philips outdoor luminaires

ArenaVision MVF403 sports ﬂood-

Preferred selection

lighting luminaire

Product ID

Weight

European Order

(kg)

Code (EOC)

MVF403 MHN-LA1000W/956 A1 SI

14.50

502657 00

MVF403 MHN-LA1000W/956 A2 SI

14.50

502664 00

MVF403 MHN-LA1000W/956 A3 SI

14.50

502671 00

MVF403 MHN-LA1000W/956 A4 SI

14.50

502688 00

MVF403 MHN-LA1000W/956 A5 SI

14.50

502695 00

MVF403 MHN-LA1000W/956 A6 SI

14.50

502701 00

MVF403 MHN-LA1000W/956 A7 SI

14.50

502718 00

MVF403 MHN-LA1000W/956 A8 SI

14.50

502725 00

Please contact your local Philips representative for additional conﬁgurations

Accessories Precision aiming device

Product ID ZVF403 PAD

External louver

EOC

Product ID

EOC

140438 00

ZVF403 GS

239996 00

Simple aiming device

Product ID ZVF403 SAD

Philips outdoor luminaires

EOC 503098 00

Sports and area lighting

5.19

Sports and area lighting

ArenaVision MVF403

5.20

Sports and area lighting

Philips outdoor luminaires